CENELEC CWA 50487 WORKSHOP AGREEMENT November 2005 CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization ComitØ EuropØen de Normalisation Electrotechnique Europisches Komitee für Elektrotechnische Normung Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 35, B - 1050 Brussels ' 2005 CENELEC - All rights of exploitation in any form and by any means reserved worldwide for CENELEC members. Ref. No. CLC/TR 50487:2005 E Incorporates Corrigendum January 2006 English version SmartHouse Code of Practice This CENELEC Workshop Agreement has been drafted by a Workshop of representatives of interested parties and was approved on 2005-11-02. The formal process followed by the Workshop in the development of this Workshop Agreement has been endorsed by the national members of CENELEC but neither the national members of CENELEC nor the CENELEC Central Secretariat can be held accountable for the technical content of this CENELEC Workshop Agreement or possible conflicts with standards or legislation. This CENELEC Workshop Agreement can in no way be held as being an official standard developed by CENELEC and its members. This CENELEC Workshop Agreement is publicly available as a reference document from the CENELEC members. CENELEC members are the national electrotechnical committees of Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
Transcript
CENELEC CWA 50487
WORKSHOP
AGREEMENT November 2005
CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization
Comité Européen de Normalisation Electrotechnique Europäisches Komitee für Elektrotechnische Normung
Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 35, B - 1050 Brussels
This CENELEC Workshop Agreement has been drafted by a Workshop of representatives of interested parties and was approved on 2005-11-02. The formal process followed by the Workshop in the development of this Workshop Agreement has been endorsed by the national members of CENELEC but neither the national members of CENELEC nor the CENELEC Central Secretariat can be held accountable for the technical content of this CENELEC Workshop Agreement or possible conflicts with standards or legislation. This CENELEC Workshop Agreement can in no way be held as being an official standard developed by CENELEC and its members. This CENELEC Workshop Agreement is publicly available as a reference document from the CENELEC members. CENELEC members are the national electrotechnical committees of Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
CWA 50487:2005 - 2 -
Foreword
This CENELEC Workshop Agreement has been developed through the collaboration of a large number of industry experts (see Annex E). Its final text was approved as CWA 50487 on 2005-11-02.
The contents of the corrigendum of January 2006 have been included in this copy.
- 3 - CWA 50487:2005
Preface
This Code of Practice is intended to provide a valuable reference for anyone involved in creating a SmartHouse, a house that has intelligent systems, intelligent equipment and networks and has services and applications that use the SmartHouse intelligence.
It has been put together from the efforts of a large number of industry experts. In order to cope with the very broad scope of the Code of Practice and the many stakeholders that were involved, it was seen as desirable that the document should be subdivided into Sections each of which covers a particular market segment in the service supply chain of services and applications to and within the SmartHouse.
Each Section has been constructed by a Section Editor who is an expert in the area of the section and overall editing and management of the project has been the task of an overall Managing Editor. Each Section Editor has had the assistance of a dedicated group of experts and around 160 experts have been involved in these working groups. Overall, there have been 4 Open Forums/Workshops attended by an average of 65 Experts for the first 3. Some 325 experts have been involved in the review process. The 10 section editors have worked incredibly hard with their experts to deliver the current text. The time recorded by the experts now adds up to more than 600 man days.
There have been numerous disagreements as to what should be in the text and what left out. These have been resolved although some hard decisions have had to be made. There is now agreement on the text and all the comments received have been resolved and put into the document
Because there is significant variability in the scope of the sections, some sections deal with hard physical facts whereas some deal with the objectives and needs of stakeholders such as the consumer and the service provider. Other sections deal with entities where the market is still evolving and therefore the hard physical facts are not readily available. Therefore, while there has been considerable attention to ensuring consistency, there are areas where there is overlap, because the sections lie side by side on the service supply chain, and some sections look at similar issues from different perspectives.
An example of this is the way in which we have used the term �cluster�. In each section where it is used it describes a broadly market segment grouping but is used in a slightly different way and although the market segments are broadly similar, in some sections the market segments are sliced more thinly.
Overall, it is considered that this document will provide a most helpful document for the stakeholder of the SmartHouse market. It is hoped that the Code of Practice will bring understanding of the issues and in particular allow the system designer of the SmartHouse to work more effectively and with more understanding of the wider issues.
As managing editor, I would like to thank all the section editors and their teams of experts for the help and support they have given me in putting this Code of Practice together. The section editors were:
Luc Baranger FFIE (FR) Installation Section Roy Brooker ANEC (UK) Consumer Section Peter Colebrook BSI (UK) Architecture Section Per Kaijser Independent (DE) Security Section Paolo Falcioni CECED/TEAHA (IT) Appliances/Equipment Section Erbes Milan ETSI (FR) Gateway Section Alistair Munro Bristol University Network Operators Walter von Pattay ISO/IEC (DE) Home Network Section Hanns-Karl Tronnier Konnex/Independent Archives and Appendices Stephen Pattenden BSI (UK) UI Section overall Clémentine Valayer ULB UI Section Editing & Documentation Bruno Ziegler EDF Service Providers
The document has been approved unanimously by experts in a CENELEC Workshop and by experts from previous workshops who have reviewed the document and indicated their approval by mail (See E.1). The Chairperson (Stephen Pattenden) accordingly decided that consensus had now been reached and the document should be adopted as a CENELEC Workshop Agreement.
Stephen Pattenden (06/11/2005)
CWA 50487:2005 - 4 -
Acknowledgements
In certain parts of this Code of Practice organisations and companies and their products may bementioned. In all cases where used the names of any product and their trade marks areacknowledged as belonging to them and have been used where appropriate to illustrate particularconcepts or the common usage of such products.
Disclaimer
Every effort has been taken to ensure the accuracy of this Code of Practice, however, in a documentwith such a broad scope and with multiple experts and authors, neither CENELEC, nor the Editors andexperts involved in compiling this Code of Practice can accept any responsibility for any loss eitherdirect or consequential arising from information provided by this Code of Practice. The reader isadvised to satisfy him or her self as to the accuracy of any advice given by researching the referencedstandards, glossary and bibliography.
E.1 Attendees of SmartHouse Open Forum/Workshops approving document .............................. 229
E.2 Contributors and attendees at forums and meetings............................................................... 230
- 9 - CWA 50487:2005
1 Scope & introduction
1.1 The SmartHouse and its components
The SmartHouse consists of a large and wide ranging set of many Services, Applications, Equipment,Networks and Systems that act together in delivering the “intelligent” or “connected” home in order to address security and control, communications, leisure and comfort, environmental integration andaccessibility. These components are represented by many actors that interact and work together toprovide interoperable systems that benefit the home based user in the SmartHouse. Because of thiswide ranging variability of the entities in the SmartHouse, there is a very high level of potentialcomplexity in finding the optimal solution for any particular SmartHouse.
The main actors that influence the SmartHouse are the consumers (customers, subscribers,individuals) that live in and utilise the Services, Applications and Products that are designed for theSmartHouse. It is therefore appropriate that the other main set of actors are the service andapplication providers that deliver the services that the consumers need and require, including thoseresponsible for installing systems in the SmartHouse and for maintaining them.
These consumers have needs and requirements in many areas and these are described in theSection on Consumers. Likewise the aims and objectives of the Service Providers in fulfillingconsumer needs are described in the section on Service Providers. The installer also has to fulfilconsumer needs and the Installation Process is described in the section on Installation.
1.1.1 Scope of the SmartHouse Code of Practice
The SmartHouse Code of Practice is a document that provides a “system designer” working to implement a SmartHouse (to be used as dwelling and as a home office) with a source of informationon sensible and pragmatic guidelines for the design, installation and maintenance of SmartHousesystems and the services and applications provided.
It is recognised also that providers and installers must work within diverse regulatory environmentsand must be free to make choices appropriate to their business objectives (which in relation to thisdocument focus on meeting the needs of domestic and small-office users, not large-scale commercialpremises). Therefore, we consider standards as enablers and leave prescriptive aspects to localregulation.
SmartHouse includes the digital home, intelligent home, connected home, networked home.SmartHouse includes any “smart” activity, service or application in the SmartHouse including any form of “office” or working environment in the SmartHouse (but the smart office in commercial premises is excluded). SmartHouse covers any residential premises where people live (e.g. house or apartment)but excludes commercial and institutional premises (such as hotels or prisons and other commercialdwellings where the day to day management of the accommodation is not controlled by the resident.).SmartHouse includes consideration of the interface with the consumer (customer, subscriber, enduser) and the consumer’s needs.
The aim is to provide a useful reference document to ensure that the user may exploit the benefits of aconsistent system architecture by utilising European and International Standards and other generallyaccepted specifications in the design of the Smart House system. This document delivers a route toinvestment synergies, flexibility of services and useful and usable applications that satisfy theindividual consumer’s needs and requirements.
There are many stakeholders in the SmartHouse, each with their own viewpoint and interests. Ratherthan try to provide a document that covers all the viewpoints, it was decided to write this Code ofPractice as a guide for the System Designer of systems, applications and services in and into theSmartHouse. The interests of all the stakeholders overlap in the System Design of the SmartHouse.
CWA 50487:2005 - 10 -
The design and implementation of systems, services, applications and products requires detailedinformation about:
- consumer needs and expectations;
- user interfaces;
- security;
- the performance of both the wide area and local networks;
- the kinds of applications and services to be used;
- the equipment using it
- the principles of systems architecture
- and how the system and its components are installed, operated, maintained and used.
This Code of Practice provides a resource for the practitioner of the SmartHouse and coversinformation and issues that surround the choices to be made as well as providing a route map for thedesigner of systems in the SmartHouse. In short, the consumer must want or need the service orapplication, must be able to use it and have it delivered within a SmartHouse system that is installedso that it works effectively and seamlessly with the other systems and components in the SmartHouse.Any service, application or device in the SmartHouse should also be simple to use, easy and intuitiveto operate and allow additional applications and services to be added retrospectively. This Code ofPractice is therefore subdivided into sections addressing the environment in which the systemdesigner is working and the requirements of the actors in that environment in order to place intocontext the decisions and constraints the System Designer must make.
The CENELEC SmartHouse Code of Practice covers the full range of stakeholders involved in theSmartHouse. Thus as Figure 1.1 below shows, the CoP ranges from the Service provider to theConsumer and takes in all the activities in between that allow services and applications to be deliveredto end users including the installation, maintenance and management of the SmartHouse. Althoughthe sections and stakeholders in the SmartHouse are shown as separate entities, thes are notmutually exclusive and any organisation properly qualified may undertake multiple roles in TheSmartHouse.
Figure 1.1. –The Sections of the SmartHouse
- 11 - CWA 50487:2005
1.1.2 Parts of the Code of Practice
This Code of Practice is presented in four main Parts.
Part 1 - This Introduction
Part 2 - The environment of the SmartHouse
This section concerns market sectors where the SmartHouse is situated and provides the reason forany activity in the SmartHouse. It is important to understand that without consumers and the activity ofservice providers, manufacturers and system designers in meeting the needs of consumers, aSmartHouse is unnecessary. This section provides an understanding the SmartHouse environment, ofthe needs of the individual Consumer or owner of the system and the demands of Service Providers inproviding the Consumer with appropriate applications and services and with optimal user interfaces.
We are all consumers and our needs influence the services that are developed for us to use. Theprovision of services to us as consumers creates a set of requirements on what is provided in theSmartHouse as systems, networks, equipment and user interfaces. It also creates a demand for theprovision of communication networks from the service provider to the SmartHouse. Therefore theperspective of the Consumer and how the service provider needs to fulfil consumer expectations is anesential part of this Code of Practice. This Part consists of subsections that illustrate:
- The reason for a SmartHouse and why its value is more than the sum of its parts;
- the Consumer’s needs and requirements; and
- the Service Provider’s aims and objectives in meeting the consumer’s needs
Part 3 - The SmartHouse system, product development and use
This part is divided into sections each describing the process for different aspects of the system inorder to deliver the optimal System Design to fulfil the consumers requirements.
It is essential that the Components (products, services and applications) that are used in theSmartHouse are effective and easy to use and fulfil the consumer’s needs. One consideration of this part is to understand how the overall architecture of service supply to the end user can be defined.There are many entities in the Service Service Chain each of which must satisfy the requirements ofthe service as provided to the consumer and must satisfy that each entity’s business case. The sections of Part 3 are divided into Systems (what is needed to supply systems and applications) andComponents the devices that the consumer interfaces with. They are as follows:
Part 3a - Systems
- Architectures
- The Wide Area and its Network Operators and delivery media
- The Home Networks and their Media
- Residential Gateways; and
- Security
Part 3b–Components
- Service and Application development
- Home Equipment
- User Interfaces
CWA 50487:2005 - 12 -
Part 4 - Installation
This part describes the processes that the Installer, Maintainer and Manager of the SmartHousesystem should consider. It is placed last because the installer may need to understand and referenceinformation from the preceeding sections and partly becase the installer may well be the systemdesigner of a SmartHouse as well as managing the Installation Process. This part has one section.
- The Installation Process
1.1.2.1 Sections of the Code of Practice
The Introduction and each following section deliver material that provides:
- At the highest level, anyone with some knowledge of what may be possible
- At the next level, any practitioner of the SmartHouse with details of best practice
- At the lowest level, the system designer overall and experts in the specific area of the section,recommendations for implementing the SmartHouse
The four parts focus on the process of selecting from a wide range of possible options, what standardsand practices to use and how to use them in configuring and installing systems for the SmartHouse.Because there are many ways in which this may be achieved, each subsection has a number of levelsof description.
- The first level is an introduction that outlines the major issues of the subsection
- The second level describes the issues in greater detail and provides a decision process thatassists the system designer in reaching appropriate design choices in the form ofrecommendations. Where decisions need to be made, then there are short descriptions of theissues.
- The third level is to guide the user where decisions have to be made. Here there arereferences to appropriate standards, specifications and ongoing standards and research work.Since there are many interactions and dependencies with other sections, these too arereferenced.
1.1.3 Issues
Each of the sections below describe the issues as they relate mainly to the system designer of theSmartHouse. However each section will include specific issues that are relevant to the section andwhat any stakeholder will need to consider when designing, installing, managing and operating thesystems and services of the SmartHouse
1.1.4 Recommendations
Each section provides a set of recommended methods of working, standards that should be used andwill have a form of decision tree that will assist the user.
NOTE 1 The presentation of each section covers its specific area in the most appropriate way and this results in somesections being more descriptive than others. For instance in an area where there is a good set of definitive standards, the text iscompact and the recommendations definitive but where the area is more subjective the text contains significant discussion.
NOTE 2 Because of the range of Services, Applications, Networks and Equipment in the SmartHouse, some sections haveused the concept of grouping these services, applications, networks and equipment into clusters of similar Services, Networksor equipment. A cluster in one section does not imply a similar cluster in another one although in general clusters do relate toservice, network or equipment requirements and these may overlap.
- 13 - CWA 50487:2005
1.1.5 Annexes
As referenced in each section, European and International Standards as well as other specificationsthat are relevant can be found in a separate annex. Each annex has a general part and a part that isspecific to each section. The annexes reference:
Annex A Abbreviations, Acronyms and Terms
Annex B Referenced Standards
- Standards
- National Standards
- Specifications and proprietary specifications
- and Standards and specifications in progress that are relevant to the issues andrecommendations.
Annex C Additional Material (addenda and additional supporting material from sections)
Annex D Bibliography
Annex E Approving Experts and Experts involved in the Work
2 The Environment of the SmartHouse
Figure 2.1 –Environment of the SmartHouse
2.1 The reason for a SmartHouse and why its value is more than the sum of its parts
2.1.1 Introduction
The term SmartHouse is a convenient term for the convergence of intelligent devices andentertainment systems in the home. Devices that contain processors or are computers (pervasivecomputing) that can communicate with other systems are increasingly populating the home. Some ofthese are remote from the house and some can receive an ever increasing wealth of information andentertainment content from external and internal sources into or within the home.
CWA 50487:2005 - 14 -
The introduction and deployment of intelligent devices, networks, applications and services in thehome are a direct result of manufacturers providing new technology and of consumers becomingaware and demanding new services, applications and equipment. It is in this convergent environmentof the wide range of services, applications, equipment and entertainment products that theSmartHouse (Connected Home, Intelligent Home) is situated.
Until recently, almost all these devices have operated independently from one another. However,because communication systems into and around the Home (see sections 2.2 and 2.3) are becomingcapable of delivering any information anywhere at realistic speeds, these independent devices cannow communicate. The SmartHouse is all about harnessing the additional value that systems ofinteracting devices deliver to the user and consumer. It is the integration of differing systems in theSmartHouse that allows new services and applications to be constructed, new ways of living andsynergistic ecomomies that can only be attained in the truly SmartHouse that deliver a value in theSmartHouse that can far out weigh that of the individual parts.
Innovations in telecoms industry have reshaped the way we communicate, with more connectivity,more bandwidth, more services, and more scalability and we want all, not just certain elements. If wehave a high-speed Internet access at work, than we want it also at home The demand goes not onlyfor a high-speed access, but also other applications such as linking telecommuters with corporateoffices, controlling a home alarm system from the other side of the country, turning the dishwasher ONfrom the office or downloading a movie from one computer to another within our homes.
Reliable broadband services delivered to the home enable a variety of applications to enrich ourquality of life, like: new multimedia services for voice, video, videoconferencing, interactive gaming,high speed Internet access, telecommuting; services for white goods, metering, health care for the ill,elderly and disabled, security, monitoring and intelligence.
As can be seen from Section 3.7 the devices in the home can be classified and fall into a number oftypes. Again while similar types of device may use the same communications technologies, theinformation that they have for other systems is applicable for all types of device. It is also likely thatexternal management, monitoring and control of some devices is both possible and beneficial.
The information that is likely to come into the home will include entertainment from many sources andalso much low-level information about the environment. This will enable energy and utilitymanagement systems to conserve valuable resources world-wide, there will be enhancements tosecurity systems and, for example, a benefit that can be realised includes the use of the securitysystem to assist the energy management system by saving energy usage in unoccupied rooms. Justas easily the TV could be put on Pause if all the room's occupants left the room.
The SmartHouse enables device interactivity in the home and this changes the home from a placewith multiple dumb devices to a system comprised of many intelligent devices working together to theadvantage of the occupants but also in many cases for the common good.
Every SmartHouse is likely to be unique. There will be a myriad of ways in which any SmartHouse willbe implemented and the needs of consumers in any SmartHouse will be different. The SmartHouseonce installed is likely to evolve organically as consumers needs change, they add to their systemsand new services and applications require new systems to support their new requirements.
The wide range of differing systems makes the SmartHouse a highly complex and evolving system ofsystems and autonomous management of this system is in itself a very necessary requirement. This iswhy this Code of Practice is being prepared. It covers the things that should be thought about andcarried out by the System designer. It covers issues such as how we design an overall architecturethat ensures the many subsystems can interact and exchange valuable information and it looks at allthe components in this very valuable system.
- 15 - CWA 50487:2005
2.2 The Consumers’ needs and requirements
Figure 2.2 – Consumers’ Section in relation to the SmartHouse
2.2.1 Introduction–Why the SmartHouse designer needs to understand the consumer
This section considers consumer requirements for smart houses and explains how a standards basedcode of practice can be used to ensure these requirements are met. It is the satisfaction of theconsumer1 and perceived reliability, privacy and security that will ensure applications and servicesdelivered electronically become acceptable and result in market growth. Therefore it is important thatunderstanding the issues concerning the consumer are considered through all sections of this Code ofPractice.
From a consumer’s perspective, a smart house represents more than just a ‘high tech’ gadget. Any house represents a long-term commitment or investment but a smart house will additionally bringdramatic lifestyle changes, both domestically and in the way they conduct their daily lives. Previousinnovations (e.g. television broadcasting, the home computer) have produced significant social changebut the changes smart houses will create are likely to be more far reaching. As a designer you shouldalso be aware that consumers new to the concept of a smart house are sceptical about issues such asreliability, security and privacy. This is natural due to their experiences, or their perception of currentcommunication and computer technology. Explaining that because a smart house takes a holisticapproach to the implementation of these technical developments (see section 2.1 of this document),then these issues are both addressed and improved should help resolve this issue.
In the short and medium term, consumers need to decide whether they want to embrace thistechnology. It will not be a simple decision such as purchasing a new appliance. There is unlikely to beany financial benefit to completely re-equipping and re-wiring their house to convert it to a SmartHouse, so in the immediate future, the fully functional Smart House will most likely be a newly builthome. However, they could decide on a retrofit solution employing computer control and ”no new wires” networking. The smart house designer needs to give the consumer forward compatibilityproviding both affordable short-term solutions with guaranteed upgrade-ability for long-term solutions.
———————
1 For the purposes of this document the “consumer” is considered to be the end user of smart house technology, the occupant of a smart house and their visitors. In some instances, other stakeholders such as the person or organisationcommissioning, paying for, or operating the smart house installation or services needs to be considered as well.
CWA 50487:2005 - 16 -
Such solutions may be made financially attractive by creating consortia of companies consisting ofequipment, software and service providers. Over a period of time these will bring Smart Housetechnology into the home by subsidy and subscription. Local authorities and other support services willalso need to provide smart solutions so it is important to establish technical standards so the systemsoffer the consumer interoperability, compatibility, consistency and simplicity.
But Smart Houses represent an entirely new way of using electrical installations, appliances andcommunication a house, in a way that consumers are unaccustomed and unfamiliar with. If thetechnology is difficult for consumers to operate and maintain, some consumers will be disadvantaged,i.e. will not be able to enjoy the potential benefits (energy savings, integrated alarms, etc.) offered bythe system. Ironically the groups, such as the elderly or the disabled, that might gain the most benefitfrom such systems, might not be able to operate them.
From a consumer’s view, solutions should be based on open standards; otherwise companies controlling the infrastructure will dictate the preconditions. In reality, the cost and complexity of a SmartHouse system will inevitably result in a number of proprietary systems together with a degree ofcommercial vertical integration. Consumers may therefore find themselves financially or physically‘tied-in’ to a system. Operational and technical standards must exist to ensure a consumer can change their system or service without major redesign and appliance replacement.
Smart Houses will also govern the way consumers communicate and interact with the outside worldand with their service providers, via the home ‘gateway’. Standards need to ensure that these systems are interoperable so a consumer can change their service provider without loss of functionality orsafety.
The consumer society is increasingly dependant on external services such as health, security, energy,education, entertainment and information. The smart house can make the supply of these servicesmore efficient and more versatile. However, in designing smart houses it is important that the provisionof such services is not inadvertently hindered, or consumers’ choices restricted.
Consumers are increasingly interested in secure and safe houses, especially in the most rapidlygrowing consumer group, the elderly. Most people prefer to live in their own home as long as possibleand so security, safety, comfort and accessibility are important issues for the independent elderly.Also, society at large can benefit through the increased independence and satisfaction of elderlypeople.
The needs of children and other dependant occupants of the smart house need to be considered inthe smart house design. Children need to be able to access and use the smart house facilities.Equally, parents or guardians will require customisable ‘parental controls’ to control or restrict access to selected smart house services. This subject, and other security issues are covered in section 2.5.3of this Code of Practise.
Provided consumer aspects are properly addressed, this technology can mean increased comfort,enjoyment, convenience, security and energy savings for most groups of consumers. Different groupsof consumers may achieve different benefits (e.g. physically disabled people can use remote control tooperate all devices in the home, as opposed to having to move to individual devices round the hometo control them). So it is important that different consumer needs are addressed and standards inplace to ensure smart houses can be adapted to changes in the householders’ needs or multiple needs.
2.2.2 The scope of this section
To help the smart house designer obtain a better understanding of basic consumer requirements, thissection of the Code of Practice discusses the requirements in detail. These have not been prioritised,as priorities will change for different smart house applications, for example, luxury accommodation orspecialised social housing.
- 17 - CWA 50487:2005
Table 1 shows the main areas of direct interest to the consumer; these are based on areas of interestidentified by ANEC2 . Most areas can be considered horizontal issues and are addressed in specifictopic areas of this document, this repetition is intentional to ensure such matters are not overlooked byreaders who may focus on a specific area.
Table 1–Summary of the consumer issues
Reliability and quality of service Section 2.2.3.1
Energy consumption Section 2.2.3.2
Access Section 2.2.3.3
Technical issues Interoperability Section 2.2.3.4
Compatibility with essential services Section 2.2.3.5Health care Section 2.2.3.6
Security Section 2.2.3.7
Privacy Section 2.2.3.8Safety Section 2.2.3.9
Social issues Info-tainment Section 2.2.3.10
Cost benefits Section 2.2.3.11
Design for all Section 2.2.3.12
User interfaces Section 2.2.3.13
Easy to understand and use Section 2.2.3.14
Personalisation Section 2.2.3.15
User issues Comfort and convenience Section 2.2.3.16
2.2.3 Issues
This section deals with issues specific to the consumer that the smart house designer needs to beaware of.
2.2.3.1 Reliability and Quality of Service (Standards for implementation and maintenance)
Consumers in the smart home are likely to be more dependent on service providers than in the past.Many services will be by subscription, providing content, equipment maintenance, insurance and otherutilities. The whole point of a smart home is to take care of itself, so consumers can expect theseservices to be much more automatic and less dependent on their intervention and demanding on theirtime. Consumers are likely to want better quality of service (QOS) and reliability standards than thosetraditionally offered. Many consumers will want the convenience of one-stop’ solution to service provision and problem solving. This can be facilitated by offering service bundle/aggregate options orself-choice of aggregating. For this choice to be accessible to consumers a standardised form ofpresentation of the services on offer will be required to enable the consumer to make informedchoices.
Reliability: The smart home will comprise many critical hardware and firmware components and theseneed to be designed to meet high reliability criteria. A high level of quality assurance needs to beimplemented at the design, manufacturing and installation stages for these critical components.Consumers need to know if these critical components meet quality and reliability criteria, so a ‘quality and reliability mark’ (or similar certificate) needs to be established.
———————
2 ANEC "European Association for the Co-ordination of Consumer Representation in Standardisation"
CWA 50487:2005 - 18 -
Maintenance: If critical components fail the householder needs to be able to urgently obtain servicingor repair. Service contracts and contact details need to be clear and easily understood. Response toservicing requests need to be prompt and should have performance targets. Service companies needto advise householders of the status of their service contract (e.g. if it has expired). Contracts shouldbe such that emergency repair of critical components is not dependent on payment status and specialarrangements will need to be made for specific at-risk groups such as those who rely on social alarms.
Quality and reliability of Service: The smart home will be increasingly dependant on the provision ofservices and the diversity of these will make it more difficult (than it is today) for the consumer to knowwhat quality they can expect. Some form of quality and reliability standards or benchmark system isneeded to help consumers choose and use these services. Critical services are energy, water,telecommunications, broadcasting, waste disposal, postal delivery, safety monitoring, social alarmsand security systems of various types.
Service agreements: Consumers will expect clear and transparent service contracts. They will requirethe ability to change service providers so these contracts should be transferable to allow consumerchoice. Consumers may also want the ability to choose multiple service providers (i.e. differentproviders for different services). In order that consumers can make an informed choice, some methodof measuring and indicating the quality of service (QOS) is required. Consumers will want a ‘one-stop’ solution for servicing and help. Quality of service and service agreements are discussed in detail inSection 1.4 of this Code of Practice.
Access to Software and Documentation: Consumers may wish to change service providers ormaintenance/repair engineers. Some consumers may want to carry out or commission their ownmaintenance, repair or software programming and in these cases it is important to ensure that theyare unable to interfere with the safe operation of the system or otherwise compromise the systemintegrity. To facilitate this requirement consumers must have the necessary technical documentation,in particular they will require access to the smart house architecture itself. Furthermore, thisdocumentation will be required whenever the house is put up for sale so it will need to be stored in asafe place, possibly along with other legal documents concerning the house ownership. The subject ofdocumentation is also addressed in the ‘system security’ section 3.5.7.1 and in the ‘Installation’ section 4.1.6
Installation: Consumers will expect the design and installation of smart home technology and systemsto be carried out in an efficiently and professionally. Quality standards and training standards will berequired. Installations issues are discussed in detail in Section 3 of this Code of Practice.
When things go wrong: In any complex electronic and software system there is the possibility of thingsgoing wrong, either by equipment failure, software bugs, human error or malicious damage. To adegree, consumers will feel more confident if they know the system has some self diagnosisprocedures, automatic reporting of system status or problems to the relevant service provider and anaudit trail of operations to track the cause of problems. In practice, the smart house will contain adiversity of services, yet many will be inter-dependant, therefore consumers will require ‘one-stop’ solutions for maintenance and servicing.
A key element of a smart house will be the ’gateway’. Importantly for consumer safety and peace ofmind this element must have adequate fail-safe and secure properties. Particularly if a single‘gateway’ is installed (e.g. cable based), it should be able to switch to an alternative gateway service (e.g. radio based) in the case of failure.
- 19 - CWA 50487:2005
2.2.3.2 Energy consumption. Needs to meet EU targets/recommendations
Smart houses should be energy efficient and ideally more efficient than conventional houses. Ifdesigned with intelligent power management and low power devices, a smart house has the potentialto provide significant energy savings3 . If these considerations are not taken into account, smarthouses could actually cause significant increases in power consumption by facilitating andencouraging the use of multiple appliances and systems.
Foe example, the smart house should be designed to allow intelligent management of heating andlighting management and should regulate energy consumption depending on occupancy of the house.
One area of particular concern is energy consumption and particularly quiescent or standby energyconsumption. The EU is encouraging manufacturers of white and brown goods to meet powerconsumption limits and standby power is recommended to be below 1 watt per device. This Code ofPractise recommends designers adopt a new target for the “global” standby power of a smart house in order to address consumer concerns.
Where possible, green energy sources should be exploited with ‘local’ energy generation provided where practical and economic. Solar and wind energy should be considered coupled with efficient heatmanagement systems (e.g. re-distribution of unused heat, grey water, etc). Biomass energy andsustainable build are also concepts that this Code of Practise recommends smart house designersshould address.
The householder should have a transparent system showing their energy usage so they have themeans and incentive to regulate their consumption.
2.2.3.3 Access issues (mechanical and electronic)
Physical access, by the consumer, needs to be considered. They will expect an intelligent solution tothis so that unauthorised or undesirable people are excluded. This will give easy access to authorisedoccupants and inform the occupant of the status of visitors. Ideally it should be able to identify friendsfrom unknown visitors (e.g. sales persons) in much the same way as our email address books can do.Biometrics and eRecognition technologies are likely to provide solutions.
Mechanical entry to a house should be secure and intelligent but not present a barrier to quick entry toan occupant or emergency services.
Wheel chair access should either be provided or easily retro-fitted.
The vehicle garage should be considered as a part of the ‘connected house’ so will need communications access and terminals to transfer data to the vehicle’s route guidance, power controland remote monitoring systems.
Secure goods-in access should be provided4 . In new build these would ideally be built in as part ofthe structure with access from within the house (e.g. kitchen). They should be secure with variable PINaccess, have refrigerated compartments and safe for children.
———————
3 Energy Performance Directive - European Directive was adopted in 2002 to regulate ways and means to improve theenergy performance of buildings.
4 e.g. Bearbox™ type systems (a proprietary locked container designed for unattended delivery of goods)
CWA 50487:2005 - 20 -
2.2.3.4 Interoperability issues
2.2.3.4.1 Requirement: Interoperability between communication systems (internal andexternal) and between individual components (appliances)
For the smart house designer the different communication languages and transmission media areimportant considerations offering a wide range of possibilities. However, from the consumers’ perspective these are electronics issues that at first glance appear to present significant compatibilitychallenges. Less discussed are the mechanical issues that can also affect compatibility. The physicalsize of components and types of physical connectors are equally important factors for consumers.
The traditional approach to interoperability has been simply to ensure everything uses the samesystem. For example, most of Europe uses the PAL system for television (electronic compatibility) andmost of the world finally adopted VHS for video-tapes (mechanical compatibility). However, this simpleapproach stifles development, for example, the PAL system is severely compromised in order tomaintain backwards compatibility with legacy (black and white) receivers. Similarly VHS was chosenfor economic reasons rather than its technical superiority.
In the world of digital electronics and reduced reliance on mechanical interfaces or components, weare not as restricted. Different communication protocols, each best suited for a particular application,can co-exist. The use of small, intelligent and mechanically simple connectors, (both optical andelectronic), make the mechanical interfaces more flexible. Thus interoperability can be achieved in thepresence of many different systems. Transcoding and modem devices offer relatively cheap solutions.
An example of this is the Open Services Gateway Initiative (OSGi) for the communication gateway.This acts as an interface with the many different communication languages used in the smart houseand trans-codes them to a suitable language for the telecommunications system to the ‘outside world’. The key to OSGi’s success (or any similar initiative) will be that the languages it deals with have an‘open architecture’. The use of open architecture languages and systems is essential for achieving the interoperability that consumers will require.
2.2.3.4.2 Modular design
Another important approach to interoperability that saves the consumer money is the use of modulardesign. New technology can be retro-fitted to existing devices by add on modules. An example is thedigital TV set top box. This add-on module means the consumer does not need to buy a newtelevision in order to upgrade to digital TV.
2.2.3.4.3 Design considerations
When designing or installing smart houses, interoperability should be considered in two ways:
Interoperability between the related components of a system. For example, with a home entertainmentsystem, it is necessary (from the consumers’ point of view) that all the component parts successfully connect with one another (e.g. the home cinema, television, hi-fi, on-line music and video streams,recording devices, etc). Similarly interoperability between common components is important in allareas (e.g. home security, social alarms, telecommunications, plumbing and heating, etc).
Interoperability across systems. The different components of a smart house will also need tocommunicate with each other. This is particularly important for home automation, system monitoring,and remote access systems. For example, the consumer may want the plumbing system tocommunicate with the home entertainment system! This would be desirable to monitor costs or alertthe occupant of a system failure. This type of interoperability will rely on wired or wirelesscommunications systems and the ability to transcode data from one device to another. Theimplications are that the designers and installers of the different systems need to plan for this type ofinteroperability, then the optional fitting of the necessary transducers and transcoders should bepossible and cost effective. To facilitate this some ‘cross platform’ standards will be required.
For both these aspects of interoperability, ‘plug and play’ type solutions should be implemented.
- 21 - CWA 50487:2005
2.2.3.4.4 Electro-magnetic compatibility (EMC)
In addition to the above issues, consumers are also concerned with EMC issues that can affectcompatibility.
To comply with the EU directive5 individual components have the “CE” mark to show compliance. Consumers will be re-assured if they know that EMC could also be guaranteed for the whole smarthouse system, not just the component parts, this principal is not always addressed by the EMCstandards.
Many components in a smart house will be used in close proximity to each other and radio devicesmay share frequency bands. The EMC directive and standards do not always address close proximityuse. Therefore it will be necessary for such devices to either have better EMC than the minimumrequired by the directive or the inherent limitations of such devices should be made clear to theconsumer and installer. Some components such as heart pacemakers, wheelchairs and other medicalequipment will require special attention in this respect.
Interoperability issues are discussed in detail in Section 3.7 (Home Equipment) of this Code ofPractice.
2.2.3.5 Compatibility with essential services
The smart house will control and monitor the essential services we use daily. In particular: security,health and our use of gas, electricity and water. There will inevitably be occasions where the housesystem needs to report a problem or other information to a responsible body, other than thehouseholder. For example, police, medical services or utility providers.
This facility of the smart house will have to be acceptable to the responsible body. It will need to becompatible with their systems and meet their quality of service requirements.
2.2.3.6 Health care
Consumers’ see smart houses as dwellings that are more than passive brick and mortar. For some they represent futuristic living but to others they offer levels of technology to which they may havedifficulty relating. For those who do understand, increased comfort and convenience are a part of thisperception and sophisticated health care services also feature highly on their expectations. Howeverfor a large majority of those who could benefit from health care, there is currently a serious lack ofawareness of the use and potential of the systems. Awareness is crucial, as acceptance by healthcarepractitioners and better-informed users are essential to induce sufficient market demand. Users needto understand how the system works and the benefits they can provide to their lives.
We can consider two categories of health care provision and different factors will be important to thegroups.
– the main focus for elderly or sick people will be health monitoring health maintenance and“telecare” services. The service needs to be particularly reliable as it will involve data transfer to remote medical services, including emergency services. In this context it is clear that the benefitsinclude better access to healthcare, provision of better healthcare, improved communication, costsaving, reduced waiting lists, increased standard of health, and better education and access toinformation. However there are limitations which can include, poor relationships between, thepatient and carer, and between healthcare professionals, threats to the practices of healthcareprofession, organisation disruption, additional training and education needs, uncertainty of qualityof health information, etc. When designing a smart house system, the potential requirement forthese services needs to be recognized. Furthermore, consumers’ will expect ‘quality of service’ standards to be in place for the healthcare and telecare services.”
———————
5 EU Directive 89/336/EEC and RTTE Directive 1999/5Directive 1999/5
CWA 50487:2005 - 22 -
– for others, particularly the young, and the more computer and Internet literate population, they willrequire a pro-active and interactive healthcare service to allow self management with emphasisplaced on preventive medicine. This could include local monitoring, subscription services to sendreports to healthcare consultants. It could also include ‘smart’ keep fit programmes.
Whilst smart house designers, builders and installers may not directly provide such facilities andservices they should make sure that this service can be accommodated. The necessarycommunications systems and support and the ability to install special equipment (wheel chair access,private gym, etc) should be considered at the design and installation stage.
2.2.3.7 Security issues
Consumers will expect a smart house to provide good levels of security. This means physical securityof the occupants and property and security of information and other electronic data.
2.2.3.7.1 Physical security
A smart house should be equipped with adequate protection against intrusion and incorporate asecurity alarm system. These should be ‘intelligent’ systems that can be programmed to suitably respond to and report any security breach and retain a log of any breaches. However such a systemshould not contravene a consumers’ privacy. These intelligent security systems should meet therequirements of insurance companies and security services.
These systems should not hinder or delay access to the house by authorised persons (by a personalrecognition systems) or exit from the house by any person. The system should be ‘fail-safe’.
2.2.3.7.2 External threats
The Smart House should protect the house and its occupants against threats to their safety. In theevent of fire, flood, pollution, or other threat of physical damage, the smart house should respondintelligently. These systems should be able to be programmed to suitably respond to and report anysafety problems and retain a log of safety issues. However such a system should not contravene theconsumers’ privacy.
2.2.3.7.3 Electronic data security
Critical data entering or leaving the house, via the smart house gateway, should be secure. Theelectronic system should ensure that filtering of incoming data (e.g. from the Internet) meets theconsumers’ requirement. The electronic system should ensure that critical outgoing data (e.g. credit card details, personal medical data and information related to personal security) is secure andadequately encrypted.
2.2.3.7.4 Communications
Security of the electronic communications system. The occupants of the house may need to beprotected against undesirable data entering or exiting their system. Protection against viruses andillegal or unwanted information should be part of smart house systems as should the protection ofoutgoing data that might compromise the security of the occupants or property e.g. data on water orpower consumption could indicate a property is unoccupied. See Section 3.5 for more information onInformation Security.
2.2.3.7.5 Theft prevention technology
The consumer should have access to modern theft prevention technology to safeguard their property.This might be as complex as satellite tracking systems or as simple as a service provider de-valuing ahardware product by providing it for free, in lieu of a subscription. Equally, access to subscriptionservices should be protected from theft by appropriately secure technology. Security issues arediscussed in detail in Section 3.5 of this Code of Practice.
- 23 - CWA 50487:2005
2.2.3.8 Consumers and privacy
2.2.3.8.1 Introduction
There are two aspects of privacy to consider: The privacy of an occupant within the space of the smarthouse and the privacy of occupants(s) from outside the house. We should also consider both personal(physical) privacy and data privacy.
Within a smart house personal privacy needs to be at least as convenient as it is with a conventionalhouse. Personal property and data should not be accessible, accidentally or deliberately by othermembers of the household. For example, personal electronic communications should not beaccessible to others without permission, nor should they be accidentally displayed to others on acommunal display device. For physical privacy, internal door or enclosure locking systems may formpart of the ‘smart’ system –if so they should be used to provide privacy without introducing any safetyproblems. For example electronic door locks should be fail-safe.
For privacy from events outside the smart house data security encryption and keys should beavailable for private personal communications through smart house gateways.
2.2.3.8.2 Privacy
Privacy is the interest that individuals have in sustaining a 'personal space', free from interference byother people and organisations. It is an interest that has several dimensions:
- privacy of the person. This is concerned with the integrity of the individual's body. Issuesinclude compulsory immunisation, blood transfusion without consent, compulsory provision ofsamples of body fluids and body tissue, and compulsory sterilisation;
- privacy of personal behaviour. This relates to all aspects of behaviour, but especially tosensitive matters, such as sexual preferences and habits, political activities and religiouspractices, both in private and in public places;
- privacy of personal communications. Individuals claim an interest in being able tocommunicate among themselves, using various media, without routine monitoring of theircommunications by other persons or organisations;
- privacy of personal data. Individuals claim that data about themselves should not beautomatically available to other individuals and organisations, and , even where data ispossessed by another party, the individual must be able to exercise a substantial degree ofcontrol over that data and its use.
With the close coupling that has occurred between computing and communications, particularly sincethe 1980s, the last two aspects have become closely linked and are commonly referred to as'information privacy':
2.2.3.8.3 Information
Information Privacy is the interest an individual has in controlling, or at least significantly influencing,the handling of data about themselves.
It is this aspect of privacy that is of primary concern in the Smart House since the system ‘knows’ about the occupants and is in a position to transmit this information to a third party.
The householder should be given adequate information and instructions on the implementation of theprivacy features.
2.2.3.8.4 Privacy protection
An important implication of the definition of privacy as an interest is that it has to be balanced againstmany other, often competing, interests. At the level of an individual, it may be necessary to sacrificesome privacy, in order to satisfy another interest. The privacy interest of one person may conflict withthat of another person, or groups of people, an organisation, or society as a whole. It is impossible toensure total privacy whilst at the same time monitoring the safety of vulnerable individuals. Hence:
CWA 50487:2005 - 24 -
Privacy Protection is a process of finding appropriate balances between privacy and multiplecompeting interests.
Privacy must on occasions be compromised in order to sustain other important interests such as lawand order, and reasonably fair distribution of social benefits and costs. For psychological, social andpolitical reasons, however, it is essential that privacy be highly valued and not subjugated to othersocial considerations, or to the demands of economic efficiency.
2.2.3.9 Safety issues
2.2.3.9.1 Safety of the Smart House system and appliances
Safety of the Smart House system and appliances is of paramount importance. If the smart house is tocarry out tasks automatically and intelligently they must be done safely and the consumer needs toknow this.
2.2.3.9.2 Electrical and mechanical
For the electrical and mechanical safety of appliances and home automation there are three situationsto consider:
- The inherent safety of the device as a stand-alone appliance or application. This is covered bythe existing safety standards6 and in many cases the device would be considered as an“unattended” appliance. (Note, those standards contain a clause that exclude the use of domestic appliances by “children and infirm people without supervision”. This is contested by ANEC and could be a problem in smart house standardisation for the “caring” aspects of smart houses).
- The safety of the device when used as a stand-alone automatic or remotely controlledapplication, but not as an integral part of a smart house. Here the safety mechanisms anddetection systems have to be built into the device.
- The safety of the device when controlled and operated as an integral part of a smart house. Inthis situation the safety mechanisms may be those of the house itself.
This means that safety requirements in the smart house may have to go beyond those required by theexisting safety standards called up by current EU directives
2.2.3.9.3 System failure
This is safety in the event of failure of part of the smart house system. The smart house should be a‘fail-safe’ environment. Particular attention should be paid to safety in the event of a power failure and what happens when power is restored. Where critical appliances are in operation in a smart house(e.g. health care devices, heating systems, etc) means of reporting the failure, providing support orproviding back-up power should be provided as appropriate.
Consumers will also expect critical services (e.g. communications, utilities, healthcare) supplied to thehouse be adequately protected from failure.
2.2.3.9.4 Data safety
Consumers, particularly those with children, will want protection against undesirable broadcast andInternet, so suitable filtering software should be made available to the consumer. Such software couldbe server located (service provider) or client located (gateway) but in either case it needs to meetperformance standards and be and be configurable by the consumer.
———————
6 CENELEC EN 60335-1: safety of domestic appliances (Low voltage directive).
- 25 - CWA 50487:2005
2.2.3.9.5 Other requirements
These intelligent safety systems should meet the requirements of insurance companies, securityservices and the providers of social alarm support infrastructures.
2.2.3.10 Info-tainment
The smart house offers the consumer a variety of convergent entertainment and communicationsoptions:
- communications (telephone (audio/video), email and neighbourhood/friend forums);
- education and information (home-school access, neighbourhood broadcasting, interactivetelevision services);
- entertainment (Pay per View services, hard drive based video recorders, digital audiobroadcasting, digital video broadcasting, broadcast electronic programme guides, electronicgames and home entertainment equipment - hi-fi, video, home cinema - connected tomultimedia home server systems).
Standardised method(s) of delivery of these services to the smart house, and standard method(s) ofdistribution within the house need to be used. There may not be one single solution: for example, the‘luxury’ smart house occupant may want to select their own bundle of services and pay for specialist and higher quality options. For ‘social housing’ or housing for the elderly and disabled the emphasis might be more on locally generated services and third party serve aggregation.
The ability for the consumer to upgrade and personalise these services must be taken into account.
Electronic Programme Guides. Any on-line programme guides or other content directories, suppliedas part of the smart house service, should be both accurate and unbiased.
Digital Rights Management (DRM). Consumers will want a DRM system that allows fair andreasonable ability to transfer or copy multimedia material. For Pay-Per-View, Video-On-Demand orgames services, the costs and limitations for use (time restrictions or copying restrictions) shouldalways be made apparent to the consumer. DRM is also discussed in section 3.5.3.1, system security,of this code of practice.
2.2.3.11 Cost benefit over a period of time to justify installation costs
The “luxury smart house” may be an important feature in developing the smart house market, but in the longer term it needs to be an attractive economic proposition for consumers. If the cost of a smarthouse does not match long-term savings then consumers will not buy into the concept, and insteadwill only pick and choose elements to meet their immediate requirements. Such piecemeal systemsare likely to be sub-optimal and could have a negative effect on the perceived benefits of smarthousing.
A smart house should be economic to run and maintain and in the long term, keep its relative value.To achieve this the smart house will need to keep pace with new developments. Although individualsmart appliances that form an integral part of the smart house system will be unlikely to hold theirvalue.
The house systems should allow installation to be made in steps and be adaptable to new productsand services.
The house should support legacy products and services.
Over time there is likely to be a hierarchy of “smartness” of these houses and this should be reflected in the house’s value. In order to achieve this, consumers (house sellers and buyers) will require someform of standard smartness rating that can be applied to a house to identify the features, quality of thefeatures and modernity.
CWA 50487:2005 - 26 -
2.2.3.12 Design for all / Universal design / Inclusive design
These terms tend to be used fairly interchangeably but their intention is to simplify life for everyone bymaking products, communications, and the built environment more usable by as many people aspossible at little or no extra cost. This benefits people of all ages and abilities.
When considering products and services that relate to the Information Society, then the term e-Accessibility (or assistive technologies) is sometimes used to mean the integration of all users i.e.older people, people with disabilities and also people placed in impairing environments. This will onlycome about as a result of designing mainstream products and services to be accessible by as broad arange of users as possible.
This is done by employing three principal strategies:
- Design of ICT products, services and applications which are demonstrably suitable for most ofthe potential users without any modifications.
- Design of products which are easily adaptable to different users (e.g. by incorporatingadaptable or customisable user interfaces).
- Design of products which have standardised interfaces, capable of being accessed byspecialised user interaction devices.
Designers must aim to include the needs of people who are currently excluded or marginalised bymainstream design practices to ensure an inclusive society. This is particularly important as we arefacing an ageing population and need to bring disabled people into the mainstream of society.Inclusive design can be a tool for commercial growth and growing anti-discrimination legislation actsas a reinforcement to industry. New technologies also drive change, but must be implemented in waysthat include rather than exclude people.
For smart houses we need to consider that its user interfaces will be used by: children, elderly peopleand people with special needs. It will need to cater for visitors, changes of ownership, nomadiclifestyles, different languages and so have the ability to be re-configured.
Human interfaces and controls should be easily adaptable, For example, the use of programmabletouch screens and displays can often facilitate this. Some requirements of the usability of interfacesare:
Displays to have good visibility especially for people with reduced vision and ordinary users inunfavourable light conditions
Particular attention given to the choice of screen fonts to ensure readability
- Light indicators should comply with good ergonomic principals
- Acoustic output devices should be designed to accommodate those with hearing impairmentsof various types and take account of the ambient sound levels
- Icons (which will need to be properly developed and standardised) should be used wheneverpossible for identifying common functions or objects on the display. Good icons are easier tounderstand and remember by most users, and can be recognised also by illiterate or dyslexicpeople. Bad icons are worse than useless
- For keys and keypads there are a number of design guidelines to ensure that those withlimited dexterity are able to use them.
- Pointing devices are always quite demanding on user capabilities, requiring fine coordinationof hand movements and eye. If a device is targeted at a mass market, including elderly anddisabled people, there should always be an alternative method for selection and data input.
Annex D to this Code of Practise contains references to several standards concerning icons,pictograms and symbols and standards concerning keypads and other user interfaces. See alsoSection 3.8 on User Interfaces.
- 27 - CWA 50487:2005
2.2.3.13 User-interfaces - standardised or intuitive and easy to use
Smart houses will inevitably have a number of different types of user interfaces (keyboards, switches,touch screens, etc.) in order to meet different environments, applications and users. The specificpurpose and individual user preferences of these interfaces will demand a diversity of designs andtechnologies. However within this diversity there needs to be a consistency that allows any user tooperate critical systems and the basic functions of non-critical applications. Such consistency alsobenefits older consumers since it facilitates the transfer of already learned skills.
Existing standards for controls and their labelling (e.g. symbols, icons, pictograms) should be usedand existing conventions should be used. However, while such standard interfaces for criticalfunctions are desirable, the implementation of standard interfaces should be tolerant of aesthetics andfashion and should not inhibit the designers’ or occupants’ desire to personalise or customise controls for aesthetic reasons.
The complexity and diversity of the systems likely to be available in the smart house could easily resultin making some systems inaccessible to some members of the household. Consider for example thecomplexity of some remote controls that are available in the shops today for a seemingly simpledevice such as a television. This complexity could become far greater in the smart house and so mustbe taken into consideration as part of the design process. Possible solutions could be customisable(universal) remote controls. PDA and tablet-PC type devices could present a screen appropriate toany device as required. They could also be used interactively to feedback information. The clarity ofthe display on such devices would have to be sufficient to be visible by most users including thosewith a visual impairment and under most lighting conditions. Such devices should only be used tosimplify complex operations. They should not be the main tools for conducting ‘simple’ operations –switching on a single light–for example.
User interfaces should be error tolerant. The user should be able to recover quickly and simply fromaccidental or deliberate incorrect button pushes or other data entry.
Some occupants of a smart house may not find the portable, universal control satisfactory soalternative systems will have to be considered. Voice operation is one solution or pre-programmedsequences operated by wall switches. These need to be adequately responsive and provide positivefeedback so the user is confident an operation has taken place.
User interfaces are discussed in detail in Section 3.8 of this Code of Practice.
2.2.3.14 Easy to understand and operate the complete system
Advanced technological applications should be easy to use, intuitive and conceptually easy tounderstand. However, they should not be ‘over-simplified’ to the extent that the consumer cannot appreciate the implications of using them, discover how it works in broad terms and configure it fortheir own needs.
2.2.3.15 Personalisation. Systems and services can be tailored for the needs of individualusers
Personalisation is a key ‘design for all’ consideration for a smart house with various occupants, each with their own needs. Furthermore, a smart house will inevitably change occupants and need to bereadily adapted to new requirements.
Personal recognition systems (for example: contact-less smart cards or biometrics) should enablesystems or services to automatically configure themselves to meet that individual’s needs. Personalisation can take care of essential personal needs (e.g. medical, eye-sight, hearing, language,general access to systems). It can also contribute to comfort and convenience by configuring homeentertainment systems, newsgathering, personal communications, etc., to an individual’s requirements.
CWA 50487:2005 - 28 -
Such personalisation systems should not:
- compromise an occupant’s privacy.
- compromise the security of the house or occupants.
- represent any threat to others.
Such personalisation systems should:
- be readily re-programmed by the person themselves if required.
- be sufficiently intelligent to give priority to one setting over another (for example not continuingto show an adult programme when children are present).
2.2.3.16 Comfort and convenience
Comfort and convenience are consumer expectations of smart houses and smart living. Theseprincipals should be considerations in both the design and implementations of a smart house.
Ergonomics and ‘design-for-all’ principals need to be employed when designing components, systems or services.
The ease of use, ease of understanding, personalisation and design for all requirements discussedbelow will all be contributory factors in providing comfort and convenience. The main contribution willbe customisation - the facility for and ability of, the consumer to customise the smart house system totheir personal requirements. The smart house may well change our lifestyle, but it should not dictatebut adapt to our lifestyle.
On aspect of comfort that is easily overlooked is the ambient noise level. Many of the devices that willbe installed in the smart house will contain cooling fans or hard drive storage devices, for example.The combined noise should not be judged intrusive to the consumer. To determine this effect it maybe necessary to measure sound quality7 as well as absolute noise level.
2.2.4 Additional recommendations
2.2.4.1 Education and information. Consumers need to be informed about SmartHousetechnology and services
Even within the smart house industry, a smart house, means different things to different peopledepending on what section of the industry we are working in. Many consumers do not appreciate theholistic concept of a smart house; instead they will understand separate parts (home automation orbroadband internet being the most obvious). The smart house industry and European governmentsneed to provide information explaining the concepts for general education and to counter potentialmisleading media reports.
2.2.4.2 Do not use jargon
It is often perceived that consumer input to standardisation is not valued, either because it is of a non-technical nature, or because it is not always framed in industry specific language. However,standardisation that implements public interest policies and regulations require that technical issuesneed to be explicitly drawn out of industry-exclusive frames and therefore, non-technical, non-jargonlanguage is the most appropriate.
2.2.4.3 Documentation for the consumer and owner
The designer and/or the installer of the complete smart house system should provide userdocumentation describing what the system does, how to use it and where to get help and service. Thisdocumentation should be written in layman’s terms and in the native language(s) of the territory.
———————
7 See Glossary (Annex A)
- 29 - CWA 50487:2005
This documentation should ultimately be provided to the house owner to be made available to thehouseholder and other appropriate consumers.
It should be possible to update this documentation, as appropriate, over the lifetime of the house totake account of upgrades and servicing. An analogy with current motor vehicle documentation(instructions for use, logbook and service history) is appropriate here.
Consumers require that documentation relating to smart house installation specifications and smarthouse services be provided in a consistent form that enables a purchaser to make meaningfulcomparison. This would be important when choosing between different services and when movingand/or buying a house.
The subject of documentation is also addressed in the ‘system security’ Section 3.5.7.1 and in ‘Installation’ Section 4.1.6
2.2.4.4 Moving house
When moving house the consumer will want to take parts of the smart house with them, in particularpersonal data and setting as well as certain items of hardware. However, parts of the software andhardware will belong to the infrastructure of the house. The distinction between removable and fixedcomponents needs to be made clear in any documentation as the dividing line is likely to be differentto what we are traditionally used to.
It seems likely that the smart house architecture could manage this distinction, particularly for thesoftware aspects and a solution similar to the familiar “My Documents” folder on personal computer operating systems could facilitate this requirement.
2.2.5 Conclusions
This section shows that the consumer needs and requirements are wide ranging and clearly need tobe in the forefront of smart house design both for private and social housing. The section shows theneed for new standards in some areas and for a review of existing standards in others. The sectionalso demonstrates the need for the different parts of the smart house industry to work together todevelop ‘cross platform’ standards and procedures to meet the consumer requirements.
CWA 50487:2005 - 30 -
2.3 Service providers, services and applications
Figure 2.3 –The Service providers section in relation to the SmartHouse
2.3.1 Introduction
As the home becomes more connected and equipment in the home becomes more intelligent in termsof its ability to communicate and carry out instructions interactively, the range of potential services isincreasing. These present significant product opportunities for all service providers and the range ofservices offered and applications that support them are rising. Consumers have to interface, eitherdirectly or indirectly, with providers services such that their choice and the services offered may bematched. This Code of Practice is designed to provide a full picture of the SmartHouse and itsstakeholders, thus the Service provider is directed to review the other sections of this Code of Practisein order to understand the emerging environment of the SmartHouse and the opportunities available.
Service Providers may use different schemes to offer the service (or bundle of services) addressed toconsumers:
firstly they address services to the consumers directly or through services aggregators. Thisrequires that Service Providers must understand the consumer segments and theirrequirements in order that their services are acceptable to the consumers. (See section 2.2).
secondly, in their contract, if this is directly with the consumer, service providers must managethe interface with the installers8 (from basic design, implementation of the service, its ongoingmaintenance and enable future upgrades to the service).
Thirdly, if their contract with the consumer is for the service managed through a third party, theService Provider must ensure that their contract with the third party is such that it performs asif it were the service provider,. or if their service is provided by a third party, then the ServiceProvider contract with the third party must ensure that party delivers the service as if it werethe service provider.
Finally, they have to assume the responsibility for the quality and reliability of the service withthe Network Operator. (See Section 2.5) and all the entities in the Service Supply Chain.
———————
8 Either directly or indirectly contracted to the service provider including Content Providers in the basic design, Installers toimplement the service, service operators to maintain the service and to upgrade the service –they must also manage thecommercial aspects of the service supply chain ensuring that all entities in the SSC are rewarded financially in the provisionof the service. Termination of the service and how this may be handled should also be considered.
- 31 - CWA 50487:2005
This section takes the range (in general market sectors) of services and classifies them. It outlines therequirements these services place on the network and on the SmartHouse in their provision to theConsumer. Table 2.3.1 illustrates the relationship between the technical requirements on bandwidthand clusters. As much as anything this section is aimed at delivering an understanding of the ServiceSupply sector and what its needs and aspirations are.
Table 2.3.1–Example of clusters and associated band width
Band WidthServices offered
Narrow Broad
Automatic Reader metering
Energy management (energy saving
Home Control
Security(Intrusion–detection)
Presence simulation
Technical alarms
Windows/door openingSafety (sensing)Maintenance
Remote Diagnosis
Medical Monitoring (Basic)
Community Care and Sensitivity
Digital TV & Video
Video Conferencing
Voice over IP
On-line Gambling
Health–Medical care
Health and well being
On-line Music
On-line and download gaming
Home shopping
Learning and educationFamily and local networksHome security +CCTVVideo on demand
Video on requestHome working
2.3.2 Scope
Services and Service Providers (SSP) in the SmartHouse are the “end products” of this Code of Practice since they are dependant of all the technologies covered by the other sections and the in thefulfilment of the needs of the consumer the reason for the SmartHouse itself. Service Providers andthe Services and Applications they supply and the consumers that use the Services and Applicationsare the reason for the SmartHouse and thus for a Code of Practice. Therefore this section sets out theservice areas that may be supplied into the consumer space. It looks at the requirements of theseservices in general terms such as:
- how is the service delivered, what are the technical requirements
- is the service dependent on particular Service Levels or Quallties of Service,
CWA 50487:2005 - 32 -
- what are the communication requirements between the SP and the Consumer and howsecure, robust or what level of integrity is required,
- what are the technical and commercial aspects and how do they impinge on the service supplychain.
(Much of this is outlined in other sections–see architecture and networks).
Scope of the SSP section is to:
a) Identify applications & business groupings (Services classification or “Clusters”) covered in this work group
b) Introduce the main recommendations that will help the Services and Service Providers (and theaggregators of services) to match the interests of consumers and the technologies that willsupport the services offered
c) Identify current standards for the groupings identified above
d) Review current standards, identify any gaps and provide recommendations for future work to fillthe gaps. (NB. It is currently thought there may be a gap in the way services are described andaddressed; the approach to address this gap will be through this work group).
e) Review the dependencies other sections of this CoP, with the ‘NTE and Gateways’ and ‘Home Networks and Media’ and ‘Customer Premise Equipments’ in particular, but also with all the other sections.
2.3.2.1 Classification of services
Currently available or potential services are characterised through their technical requirements(bandwith and data distributed rates) and marketing aspects that corresponds to the dedicatedidentification of the service provider for consumers.
It is proposed that existing services could be categorised or grouped as shown below:
a) Content distribution (video on demand, video broadcasting, music)
b) Communications (telephone, fax, Email, video telephony, …)
c) Entertainment (on line gaming, …)
d) Content access/control and Internet related business (Web services -> e-commerce, e-health,e-learning, e-government,…)
e) Utility Services: electricity, energy and other fluid distribution*
f) Safety, (Home automation and control system) or active safety driven by consumers (formedical assistance or rescue,…), or Remote Watch of houses or offices, etc.
g) Alarm control for product or system maintenance
h) Security services (physical home security)
- 33 - CWA 50487:2005
Potential new services made possible by technical advances, consumers perceived needs and,regulations and directives imposed by government will need to be offered in the near future:
i) Remote control of (all or part of) customer premises equipments
j) Home Automation controlling (all or part of) customer premises equipment
k) Energy management and other kinds of resource managements
l) Remote diagnostics for automated systems, home equipment with predictive maintenance andautomated SmartHouse system and network support9.
m) Telecare and Wellbeing at home, health monitoring
n) Services associated with Accessibility
These examples could be offered in bundles by service providers.
Electricity and other fluid distribution may be considered as “services” when their provision is subject to instantaneous demand, thus mobilising resources to have the production/distributionrunning and constantly adapted to the demand.
Monitoring of water use to identify the wellbeing of an elderly person living alone linked to carecentres and utilising the water metering facility.
Many of the potential new services may be aggregated across service categories to providenew services.
While this list of Service Categories covers a wide range of discrete service areas, many potentialservices offerings will cut across categories and utilise applications used by existing services indifferent categories. This will require a new level of service aggregation and interoperability betweenmultiple systems in the SmartHouse. See Section 3.1 Architectures.
It is recommended that the system designer and the service provider use a methodology based onrecognised Open Architecture to define each service used in terms what the service delivers, of whois: (the Content Provider), the Service Provider, the Service Aggregator, the Network Operator, theService Distributor, the Subscriber to the Service (Customer, Consumer, End User) and in terms of thesystem components required to deliver the service. In general this relates to the description of theservice and its service supply chain.
2.3.3 Issues
2.3.3.1 Short review of issues and requirements
Looking at the list of current and potential services and comparing it with the list of examples ofpotential new services, it may be noticed that the existing services are independent, whereasexamples of new services share resources across many service categories.
The content broadcasting services such as radio or television use specific hardware (receiverscomprising tuners and/or eventually decoders) that currently cannot be shared by other existingservices. Similarly, communication services: the telephone set and the fax machine are specific tothese services. Again, with electricity and other fluid distribution: the electricity utility, the water utility,
———————
9 The management, maintenance and diagnostics of the many systems and networks within the SmartHouse may prove to bea significant service opportunity. If it is considered that the home may contain many hundreds of intelligent communicatingnodes/entities on multiple networks, each of which may communicate its status many times per day (depending onapplication). When the SmartHouse becomes commonplace, Europe may have perhaps 300 million SmartHouses eachsending out a few thousand data items per day, then the amount of information to be monitored to ensure that theSmartHouse remains a reliably operating system and is a safe environment for its occupants will be very large. The serviceopportunity is also large and a vital one for the SmartHouse to succeed
CWA 50487:2005 - 34 -
the gas provider and the district heat provider each manager their own meter only and they providetheir services only through their own pipes or cables. In providing physical security of the home andthe remote surveillance of houses and offices while the security systm may also share the telephoneline for sending alarms to the service provider, otherwise, it has its own central alarm system and itsown network of sensors, which are dedicated to this only service. All these existing services arevertical business schemes.
With the advent of personal computing, and access to all kind of web services including e-business,neat examples of resource sharing yield opportunistic reuses in the realm of personal computers. Forexample you can get music and TV programs through the Internet and watch them on your computerscreens or listen to them through loudspeakers attached to your computer, but you can also browseon Internet and use your TV as the display. You may replace long distance phone calls by Voice overIP, and even video chat by means of an attached web cam. The personal computer has become auniversal tool, and a lot of innovative applications let it federate the usage of all the attached hardwarein surprising ways –especially when in addition, they benefit from remote resources accessed throughthe Internet on sites of “Internet Service Providers”.
Similarly, the SmartHouse will enable the concept of innovative services in or to the smart house beingderived by the vision of all (or most of) its equipments being able to communicate with one anotherand – through gateways – access remote resources, where so-called “Smart House Service Providers” offer new commercial opportunities (see the list of examples above).
Figure 2.3.1 –Services Providers and Consumers relationship flowchart
Several options (both business and technical) are available:
- Many service providers may want to propose commercial offers that allow them to shareaccess the homes through the same gateways, and share some of the local resources (whichcomprise the communicating customer premises equipments) as illustrated in Figure 2.3.1.
- Conversely, more than one gateway to access the outside world (wide net-works) might beavailable and/or needed.
- When there are more than one available gateway, some service providers may even need tohave access for providing their offers through several of them (at choice or at the same time)
- The several available gateways in one home could thus also need to have communicationlinks with one another
- 35 - CWA 50487:2005
- All this assumes the solution of the very difficult issues of “seamless interworking”: of the gateways, of the attached “customer premises equipments” and –what concerns us principally–between the service providers that have to share all these various resources.
This means that at all levels and especially at the level of “service provisioning” – technologystandardisation is essential. However, because we are covering a far wider scope than the technicalimplementation in and to the home, there will need to be codes of business practices and moreconcretely, strategies for business aggregations of services and applications by service providers.
Because there is likely to be uneven take up of services and applications by consumers, the strategiesfor service aggregation must be flexible. Furthermore, aggregation of services may be:
- Assumed by the consumers themselves,
- Implemented by other service providers, network operators, broadcasters or even otherservice aggregators
- Implemented serially as new services become available or fashionable.
- As a mix of the above
In all cases a common strategy and framework for service delivery and aggregation will be necessary.
2.3.3.2 Main issues for SSP
Most important issues for SSP are related to consumers and to installers and installation, from designof the system to final installation, including commissioning and further assistance.
An essential requirement of any service delivered to any consumer is that it should satisfy therequirements of every entity in the service supply chain. Any service must satisfy every entity in termsof benefit and value (the commercial aspect), legal issues and rights, Quality of Service requirementsand specifications, Privacy and other consumer issues, System Security and accessibility.”
Many of these issues will require reference to other sections requirements. To a large extent thesections of this Code of practice reflect the Service Supply Chain.
Design of the installation should take in account the possibility of upgrading the system in order tooffer the possibility and to keep safe interoperability between products and services.
2.3.3.3 Security issues
Security issues should take in account both data transferred and information stored by serviceproviders. More precisely, the use of the service by clients, payments and other private informationmust be secured by SSP in accordance with European Data protection Directives.
Moreover, as service aggregators provides common interface between different service providers theymay provide supplementary security and privacy of data stored or transferred between serviceshosted and between services providers and customers.
More generally, identification and privacy of the data stored should be clearly identified in the contractbetween SSP and customers. However, there is a conflict between security and privacy of informationand the personalisation of the service that needs to be resolved on a service case by case basis.
There is also the more general area of trust and integrity of the service provision and this is linked tothe commercial and legal issues of providing services to agreed Qualities of Service (QoS). Theseissues apply to all the entities in the Service Supply Chain.
CWA 50487:2005 - 36 -
2.3.3.4 User interface issues
User interface issues are covered according with the marketing position of the Service Providers orService Aggregators. In general the concepts outlined in Section 3.8 should be followed butadditionally the following points should be defined in the contract between Service Providers andService Aggregators and between Service Providers and Manufacturers:
- Identification of the SSP (logo, …)
- What should be included in the display of the information (e.g. Menus, Tables, Help andNavigation)
- The ergonomic considerations with respect of the ability of the consumers to interface with theinformation.
2.3.3.5 Interoperability issues
SSP must assume (or define constraints for) the definition of the system, as proposed by the designer,the impact of on interoperability from equipment that could have different manufacturers, different saledistribution circuits or cover definitions from different clusters. The interoperability issues cover theinformation flow between both the service supply chain and the defined clusters in sections where theyare used. Many of the future opportunities for new and innovative services will derive from the ability toutilise interoperability between clusters, systems and equipment.
(for example a device designed for fire security but could also provide information for roomtemperature control).
This will provide the SSP and their consumers constraints or requirements on the functionality of thegateways that are able to support the service(s).
2.3.3.6 Issues
Items to be described (from the service provider to the installer–see also Section 4.1–Installation).
- Design of installation
- Designer’s choice to clearly indicate which solutions could be upgraded (soft or hard) with orwithout scheduled evolution/extension of the system.
- Architecture of the network.
- Definition of the gateway (different options as the properties of the gateway could be requiredby SSP or customer)
- Performances and functions of the systems
- Choice of products (i.e. bullet 1)
- With respect of technical characteristics required by applications
- Possible evolution of the system
- Possible extension of the system
- User interface corresponds to offered services and capability of users to match the information
- Commissioning
- Documentation provided to customer
- Handling of the installations by users (for instance: automatic setup e.g. “Plug and Play”, assisted setup using interactive instructions, or the use of a dedicated call centre)”
- Usual maintenance (on behalf of SSP)
- Includes telemaintenance, alert to users and home servicing
- Upgrading solutions for products and services
- 37 - CWA 50487:2005
- Type of installation concerned
- New (with or with scheduled evolution/extension)
- Retrofitting
- Design for ease of use, simplicity and intuitive user interfaces
2.3.3.7 Consumer issues
The relationship between SSP and customers/consumers/end users must be clear and unambiguous.Such relationships must be established by contract, either directly with the service provider or via anintermediary, it is advisable that the terms of the contract will emphasise clearly the responsibilities ofboth the service provider and the customer under the contract and state simply and clearly the detailsof provided service.
Terms and conditions related to service delivery, quality of service and service specification should beset out in clear terminology covering the relationship between SSP and consumers and the mainfeatures of the contents according with the cluster considered, as detailed below:
- Relationship between SSP and consumers (terms and conditions to be added)
- Information available
- Welcome and information on SSP facilities
- Welcome and information given by call centres
- Contract (integrated responsibilities from other partners in the service supply chain)
- Contents and deliverables of the service
- Responsibilities of contractors (underwritten by the SSP):
- Delay for maintenance
- Delay for answering the consumers
- Definition of failure
- Boundary conditions of the services provided
- Properties of gateways
- Properties of software
- Guarantee of information security (linked with NETWORK section)
- Privacy of information (consumer’s habits, consumption)
- Cost of service
- Access control (who may use the service)
- Duration of the contract
- Terms for acceptance by the customer
- Reliability of SSP (linked with NetWork section)
- Documentation of the system
- Release conditions
- By the customer
- By the SSP
Other indicators shall be defined according to the relevant clusters.
2.3.3.8 Service Aggregators and Service Providers issues
Service aggregators and service providers are involved in a B to B relationship and contracts will becustomised regarding the property of the gateway and the quality of the commercial relationship withthe customer. (See above and the TEAHA and TAHI documentation on the Service Supply Chain ref:xxx)
CWA 50487:2005 - 38 -
There are two options for Service Aggregation:
- Where Service Aggregators are only a technical interface
- Where Service Aggregators are involved in the merchandising and technical support for thebundle of services that is offered to customers.
Depending on the option used, any contract between SSP and Service Aggregator should includeinformation about management, maintenance and responsibilities about data transferred, contents ofservices and technical support of the services. This includes:
- regulation of data transferred through the gateway of the service aggregator and regulation ofthe priority for transfer of data,
- how to solve potential conflicts about content of the services offered by SSP (example of 2SSP operating on washing machine appliances, if SSP1 drives the appliance regarding cost ofthe energy as SSP2 may helps the customers to drive the same appliance regarding theefficiency of the process there may be conflict,…).
- Respect of the identity of SSP(s) hosted or Service Aggregators and whose labels or tradesare supported by the SSP
- Definition of the shared data between SSP and Services Aggregators in order to assumereliability of the services, maintenance and repair.
2.3.4 Relevant standards, developing standards and specifications
None.
2.3.5 References
At the level of technical environments for remote service provisioning: OSGi (See http://www.osgi.org/)
The Application Home Initiative (TAHI) is an organisation in the UK that is dedicated to advancing thedelivery of applications and services to home-based users. (See http://theapplicationhome.com)
The European Application Home Alliance (TEAHA) is a EU funded project that has taken thephilosophy of TAHI and is defining an architecture and methodology for delivering services of all typesto end users. (See http://www.teaha.org/). The standarisation element of this work is being co-ordinated by the COPRAS project. (See http://www.w3.org/2004/copras/)
- 39 - CWA 50487:2005
3 The design of the SmartHouse system and product development
Part 3a - SYSTEMS
3.1 Architectures
Figure 3.1 –The influence of architectures in the framework of the SmartHouse
3.1.1 Introduction
The key question which lies at the heart of this section is “what does architecture mean”? The following quotation defining an architect therefore appears relevant.
“Although architect is a specific term referring to a licensed professional, the word is frequently used in a broader sense to define someone who brings order to the built or unbuilt environment throughrational and irrational constructs using the tools of reason.”
This section therefore attempts to “bring order to the built or unbuilt environment through rational and irrational constructs using the tools of reason” and to explain the assumptions that underlie much of the rest of this Code of Practice.
The concept of an Architecture for the SmartHouse has many interpretations. There are many levelsof “Architecture” and these may be applied to specific parts or sub-systems of the SmartHouse as wellas being a framework into which the specific parts engage. This engagement requires commondefinition and an understanding of, and interfaces to what all the sub-systems do and how theirinternal components work. By engaging sub-systems or architectures with a framework Architecturethat utilises common definitions and interfaces, the opportunity exists both for application and serviceinteroperability but also new services can be constructed by utilising specific components from avariety of subsystems.
The current situation is that there is no top level architecture with these characteristics but a number ofindustry sector general architectures together with some standardised system architectures in thehome systems area. It can be stated that work to pull the industry sector architectures together anddeliver a high level solution is in its infancy.
This section describes the available architectures and the options open to the system designer and tothe Service Provider. It provides some indication of the definition of a top level architecture. Note:there is additional discussion in Annex C.
CWA 50487:2005 - 40 -
3.1.1.1 Scope and definition
In the case of the SmartHouse, the term “architecture” is used to describe that framework aroundwhich all the elements, components and other entities may be constructed in order that a SmartHousemay operate in an Intelligent, Networked and Connected way. By describing the requirements of suchan architecture and identifying subordinate architectures that contribute to an overall architecturedescription it is possible to develop strategies whereby any service provider may utilise any availablecomponents of any subordinate architecture, component, network or device in a Service Supply Chain(SSC) such that new services may be developed that utilise existing systems.
The Scope of this section ranges across the entire Service Supply Chain, since all the entities withinthis supply chain contribute to the SmartHouse in some instances. Even beyond the Service Provider,the organisations responsible for Content, its creation, provision and aggregation into products thatsome service providers can deliver affect the SmartHouse and its occupants with their requirements ofensuring DRM, sufficient Service Levels and their commercial terms for the content. As well as theService Supply Chain, a top level architecture may include any SmartHouse and enableinterconnectedness between specific SmartHouses.
At the same time the section must document the sub-systems/architectures that are being developednow by various standards groups and more so by proprietary initiatives. The Scope of the sectionneeds to extend to the components of the sub-systems/architectures. Lastly this section has to ensurethat all the requirements of other sections of this Code of Practice are accommodated in this section.
3.1.1.2 Open vs proprietary architectures
There is a second thrust to this section driven by the word “open”. The home today consists of a series of relatively closed sub-systems that, to the extent that they communicate at all, communicate badlyand do not communicate or interconnect directly with one another. This is not necessarily to describethe individual technologies as “closed” or proprietary in a derogatory manner, although this may betrue, but as being “closed” in the sense that they relate to a single industry or industry sector (or “cluster”). This is well illustrated in section 3.7, Customer Equipment, which illustrates some of the interactions within and between different industry groupings. However the illustrations are far fromexhaustive: there are potential interactions between security systems and heating and coolingsystems (lowering the heating and raising the air conditioning settings when the home is unoccupied)and security systems and lighting (turning off unused lighting but simulating occupancy when thehome is unoccupied). In reality, the list of possible interactions is effectively endless and increases asnew devices are invented or network-enabled.
It is this interconnectedness that drives the need for an open architecture which defines openinterfaces between the various devices within the home and, in many cases, the services provided tothe home from outside that home.
3.1.1.3 Future resistance
The second need for open interfaces is that of future resistance10. We are used to homes that last formany tens, or even hundreds, of years. We reluctantly accept that we may need to change kitchensand bathrooms more frequently and to re-plumb or re-wire when we do so. We may change whitegoods every eight to twelve years. But we are not used to replacing everyday devices in the short termas associated with high-technology devices, such as computers, which may become obsolete almostbefore we have brought them home and certainly within three years. The home is therefore, in oneview, a network of devices (or system) that is continually evolving with different elements evolving atvery different rates.
———————
10 Future resistance implies that systems, networks and devices will be able to adapt to future conditions, be capable ofupgrade and adaptation so that they can accommodate to a large extent technology advance.
- 41 - CWA 50487:2005
3.1.1.4 Open interfaces
Hence, there is a need for defined, open interfaces which can endure much longer than the devicesthemselves and which will enable some equipment to be updated, as technology changes, withoutrequiring that updating to be any more extensive (and expensive) than absolutely required.Essentially, this extends to any cabling embedded within the structure of the home since changing thisis potentially the most disruptive change of all. Suitable, future resistant, cabling solutions arediscussed in Section 3.3, The Home Networks and their Media.
3.1.1.5 Management and maintenance
It is very likely that as the potential services and applications take hold in the SmartHouse, theirmaintenance will become an issue, unless a maintainer can review, monitor and diagnose the homenetwork of the future and its components and home equipment, understand and model its interactivity,the probability and risk of home system and SmartHouse failure is high. Only an Open Architecturethat can enable description, monitoring and where necessary control the systems in the home, willprovide a solution to this risk.
3.1.1.6 Open Architecture definition
These defined, open interfaces themselves form the definition of the open architecture for the SmartHouse. In practice however, there are a number of competing developers and suppliers of such “open” interfaces. These may need to be reconciled and means of interoperability determined.
There are multiple services to the home and, presently, different suppliers often provide these. Theremay be coherence between the television, Internet and telephone service provider if we subscribe to acable television service provider who also offers Internet and telephone services. The same may betrue for telecommunication companies who, by the use of ADSL technologies, can offer VDI services(Voice, Data, Image) over a single copper pair although the different services may be logicallyseparated to preserve quality of service. On the other hand, the home occupiers may build their ownbundle of services taking satellite or terrestrial television from one or more suppliers, telephoneservices from another (perhaps supplied over a third party’s network) and subscribing, perhaps, to a wireless-based Internet service provider.
The logic of this Code of Practice is that, however the bundle of services is built and delivered, there isa single, logical, residential gateway (See section 3.4) and a single logical architecture that will supportany sub-system or architecture. The term logical is important: the residential gateway to a SmartHousehas to function as a single entity routing information (for all the services may ultimately be consideredas “information”) in and out of the house in the most efficient and secure manner. Voice calls may be routed externally over the traditional copper PSTN, over GSM cellular wireless telephony or over Voiceover IP depending upon time of day, tariff and availability; data may be routed over cable television,telephone line or wirelessly by WiMax, WiFi or GSM. The external routing of data is discussed muchmore fully in Section 3.2 of this Code of Practise.
The logical singularity of the gateway does not imply that this has always to be a single physical unit;the gateway may be physically distributed to allow for, perhaps, expansion as further media ornetworks are added either inside or outside the house. Section 3.4, Gateways, discusses theresidential gateway in depth.
The role of the residential gateway as the interface between internal and external networks is shown inthe following diagram (redrawn and slightly updated) that was developed during the previous firstphase of the SmartHouse project.
CWA 50487:2005 - 42 -
Figure 3.1.1 –Role of the RG in an Architectural Framework (from SMH Phase I)
3.1.2 Issues
3.1.2.1 The multiplicity of existing architectures
Much, if not all, the technology needed within the SmartHouse environment already exists but it existsin the form of sub-systems developed independently by differing industries for differing purposes.Each of these has its own specific architecture or sets of architectures. There are: securityarchitectures, safety architectures, architectures for white goods control, architectures for a/v delivery,network architectures, a number of home network specific architectures and a number ofcommunications and telephony architectures. Added to these are the requirements for service supplyarchitecture, application architectures, and entertainment delivery architectures.
Figure 3.1.2 –Some potential sub architectures
It appears clear that, in the short term, it is unlikely that any single approach will dominate andconsequently that the SmartHouse has both to accommodate these differences and provide a meansfor interoperation where that interoperation provides useful functionality.
- 43 - CWA 50487:2005
A particular view of dealing with these differing architectures is to consider “clustering” like devices that are expected to have reason to communicate with each other ensuring that each cluster of devicesuses identical architectural assumptions, compatible communication media and protocols. This is,again, a logical clustering and does not imply a physical proximity unless that makes sense in terms ofthe way the SmartHome is to be used. To illustrate this, white goods are likely to be physicallyclustered in the kitchen and utility room (if any); safety and security devices are likely to be dispersedaround the SmartHome because this is the way in which protection can best be afforded to the home.
Communication between clusters is likely to occur less often but may require translation betweendiffering protocols and architectures. The overall architecture for the SmartHouse must allow for suchtranslation but this is likely to be made somewhat simpler by the increasing adoption of Internet-derived protocols and the delivery of interfaces – such as web-servers – enabling externalvisualisation of the operation of sub-systems and making key data available in forms that other sub-systems may use. This emerging use of Internet protocols also suggests that the IT network within thehome will have an increasing use as the backbone that enables other sub-systems to communicate.This is perhaps appropriate given the fact that the IT backbone typically has a communication capacitymany times that of the various individual sub-system technologies.
Selecting these IT industry standards as the basis for integration does solve some problems but maycreate others. Anyone who has looked at the log files generated by a firewall on a home network willbe aware of the frequent probing attacks from other Internet users seeking to compromise that homenetwork. Using Internet protocols as the basis for integration requires care in setting up suitablesecurity systems. This is discussed in section 2.5, Security, and three different models are describedin which the user takes responsibility for the security of the system or where this is outsourced eitheron a single home basis or to a specialist security system manager dealing with many SmartHouses.The security system manager may also supply other services and could be the supplier ofcommunication services.
There is an important issue here, both in terms of architecture and security. The borders of the homeare currently well known. It may be, for most of us, that these are the four walls together with the front,and perhaps, back doors. For others the border may be a high wall with security gates and CCTVcameras. Introducing a home gateway and ubiquitous communication may, in part, extend thatboundary out to include areas under the control of the security system provider whilst, simultaneously,allowing incursions into the home by certain other trusted service providers. Deciding to allow remotemanagement of a home network and its attached appliances –even perhaps just remote supervisionof your washing machine –represents a knowing reduction in security and requires that those allowedin are trusted.
3.1.2.2 Competing industry segments
There is considerable evidence that four different industry grouping are developing their own individualapproaches to the SmartHouse and these are complemented by the home systems industry that hasdeveloped many home system solutions. The industry groupings are the telecommunications industry,the IT/PC industry, the Audio/Visual and entertainment industry and various service providers. To asignificant extent the evidence suggest that their approaches differ and this could present problems foroccupants of SmartHomes particularly when they move home.
Certain SmartHome devices, especially the home system devices, are substantially embedded withinthe fabric of the home and, in most jurisdictions, will be regarded as part of the fixtures and fittings andas such should be left for the new occupant to enjoy. Other elements of the SmartHome such asentertainment systems, computers and ancillary devices (printers scanners or network attachedstorage devices) and white goods would normally (unless built-in) be moved to the new home. Thedegree of standardisation within the IT world suggests that moving the computer-related equipmentshould be relatively simple; the same may be said of A/V related products; moving white goods to aSmartHouse based on a different architecture might be more problematic although work is underwaywithin the industry to ameliorate the potential problems.
CWA 50487:2005 - 44 -
3.1.2.3 Differing Service and Service Supply Architectures
There are currently several competing service delivery architectures in preparation. The OpenServices Gateway Initiative (OSGi) is one of the earlier proposals with a relatively complex, Java-based approach to service delivery with a number of organisations utilising its specifications inservices, gateways and home applications. Telecommunications companies have been working withinETSI to define the Next Generation Network (NGN) with a basis of IP-protocols and extending theseinto the home. Telecommunications organisations and industry working with the DSL Forum haveproduced a “Multi-Service Architecture & Framework Requirements” specification.(TR058) More recently a number of telecommunication suppliers, together with equipment suppliers, have cometogether in the Home Gateway Initiative and which was publicly launched on the 13th of April 2005 inSophia Antipolis.
3.1.2.3.1 HGI
The HGI “Vision and White paper” includes the following objectives which are quoted here simply because they mirror, in many ways, the objectives and sections of this Code of Practice. The HGIstate their tasks to be:
- Functional home gateway evolutionary architecture
The goal of the Gateway Architecture working group is to define a base architecture and requirementsfor the evolution of a Home Gateway supporting advanced multiple play services.
- Heterogeneous QoS strategies
The goal of the Quality of Service working group is to define common operator requirements in term ofQoS support for home gateways, home networking technologies and end devices.
- Home Networking advanced integration
The goal of the Home Networks working group is to define common operator requirements for homenetworks enabling end-to-end delivery and consumption of content and services inside and outsidethe house.
- Remote Management of the home gateway
The goal of the Remote Management working group is to define common operator requirements forthe remote management and operation support functions that should be supported within the homegateway.
- Device management
The goal of the Device Management working group is to define common operator requirements toensure user-friendliness for the provisioning and simple use and integration (full end to end Plug andPlay) of networked devices and services by the end-users.
- Transversal security
The goal of the Security working group is to define common operator requirements for the mainsecurity provisions to be implemented in the Home Gateway, home networks and end devices.
Importantly, and to the relief of many, the HGI also states “Where possible we shall build on the work of existing standards bodies (e.g. DSLForum, DLNA, ITU-T, OSGi, etc) and will liaise with appropriatefora to downstream new requirements”. This is to be welcomed.
- 45 - CWA 50487:2005
3.1.2.3.2 NGN@Home
NGN@Home is an intiative by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) todevelop an architecture that utilises the new (Next Generation) networks being created by thetelecommunications industry. The ETSI Website states that NGN@Home will “Produce a Technical Specification that defines the authoring of declarative data content intended to be combined primarilywith video and/or audio services, and distributed to data-capable in home receivers. This documentsupports the functional component described by 08N25, overview of NGN@Home project to definecomponents of end-to-end architecture for delivery of services within the home”.
3.1.2.3.3 OSGi
The OSGi Alliance is a major group of service providers and industry that has the aim of enablingservice provision and control of the service by service providers utilising “service bundles” delivered to an OSGi compatible RG that then controls local servcies and applications. The OSGi website states“The OSGi technology is designed to ease the development of new and exciting services and applications for the latest generation of networked devices. Adding an OSGi Service Platform to adevice, enables to manage the life cycle of the software components in the device from anywhere inthe network. Software components can be installed, updated, or removed on the fly without having todisrupt the operation of the device. By exploiting these unique after-market sales possibilities, devicemanufacturers, service providers and software developers are able to improve time-to-market”.
3.1.2.4 Television and audio/video networks
There are two particular sets of standards involved here: those for signal transmission and those forsubsequent distribution around the home including the management of connected devices in theaudio/video cluster.
The key differences are described in terms of the architectural viewpoints of two industries “while service providers and content owners tend to interpret the home network as being the last segment ofthe delivery chain, end device and network equipment manufacturers favour viewing the homenetwork as the local distribution behind the content acquisition point. Whereas the first model split theantenna cable, the second one disperses the set-top box.”
The standards for channel coding and modulation differ according to the transmission media and areseparated into three groups of Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB) standards known as DVB-S(EN 300 421) (for satellite), DVB-C (EN 300 429) (for cable) and DVB-T (EN 300 744) (for terrestrialtransmission). (We ignore here the continued use of analogue televisions given the EuropeanCommission’s intent that this is phased out by 2012 although not all countries are on track for this.)
The major architectural difference between these standards, and between terrestrial and satellite inparticular, is that satellite signals cannot be shared between set-top boxes and tuners simply bysplitting the signal. Satellite systems interact with the satellite dish, or with the signal distributionsystem, if there is one, to select a portion –a particular quadrant –of the incoming signal to be sent tothe set-top box. Set-top boxes including Personal Video Recording (PVR) functions require twoconnections to the satellite dish or signal distribution system.
Until recently, the output from a set-top box could only easily be further distributed around the home inanalogue format, largely for copy protection reasons, and an r.f. feed was required back to the centraldistributor –normally as a co-axial cable. Previously digital output was only allowed when using anIEEE 1394 (also known as FireWire or iLink) networks with 5-C content protection. This is nowchanging with the DVB consortium agreeing to adopt the Home Network Guidelines published by theDigital Living Network Alliance (DLNA). This protocol suite defines an interoperability framework thatrelies upon IPv4, Universal Plug and Play, the Universal Plug and Play Audio Video extensions andupon HTTP.
CWA 50487:2005 - 46 -
This announcement does suggest that the Home Audio Video Initiative (HAVi), with an architecturebased upon IEEE 1394 as a transmission mechanism, will be of lesser importance in Europe(although IEEE 1394 is mandated in the USA for some applications) than previously thought.Consequently we may assume that IEEE 1394 will largely be restricted to use as a cluster bus usedlocally within the A/V cluster linking certain items of A/V equipment (digital video cameras particularly)to display devices and to personal computers for digital editing purposes.
It is, however, important to note the certain important aspects of HAVi have been incorporated into theEuropean DVB Multimedia Home Platform (MHP) including the Java-based graphical user interface.
Within the Home space a the Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) consisting of many large industrybodies has created a set of “Interoperability Guidelines” that A/V systems in the home shall use to ensure interoperability and within ths specification the use of UPnP is recommended. UPnP is coveredunder 3.1.2.7 Data Networks.
3.1.2.5 Data networks
The physical topology of wired data networks based upon Ethernet is well established and, in thehome, a single star topology is generally sufficient. In this case the centre of the star is most likely beadjacent to the residential gateway. There may be cases, such as in the home office, where theconcentration of Ethernet-based devices exceeds the number of outlets provided on the structuredcabling system in that area and the provision of a second, local, hub or switch provides a solution thatavoids substantial re-cabling of the home. This is then providing a hierarchical star topology in whichone star supports another at at least one of the end points of that primary star.
This hierarchical star arrangement is also the logical topology when non-cabled communicationsmechanisms are added to the home as when adding a wireless access point or using an in-homepowerline carrier solution. The physical topology of a powerline carrier solution is, of course, that ofthe mains wiring within the home and, if the communicating devices are in different rooms or ondifferent floors, the signal path may be extended to pass though the main electrical distribution panelwithin the home.
A recent development in the area of Ethernet cabling is that of Power over Ethernet (PoE) accordingthe IEEE 802.3af and which enables certain low-power devices to be powered in a safe and reliablemanner over spare pairs in the Ethernet cabling. This is particularly beneficial for wireless accesspoints, VoIP telephones and for web cameras since it removes the need for an adjacent power pointand a local power supply.
3.1.2.5.1 UPnP
UPnP is a TCP/IP based technology that has evolved from the ICT and PC area and is an“architecture” that enables devices on networks to define each other’s presence and interact with one another. The UPnP website states “UPnP™ technology is all about making home networking simple and affordable for users so the connected home experience becomes a mainstream experience forusers and great opportunity for the industry. UPnP™ architecture offers pervasive peer-to-peernetwork connectivity of PCs of all form factors, intelligent appliances, and wireless devices. UPnP™ architecture leverages TCP/IP and the Web to enable seamless proximity networking in addition tocontrol and data transfer among networked devices in the home, office, and everywhere in between.UPnP™ technology can be supported on essentially any operating system and works with essentially any type of physical networking media - wired or wireless - providing maximum user and developerchoice and great economics”.
- 47 - CWA 50487:2005
3.1.2.6 Command and control systems
The physical architecture of command and control systems is often quite different from that of datanetworks. The neat arrangements of cabling all devices directly back to a single, central point hub orswitch is clearly impracticable within the home environment and would result, in even a modest home,in a very large number of cables running to that central point. Instead what is needed is a topology thatenables devices to be attached to the network almost randomly with the cabling taking the mostsuitable route form device to device. This results in bus topologies that may be strictly linear –thecabling daisy-chain fashion running from one device to the next and on to a third –or more complex,branching and looping structures in a very free topology. See also section 3.3 and EN 50173 SeriesStandards.
This free-topology imposes some constraints on the speed with which devices may communicatesince the time slew between devices needs to be controlled. This time slew increases with the lengthof cabling between extreme devices and has a greater impact as communication speeds areincreased. Consequently there tends, with all such systems, to be a limit on the total length of cable inany one section of the network.
A second general characteristic of command and control systems is that it is desirable that at leastsome of the devices are capable of being powered over the network. Providing separate powersupplies for every light switch, thermostat or other wall-mounted wiring device is clearly impracticableand it is better, as most systems on the market in Europe do, to provide extra-low voltage power overthe same pair of conductors as are used for data communications. This again acts to limit the numberof devices that can be connected to the same cable as at least part of that cable is likely to be carryingthe power supply for all connected devices.
The two limitations indicated above suggest that, for other than the smallest of homes, the number ofdevices likely to be required will be greater than can be accommodated on a single network segmentand that several network segments will be required. These different network segments may either,with some technologies, be directly linked by routers or bridges or may be linked back to a backbonenetwork which has no directly attached devices but serves only to interconnect the network segments.
The structure for command and control networks proposed later in this document provides for bothfree-topology networks within individual rooms and for a more rigid backbone structure betweenrooms.
When discussing data networks, mention was made of both powerline carrier systems and wirelesstechnologies. Both of these feature strongly in the command and control world with an establishedCENELEC standard, EN 50065-1, for powerline communications dating back many years. It isimportant to note that this standard uses much lower frequencies than are used by powerlinecommunications for data purposes and operates at frequencies below those used for radio in Europe,i.e. below 150 kHz. Conducted and radiated emissions above 150 kHz are strictly controlled to levelsidentical to those permitted for any other devices under the EMC directive.
Similarly standards are in preparation for wireless devices used for command and control and, again,control of interference is of critical importance and has resulted in the designation of a particularfrequency band used only for such devices.
The use of these un-wired solutions as an element of the SmartHouse should not be over looked.Wireless solutions, although normally dependant on batteries for their operation provide a degree offlexibility of location of devices which can be valuable both at original installation, where perhaps thefuture location of furniture cannot be uniquely identified, and in retrofit where substantial drilling andchasing should otherwise be involved. Similarly, powerline communication can be extremely valuablefor communications with white goods, which will always require a connection to the mains, and wherea data connection can be provided simultaneously.
CWA 50487:2005 - 48 -
Initiatives in this area include standardisation work from:
3.1.2.6.1 Konnex
The Konnex Association, a co-operating partner of CENELEC, combined the specifications in the areaof Home networks and equipment originally developed by three Consortia (BatiBUS, EIB and EHS) toform the basis for EN 50090, the European open home and building networking standard. Thisstandard is based on the communication stack of EIB enlarged with additional physical layers,configuration modes and applications.
Presently the association focuses on: support of standardisation; certification of products and servicesin order to guarantee system compatibility, inter-working and interoperability; Management of theEngineering Tool Software (ETS) that is common for most products implementing EN 50090regardless of the supplier of the product; marketing support for the products and systemsimplementing EN 50090; training of professionals.
3.1.2.6.2 LON
Internationally, the work by Echelon Corporation and the LONMARK association has produced anarchitecture that operates in the building management and control area. LON too has definedgateways and can be used to manage equipment, systems and applications in the home. It has alsobeen used on a very large scale in Italy for Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) where the meter could beused as a low level gateway. (see EN 14908 Standards)
3.1.2.6.3 CECED
CECED is the European body that represents the Home Appliance industry. As part of its activities ithas carries out work (with Konnex & LONMARK) to develop systems that enable appliances tocommunicate with service management systems and with each other. The main work is thedevelopment of a “new platform, called CHAIN (Ceced Home Appliances Interoperating Network),defines the protocol for connecting large appliances in a single multi-brand system designed forcontrol and automation of key services in a home: e.g., remote control of appliance operation, energyor load management, remote diagnostics and automatic maintenance support to appliances,downloading and updating of data, programs, and services from the Web”
3.1.2.6.4 Physical Security Systems
We mention (physical) security systems here for two reasons. Firstly, that they often have verydifferent architectures from other systems and, secondly, because there are significant forces at workthat serve to discourage, or even to prevent, the interconnection between these physical securitysystems and other systems. Physical security systems are not unique in this respect: fire alarmsystems in commercial buildings and lift control systems similarly have an approach determined on thebasis that they are “life safety systems” and have to ensure that no external event can be allowedcompromise their performance.
The forces at work may be complex and remote. In the UK, the police will only respond to an operatingburglar alarm if the alarm has been fitted and maintained by an approved installer, complies with theappropriate European or previous British Standard and is monitored by an approved monitoringcentre. Approval is by the National Security Inspectorate and interfaces to other systems are severelycontrolled. Consequently, and whilst many of the command and control systems are capable ofdelivering reasonable performance in security applications, it is hard to apply these if, as a result, thepolice will not attend a possible burglary.
This degree of restriction contrasts strongly with the writings of those interested in the “home of the future” who happily describe scenarios in which a caller arrives at an unoccupied home, rings the door bell, is connected to the absent occupier by 3G phone complete with images from the front door.When the occupier is satisfied as to the identity and motives of the caller, the security system isswitches off remotely and the front door opened, also remotely. This also contrasts with the modernmotorcar in which a single push on a button on the key fob will turn on interior and exterior lighting,unlock the door and disarm the security system and immobiliser.
- 49 - CWA 50487:2005
The physical security system has information of importance to the rest of the home. The fact that thealarm is fully set indicates that no one is at home, that non-essential lights should be off and theheating and ventilating systems should operate in a more relaxed and energy efficient mode. If thephysical security system is “part set”, then the occupants have gone to bed and the house should react accordingly. If the alarm is not set, then the occupants are either up at home or have forgotten toset the alarm when they went out. In any case the inability to communicate such basic informationbetween physical security systems and home control systems is challenging.
3.1.2.7 Existing project work
3.1.2.7.1 TAHI Open Architecture (TOA)
The Application Home Initiative is a UK based organisation that is dedicated to advancing the deliveryof services and applications to home-based users. The TOA is pursuing a philosophy for an openarchitecture specification that defines the concept of a general object/entity declaration and descriptionmethodology that can be handled remotely, proxied to a residential gateway or be self sufficient withina network. The philosophy cuts across industry segments or clusters and can allow any entityanywhere in the service supply chain (SSC) to be represented in an abstract form, to be modelled aspart of a service, both before implementation in the field and while the service is in use. The TOArecognises a number (11) of entities in the service supply chain from the Content Creator, via theService Provider and Aggregator to the end user. The TOA is service and consumer oriented andexists to provide a service provider with the tools to utilise existing equipment in the SSC and definewhat additional equipment or systems may be required to enable a particular service.
3.1.2.7.2 TEAHA Architecture
The European Application Home Alliance (TEAHA) is an EU funded project that is based on some ofthe TAHI ideals. TEAHA is developing an architectural framework that draws on some of thephilosophy of the TOA. It seeks to ensure that there is intercommunication between the A/Varchitecture level and the control and command level. The COPRAS programme is dedicated todelivering standardisation in such projects to standards bodies.
3.1.2.7.3 Other projects
Other projects with significant architecture components are Medianet and ePerSpace. These are bothEU funded projects and again COPRAS is the route for in-depth information relevant tostandardisation.
3.1.2.8 Proposals for defining a SmartHouse Open Architecture
There are a number of requirements that a SmartHouse Open Architecture should satisfy. These arediscussed in Annex C.
3.1.3 Recommendations
3.1.3.1 General
It can be seen that there is much work being carried on in the area of architectures and that there are“architectures” that cover the entire scope of the SmartHouse (see 1.1.1 - Introduction and Scope).However, there is a significant lack of commonality and capability of communication between these(mostly proprietary) architectures and specifications. Most of these, however, have within their clustermany common features. Most “architectures”:
- communicate with remote or external management systems,
- do not communicate effectively with other “architectures”
- require some form of residential Gateway
- have means of identifying particular entities or device objects within their architecture and theircapabilities.
CWA 50487:2005 - 50 -
- can apply remote or external control, monitoring or management to entities within the homeand (sometimes in the Service Supply Chain)
- have similar aims and objectives within their market segment
- are proprietary (although most have declarations that they are “open”)
Therefore, it is quite possible in theory (and in practice with adhoc solutions) to create services thatutilise multiple “architectures” at a service management level. However, there are major constraints of interoperation at the local (home) level since the “architectures” do not intercommunicate. The development of an Open Standard for common interoperability requirements and specifications isidentified as a major requirement for the SmartHouse.
3.1.3.2 Sub-system Selection
For the systems designer, where possible, select sub-systems for use within the SmartHouse thatoffer interfaces to well-known Internet protocols including UDP/IP, TCP/IP, HTML, XML and SOAP sothat interfaces to other sub-system components can be engineered. Where this is not possible, as forexample with some security systems, ensure that some simple form of communication between sub-systems is possible, for example, by techniques as simple as volt-free contacts.
3.1.3.3 References and Links
Organisation link
OSGi http://www.osgi.org/ETSI http://www.etsi.org/CECED http://www.ceced.org/ebusiness/CHAIN.htmlKonnex http://www.konnex.org/HGI http://www.homegatewayinitiative.org/LON http://www.echelon.com/products/lonworks/default.htmDLNA http://www.dlna.org/homeUPnP http://www.upnp.org/TAHI http://www.theapplicationhome.com/TEAHA http://www.teaha.org/DVB http://www.dvb.org/NGN@Home See ETSIInitiative in Germany http://www.intelligenteswohnen.com/CENELEC http://www.cenelec.org/Cenelec/Homepage.htm
- 51 - CWA 50487:2005
3.2 The Wide Area and its network operators and delivery media
Figure 3.2 –The Network Operators Section in relation to the SmartHouse
3.2.1 Introduction
This section of the Code of Practice concerns the decisions that users of the CoP must make inestablishing relationships with the operators of wide-area networks outside the home when selectingdelivery media for SMARTHOUSE services. These media are the pathways for delivery of informationbetween the service provider and the consumer over the network(s) that interconnect them, which is avital element of the operation of the SMARTHOUSE.
Users of this section include installers commissioning SMARTHOME services, (who may beowner/occupiers), and system designers preparing new products in collaboration with networkoperators. It is expected that there will be amongst this audience a wide range of familiarity with wide-area network services, and experience of negotiating agreements with operators. With this diversity ofreadership, this section has correspondingly several purposes:
Describe the generally simple services that are available today, as well as looking ahead to morecomplex agreements that may be offered in the future, thus giving a roadmap for users to follow asexperience improves. Apart from illustrative examples and general guidelines, it is not concerned withwhat these services are;
In developing the future roadmap, to provide all its users with information and terminology to use whendiscussing their applications’ requirements with network operators and suppliers of broadbandservices;
Present a methodology for describing both the traffic characteristics (how applications behave) andservice specifications (what they require from the network) of typical applications. From this they willbe able to define service level specifications, plan for delivering applications using these service levelspecifications to a mass population via service level agreements, and establish service levelobjectives for performance management and eventual verification of the service level agreements.
The majority of issues arising in this area is covered by international and, in some cases, regional andnational standards. Regulators generally place further requirements upon operators, and thisinformation can be obtained by reference to the appropriate body in the country, or countries, in whichthe operator is active. It is equally important that this CoP does not constrain innovation in any waybeyond the minimum requirements of regulators in order to allow users to benefit from generally fallingcosts and increasing media capabilities.
CWA 50487:2005 - 52 -
3.2.1.1 Scope
The scope of this section includes:
Motivation of the main elements of the agreements between operators, providers and consumers,including those issues that reflect inconsistencies that may affect interoperability, areas that are poorlyspecified or incomplete, etc..;
1) Definition of a QoS architecture and model for service delivery;
2) Define the meaning of Service Level Specifications, Service Level Agreements, and Service LevelObjectives, and give guidelines on what to include in them;
3) Summarise dependencies between this section and others.
Note also significant detail in C.1.
3.2.2 Issues
3.2.2.1 What are the choices?
A SMARTHOME application that involves communication outside the home will operate within theframework of a relationship with one or more network operators and/or service providers, whose role isdefined in other parts of this CoP. Nowadays the provider of the service is not necessarily the owner ofthe network over which the service operates and neither may own the physical pathways (wires,antennas, spectrum) over which the data travels. The installer, who may be the home owner, willincreasingly find that there are multiple offerings that meet the applications’ requirements.
Example: IP services can be used on any media pathways arriving at the home. An application thatonly occasionally communicates with an external object using IP should not require the home owner toenter into an agreement with an ISP operating a broadband service when a point-to-point connectionvia POTS dial-up to the SMARTHOME service provider would be adequate. However, if the home-owner already has such an agreement then the additional cost of the POTS modem might exceed itsvalue.
A list of typical media types is given in C.1.
3.2.2.2 What services are available from operators?
Recent liberalisation of the telecommunications industry has opened the business of deliveringservices to consumers to any enterprise with appropriate capabilities. This has not changed thecommercial realities of the sector, regardless of rapid technological evolutions that have made newservices possible, the momentum gained from early Internet service provision, the accelerating uptakeof broadband media, or the new dimension given by mobility.
In particular, it is still the case that an operator cannot survive by offering bit pipes alone. There has tobe added value that generates the income that the operator needs to develop and maintain the bitpipes. Accordingly, service provision and network operation remain closely coupled in operators’ business plans, and the offerings will reflect the sort of services that are profit generating.
The system designer must be aware of this when entering into discussion with the providers andoperators of communications services. There is an increasing trend to standardise the way servicesare offered, (see the work of the Home Gateway Initiative), even though there will be significantdifferentiation between operators.
In practice and up until now, services, their capabilities and the agreements that operators enter intoare generally quite simple and it is unusual for consumers to negotiate them or vary them in detail,although there may be several standard options. It may well change in future and this is reflected bythe diverse types of parameters listed in D.7.2.2.
- 53 - CWA 50487:2005
Example: consumer demand for broadband (here meaning high data-rate) services has acceleratedthe roll-out of DSL-based services that have significant potential to offer services of much wider scopethan immediate business objectives dictate. Operators are increasingly promoting combinations ofservices, such as voice+data or “triple-play” to deliver the benefit of the technology and generate revenue. There may be different offerings for domestic and business use.
3.2.2.3 Emergency services
Many existing SMARTHOUSE applications are concerned with the security of the home and itsoccupants so access to emergency services, (police, fire, ambulance, etc.) is one of their majorbenefits. The mechanisms used by the applications may include alarm calls (made autonomously bythe system using POTS lines), or CCTV feeds to remote monitoring centres, among others. They havenot been standardised but they may be subject to regulation or local conventions.
Also, and traditionally, operators of voice services have been required to provide distinguishednumbers that any user can call to communicate with the emergency services. The numbers vary fromcountry to country. This requirement has been waived, or made optional, by some regulators foroperators basing their services on IP.
Continuity of support for access to emergency services is a key SMARTHOUSE requirement. Whereaccess to emergency services is offered to a consumer and the service is provided using an IPplatform, the ISP must support emergency service access at least to the standard required for thePSTN. Such access is not normally available over commodity ISP networks.
Example: Skype is widely used for voice telephony but does not provide access to fire, police andambulance services. Conversely, there is a well-reported case in the USA involving Vonage and oneof its customers who was denied access to emergency services. The FCC had allowed VoIP operatorsto offer this as an option, which the customer had declined.
3.2.2.4 How is quality of service defined?
Quality of service (QoS), as defined by the ITU in recommendation E.800 (also one of the definitionsquoted by the ETSI Terms and Definitions Database, (http://webapp.etsi.org/Teddi/) , is measure ofthe performance of a service and the customer’s satisfaction with it. Such a measurement is likely to be made against a benchmark and using a standard procedure. In technical terms QoS can beidentified with a set of specific performance measurements but, in consumer terms, will include allparameters and processes appertaining to the service. This inevitably results in a degree of subjectiveappraisal together with quantitative statistical analysis.
Various ITU-T standards define QoS in more specific ways. ATM recommendations specify Class ofService for example. The E-series recommendations cover service specifications, measurementmethods and capacity planning.
QoS in the Internet is defined in a different way. In the typical best-effort services offered by ISPs, noassurance is given that a packet will be delivered. The Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)developed two QoS models, so-called Integrated Services (IntServ) and Differentiated Services(DiffServ). Both have modes in which guarantees of throughput, delay and jitter can be supported inan absolute sense. DiffServ additionally has modes in which packets are discarded preferentiallyaccording to the class they have been assigned and according to local ambient congestion conditions.
IP QoS parameters are defined in two parts: a traffic specification that states the worst case behaviourof a flow generated by an application, and a service specification that states the minimumrequirements for forwarding in the network. Mechanisms exist in both IntServ and DiffServ forcommunicating these requirements end-to-end and configuring forwarding elements dynamically tomanage the QoS for the specified flows.
For SMARTHOME applications, the Residential Gateway will be the point at which IP flows are madecompliant with their traffic specifications, both outbound (egress) and inbound (ingress). This hasimplications for the performance of the gateway device. At present operators do not offer QoS for theirInternet services.
CWA 50487:2005 - 54 -
The mechanism by which QoS is defined in for a service is the Service Level Specification (SLS), asdiscussed in section 3.2.2.9 below. The conditions under which the service is offered are stated in theService Level Agreement, as discussed in section 3.2.2.8 below.
3.2.2.5 What is the difference between quality of service and grade of service?
By contrast with service quality as defined above, grade of service typically refers to the overallperformance of a network in terms of parameters related to traffic engineering and network capacity.These include mean time to, or between, failure (MTBF, MTTF), availability and serviceability,probability of blocking (cannot make a call), or early termination. These are key parameters for 24/7services, such as emergencies. Grade of service issues are also discussed in the ITU-T E seriesrecommendations. ETSI has no definition of grade of service in its online resources.
3.2.2.6 How is QoS evaluated?
The services provided by network operators are regulated and have well-defined QoS behaviours.Subscribers to these services have expectations that the performance of the service will be thatspecified by the operator.
Performance may be difficult to evaluate and the details of service objectives and measurements ofthem may become very important in resolving disputes about perceived defects in a service. In somecases the service may be entirely under the control of one operator and service provider and operatedover a single network infrastructure. In other cases, there will be multiple operators/service providersand/or multiple interconnected networks under the administration of multiple organisations. In the lattercase there will be agreements between the organisations that define how traffic is transferred betweenthem.
Increasingly, and particularly so for Internet services, the source (caller) and destination (callee) will becustomers of different operators or service providers, so defects in QoS may be impossible toattribute. Because the routing of IP packets can vary on short timescales, a flow that has been givenan agreed QoS may find itself on a new path that cannot support it, even in the same network.
SMARTHOUSE system designers should expect to continue to have only best effort QoS (i.e. noguarantees) for commodity IP services in general. However, where their traffic is managed by a singleorganisation, more commitment to QoS may be possible. For other services, such as voice, theoperator will offer a defined grade of service and QoS, regardless of whether the service isimplemented over IP or not.
3.2.2.7 What are priority services?
From time to time, the combined datarates of all the services requested by the customer, either fromthe operator and service provider, or in the return direction, may exceed the capability of theconnection or the agreement with the operator on QoS, (see SLA, below).
Example: while using all the capacity of a broadband connection for downloading a movie, a customermay have to make an emergency call. This means that the access device in the customer’s premises will have to suspend the download until such time as the emergency call terminates. The QoSreceived by the download will be compromised.
An operator will impose priority rules that must be implemented by the Residential Gateway tomanage competing flows in this situation, requiring signalling between the RG and the operator. It ispossible that the user may exercise some degree of choice of priority, e.g. to request an urgent newsupdate.
These features are expected to be part of ITU-T Recommendation H.610.
- 55 - CWA 50487:2005
3.2.2.8 What are Service Level Agreements?
A Service Level Agreement (SLA) is a tangible service contract between a Service Provider and itscustomer that defines provider responsibilities in terms of the forwarding service received by acustomer according to Service Level Specifications (SLSs) and Service Level Objectives (SLOs) asdescribed below.
- It can also include:
- Times of availability and other parameters relating to grade of service;
- Methods of measurement;
- Consequences if SLOs are not met or the defined traffic levels in the SLSs are exceeded bythe customer;
- All costs involved, including penalties if the SLA is breached.
Example: many households will have an agreement with an operator of telephone and IP services, ora mobile operator. These will usually be very simple and focus on only a few of the above elements(usually penalties imposed by the operator on the customer). By contrast, a company managing ablock, or blocks, of apartments may negotiate SLAs of greater complexity, especially if the servicessupport security and safety systems.
3.2.2.9 What are Service Level Specifications?
The SLS may consist of:
- Traffic profiles which must be adhered to (traffic specifications, or TSpecs): mean data rate (onbits or packets), peak rate, maximum burst size;
- Service profiles, (alternatively termed QoS metrics): throughput, drop probability (or loss ratefor messages), latency, jitter;
- Constraints on the ingress and egress points (and network addresses in the case of a virtualprivate network, or VPN) at which the service is provided;
- Disposition of traffic submitted in excess of the specified profile, e.g. dropped, or downgraded,possibly according to an operator selected priority mechanism or bandwidth managementfunction;
- Conditioning: marking and shaping.
Example: SLSs for typical services supported by switched telecommunications networks such as thetelephone network (PSTN) or the ISDN are generally very simple. Voice is particularly wellunderstood, e.g. G.711, which is the basic codec for voice on a digital network such as ISDN, encodes8 bit samples every 125 usec (a traffic profile), and requires 64 Kbps throughput with less than90 msec latency (a service profile). Data services such as best-effort IP will offer a service profile, e.g.1 Mbps in each direction, or 2 Mbps to the consumer, 256 Kbps from the consumer, with no upper limiton loss, latency or jitter.
3.2.2.10 What are Service Level Objectives?
A Service Level Objective (SLO) defines targets, policies and metrics to enforce, police, and/ormonitor the SLA. Some commonly used metrics to determine whether or not an SLA is being fulfilledinclude component system availability (e.g., up-time and MTBF), performance (e.g., response time),and serviceability (e.g. mean time to repair - MTTR).
Note: RFC3198, which has been published by the IETF as an informational document, givesdefinitions of SLA, SLS, and SLO. ETSI defines SLA in similar terms but has no definition of SLS orSLO.
CWA 50487:2005 - 56 -
3.2.3 Recommendations
3.2.3.1 Should SMARTHOUSE designers specify QoS requirements?
Regardless of the specific operator service used, two rules must be considered by system designers:
- Users’ perceptions are the main criteria by which QoS is judged. This includes the subjective assessment of the applications’ behaviour as well as the means of interacting with them;
- The applications they wish to provide are likely to be used on devices with a range ofcapabilities and configurations, which may affect users’ perceptions;
Many CoP users will choose standard products offered by operators, i.e. their SLS and SLA will bequite simple and the SLOs will be regulated and verified by an authority where the operator is active.
3.2.3.2 How should SMARTHOUSE designers choose between alternatives?
In any given location it is likely that there will be at least one of the following wide-area servicesoperated under regulatory control:
- Plain Old Telephone Service, (POTS), offering voice, fax, and data, the latter via one of theV-series recommendations for transfer of data using the analog telephone service. This maybe appropriate for transient access with a relatively low QoS and Grade of Service. A serviceprovider will be able to support a large number of customers with a few lines;
- Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), offering the same services as the POTS andpotentially many more based on a 16 Kbps, or 64 Kbps in some cases, permanentlyconnected signalling channel (the “D-channel”) and between 1 and 16 64 Kbps data dial-on-demand channels (“B-channels”). A common service configuration for domestic use is EuroISDN, 2B channels plus the D channel. ISDN is also the basis of services offered tobusinesses, which could be a more economical choice for a large number of subscribers suchas tenants of an apartment block. It is sometimes, e.g. in Germany, the normal way to deliverPOTS;
- Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), an evolution of ISDN offering up to 20 Mbps, and often, but notalways, made available in an asymmetric combination, e.g. 1 Mbps towards the customer,500 kKbps from the customer. Multiple DSL virtual circuits can be supported on a singlephysical connection, which can also run concurrently beside POTS. DSL is marketed as“broadband” and is used mainly for IP services but can support also ISDN, thus POTS, and many others;
- Cable networks, or services based on Community Antenna TV –CATV - (DOCSIS), wherecable networks have been provided to deliver Digital TV services, the operators may alsosupply connectivity for broadband. The technology can support gross datarates of up to40 MBps. Services are asymmetric, e.g. 2 Mbps towards the customer, 256 Kbps from thecustomer;
- Fibre to the Home (FTTH) and Fibre to the Curb (FTTC) may be available in areas of highdensity housing. Fibre will support virtually unlimited datarates, and the practical limits will bedetermined by the operator’s network and product offerings.
- Satellite, sometimes only in one direction, towards the consumer with an alternative return link,but also symmetrical in configurations similar to ISDN.
There is no good guideline to give concerning the combinations of any of the above at any specificlocation because of variations in the combinations of services offered there, how operators price them,and the value for money of the packages. All of these can change on quite short timescales. It is likelythat DSL will emerge as the common delivery format because it can be used to support all the otherservices. However at present it requires wires and will not reach the extremes of geographicalremoteness.
Many locations have data services provided over cable modems. Operators of cable-based servicesalso provide POTS, often on a parallel physical copper pair that could support DSL. In some places, itmight be practical to consider wireless LAN (WiFi –802.11, or WiMax –802.16), or 2.5G/3G cellular.The suitability of these technologies for SmartHouse applications has not yet been established, so it isrecommended to use only cabled media in the WAN domain.
- 57 - CWA 50487:2005
3.2.3.3 How Should SMARTHOUSE Designers Specify QoS Requirements?
CoP users should observe the following guidelines when specifying SLSs:
- Most requirements will be quite easily satisfied by the standard agreements offered by networkoperators;
- All applications, (or traffic classes such as interactive or streaming), current and anticipated,will have defined behaviours and service requirements, and these may be selectable for eachapplication instance. They should be derived, automatically if possible, from the services usedby any application in an unambiguous way, singly or in combination.
- The number of visible QoS attributes (to either the installer or the user) should be only asmany as necessary to simplify interaction, signalling and billing calculations, managementcomplexity and reuse of technology;
- The aggregate number of QoS attributes should be large enough to minimise barriers tointroducing new services and technologies.
The QoS model and attribute selection methodology given in the Annexes below provides themechanism for progressing from simple SLSs to more complex ones.
3.2.4 Dependencies on Other SMARTHOUSE CoP Sections
This section of the CoP should be read in conjunction with the following sections:
- Residential Gateway, in which the external services described in this section are matched tothose inside the home;
- Service Provider, in which applications whose traffic may be transferred over externalnetworks and their requirements are described.
CWA 50487:2005 - 58 -
3.3 The Home Networks and their Media
Figure 3.3 –Home Networks in relation to the SmartHouse
3.3.1 Introduction
3.3.1.1 General
This section primarily addresses the designer of systems to be implemented in a specific home. Thusit focuses on solutions readily available. This section covers all aspects of home networking withdifferent degree of detail. It needs to be read in conjunction with the clauses referenced. Secondly itcovers the properties of the various home network media in satisfying the requirements and providesmethods for choosing satisfactory solutions for providing home networks.
3.3.1.2 Communications and interactions in the home
Within a home there are many entities that need to exchange information with other entities bothwithin that home and outside it. In general, the many types of information exchanged between suchentities are split in three groups or superclusters, primarily characterised by their needs forbandwidth/bit rate. The dividing line between these clusters is not very sharp, rather they overlap.Additionally, there are potential applications and services (as shown in section 3.7).
The group of applications with the lowest transmission requirements is called CCCB (Commands,controls and communications in buildings). It includes the electrical installation, HVAC and securitydevices (e. g. burglar alarm, fire alarm) as well as appliances (white goods). Examples of thesedevices are switches and dimmers, thermostats, radiator valves, window opening contacts,motion/smoke/glassbreak detectors, fridge, oven and washing machine, control panels; microphoneand button at the door as well as bell and loudspeaker in the apartment (Intercom). (See section 3.7for more information on services, equipment and their requirements).
The highest bandwidth is required for systems delivering Audio and Visual information (A/V) e.g.moving images like TV. Since music and sound radio very often are required at the same place as TVthey are combined in the group called BCT (broadcast communications technologies). However, A/Vdata streams may not require perfect data integrity and may well accommodate and correct smallfailures in data delivery (See Section 3.2 for discussion of Service Level Specifications and QoS).
The information and communications technologies (ICT) go from fast CCCB applications such as theintercom mentioned above to BCT applications: from analogue telephony to video games.
- 59 - CWA 50487:2005
Traditionally entities that interact with each other were directly linked, e.g. light switch to the light, theTV-set with its antenna. Connecting an entity to a network allows it to communicate with multiplepartners and provides extra flexibility, allows repositioning and accommodates changing requirements.It may also reduce costs. Networks within the home may serve a single application or a larger group ofapplications.
Networks of different kinds may be independent of or connected to each other and may use differentmedia or even a mixture of media. Their protocols and media have properties that may be moreappropriate to certain tasks than others and there are trade-offs between protocols and media. Thereis a tendency to increase the number of applications served by a single network. Applications mayutilise one or multiple groups: CCCB, ICT and BCT as shown in Figure 3.3.1. In the SmartHouse theseparation of the networks, shown in Figure 3.3.1 for Communications/Information, Entertainment/Multimedia and Home Automation, is no longer valid. The demarcation line between the networks inboth physical and logical terms for information becomes blurred. (For instance power lines are usedfor communications and communications cables are used to feed power to terminals, even to chargebatteries of a device that consumes - over short periods of time - more current than the cable couldhandle. Mains and information cables may be installed in the same duct, as long as insulationrequirements are respected but also applications may utilise any of the network types or physicalmedia). It is important to understand the limitations of any physical media in terms of reliability anddatarate while understanding that low datarate applications can utilise networks that allow highdatarates but also to ensure that a practical choice is made for any network type or media.
This section describes the steps that lead to home networks that support the goal of seamlesscommunications within the home and with the outside world for all kinds of information.
NOTE Seamless does not necessarily mean any entity is able to talk to any entity but rather any entity can communicate withany particular entity as required and is entitled to communicate with. Also seamless does not necessarily mean, that two entitiesmay communicate to each other directly. The need for a gateway (that is available) from one medium to another and oneprotocol to another still meets the definition of seamless.
Figure 3.3.1 –The different networks in and around the home
This section gives guidance to system designer with the different levels of detail that is needed byconsumers, the building industry, installers and the suppliers of products and services for the home. Itshows how compatibility is achieved although the different parts that meet in a home network comefrom different sources.
CWA 50487:2005 - 60 -
3.3.1.3 Requirements for communications
The basic requirement of any data flow between two entities is that what is received is identical towhat was sent. A network implies that the information is understandable and that the information canflow between the two communications partners. This implies they have to speak the same language orengage an interpreter that understands both of them and that they are linked together as soon asthere is a need to for communications.
Two entities may be linked together when they are connected to the same network. If they areconnected to different networks then translation may need to take place when these two networks areconnected directly or indirectly (usually the task for the Residential Gateway see section 3.5).
It is a requirement (to a greater or lesser extent) that all entities that communicate via a network mustsupport the OSI (Open Systems Interconnection) reference model as specified in ISO/IEC 7498. Itallocates all the functions that may be used for communications to seven logical layers. Provided twoentities that want to communicate conform to ISO/IEC 7498, then they can do so if a translatingfunction is provided (on the application layer).
Figure 3.3.2 shows the seven layers of the OSI reference model together with the communicationsinfrastructure the physical layer makes use of. In this figure the communications infrastructure issubdivided in layer 0 and layer -1, that are not specified in the OSI reference model and that form animportant part of a home network.
NOTE The word "network" can be used in connection and separately for each of the OSI layers as well as for a combinationsof OSI layers.
This section of the code of practice for SmartHouse completely covers layers "-1" to 4 of the OSIreference model as illustrated in Figure 3.3.2 for all kinds of information that is conveyed betweenentities within the home as well as between an entity within the home and an entity outside. Layers 5to 7 are partly covered, especially when the protocol indispensable for a lower layer has functionswithin these higher layers.
7 Application layersecondary objective
of section6 Presentation layer Application protocols
5 Session layer4 Transport layer
primary objectiveof section
3 Network layer Transport protocols
2 Link layer1 Physical layer"0" Media"-1"
Pathways and spaces
ISO/IEC 7498-1: Information technology -- Open Systems
Transport infrastructure
Note layers "-1" and "0" are not specified in ISO/IEC 7498
Figure 3.3.2 –Scope of the network section
In addition to the requirement to utilise the OSI reference model the characteristics listed below needto be considered when the systems architecture for a specific home is determined, when the functionalblocks, protocols, interfaces and finally the products used in the network of a specific home areselected.
- 61 - CWA 50487:2005
Besides the OSI layer the following aspects (dimensions) are of importance:
- the medium used; (balanced and coaxial cable, RF, PLC, optical fibre, infra red)
- the speed of communications, and also the characteristics of the transmission channels usedlike latency, bit error rate, availability, and immunity;
- the applications supported;
- the market segment of a specific entity or application.
3.3.1.4 Benefits of generic networks
While a network optimised for a specific application initially tends to be cheaper than a genericnetwork designed to serve multiple applications, as requirements for additional applications developover time and future changes and enhancements are accommodated, then it is the generic networkthat is more economic in the long run. This is shown in Figure 3.3.3. The plane outlined with red linesshows how the overall cost for an application specific network develop over time, with enhancements,moves and changes. The plane characterised with green lines does so for a generic network servingmultiple applications. While application specific networks may be cheaper in initially, the genericnetwork is cheaper in the long run. The more intelligence is brought to a home and the moreapplications make use of it the earlier the crossover point between the cost for a generic networkversus specific or proprietary networks is reached.
It is argued that a standardised and widely used generic solution improves the cost benefit of thegeneric solution through economies of scale and shows benefits to even small applications..
Thus, the objective of any generic solution is to make the group of applications supported as large aspossible to share the load carried by different applications and aim at uniformity between differentapplication-specific solutions. However, more than one media type may be required to buildapplications so this rule also applies to the protocols that deliver the applications.
Figure 3.3.3 –Cost of generic networks versus application specific networks
The relationship shown in Figure 3.3.3 is valid on each layer of the OSI reference model. A network ofPathways and spaces that supports all cabling networks including that for power distribution providesmore flexibility and is more economical than separated distributors and ducts for different cablingnetworks.
A generic cabling system in a new building that uses few cable types and services all the endpointsthat may be needed before the building is refurbished, outdoes the demand driven installation ofcables optimised for a specific application.
CWA 50487:2005 - 62 -
The transport network (OSI layers 1 to 4) contains a large group of applications that utilise multipletransport layers that coexist in the same home. For instance while heating control, intrusion alarm,environmental control and weather observation use the same transport network, it is possible to linkthe “window open” contact to the “closed state”of the valve of the radiator as well as initiating an alarm when the window is opened. The system may also inform a resident that a window is still open andshould be closed when he leaves the house or when a thunderstorm is imminent.
3.3.2 Issues
3.3.2.1 Choice of media
In principle there are four - groups of - media that may be used in the home. Listed by the frequency oftheir traditional use they are: communications cables, infrared, wireless, and power line cables. Withinthese groups power line and infrared are the media with the lowest differentiation of transmissioncharacteristics while communications cables and wireless offer a wide variety. Some applications areso demanding that the choice of media is limited due to their transmission characteristics. For otherapplications the products needed only support a limited set of media. Despite its name wireless oftenneeds wires (including cabling to base stations or repeaters). While both devices that use infraredcommunications (within a room) often are battery powered, the fixed sender/receiver for wirelesscommunications quite often receives information and power by cable. Only in the case that it createsthe information e.g. if it is a “window open” contact, or a meter for heating consumption does thedevice need to be battery powered.
Table.3.3.1 lists the pros and cons of a specific medium. These points need to be considered togetherwith the media preferred by the application-specific equipment planned to be used as well as thebuilding phase the home is in. In the following cases:
- the home is being built or refurbished there is a clear preference for information cables.
- the home is already lived in the inconvenience and cost associated with the installation ofcables has to be compared with that technical and sometimes physiological benefits.
- the home is already equipped with intelligent products that network and medium used for theseproducts also needs to be considered together with the effort for a possible gateway betweenthis existing network and another medium.
Table 3.3.1–Comparison of media
Medium Advantages Disadvantages
Shared resource subject to congestion.Limited range at the most frequenciesLimited penetration of some building materials and damp.Open medium that needs protection for many applications.Information security risk, both easy to intercept and thetraffic indicates presence or absence of user in the home.EMC and physiological effects need to be considered.A number of people have prejudices against wirelesstechnologies especially in the home.
Infrared Simple, secure. Does not compete with RF PAN solutionsDoes not penetrate walls.
May not provide sufficient reliability for “mission/life critical” applications..In general electromagnetic hazards increase with increasingspeed of transmission.
Communicationscables (Includes:coaxial and balancedpairs, optical fibres)
Secure, safe, and reliable.Easy to install during building andrefurbishing phase.As data rate requirements increase theadvantages out weight thedisadvantages of installation in a lived inhome.
Unless ducts readily available laborious and disruptive toinstall in an inhabited home.With unshielded cables EMC effects have to be consideredspecifically.
(NO
NE
WW
IRE
S)
NE
WW
IRE
S
Power line Already cabled to all power outlets.Directly applicable for the low data ratesused by home control applications.Higher data rate solutions underdevelopment
Wireless Flexible.Many technologies with different speedand distance.Widely available and simple to use.Avoids the disruption of installation
- 63 - CWA 50487:2005
3.3.2.2 Security issues
Security needs to be achieved by common action of medium, network design, application equipmentand user. As far as the media are concerned the capability of an outside disturber to interfere with thein-home communications and the capability for in-house communications to disturb somebody outsideis very different.
The media can be listed in a sequence of decreasing immunity/increasing emission as follows: opticalcables starting and ending within the home, shielded copper cables starting and ending in the home,unshielded cables starting and ending in the home, infrared, very short range Wireless (not leaving theroom), optical cables reaching beyond the home shielded cables reaching beyond the home,unshielded cables reaching beyond the home, power-line communications, short range Wireless, longrange Wireless.
For further security considerations, see Section 3.5.
3.3.2.3 Safety issues
There is no guarantee that a network does not pick up messages that in case they are accepted as acommand could lead to an unsafe situation. Therefore products connected to a network shall be ableto differentiate between commands entered locally and commands received from remotesystems/devices. Therefore products connected to network shall not accept commands from remotethat could lead to an unsafe situation in case there were not attended.
For further considerations, see EN 50083-8, EN 60728-11.
3.3.2.4 Architecture issues
The communications architecture of complex systems, like public services or automobiles, isimplemented by professionals and is based on a detailed specification. It is quite different in manyhomes. If the homeowner, in general a layman, implements the system himself, he is in contrastguided by the attraction of specific functions and services than by considerations of systemarchitecture. This is also true in the case that an adhoc installation is carried out. The problem isexacerbated by the fact that there are likely to be many applications using potentially differentnetworks in the home and thus there is a high level of system variability.
Therefore he needs to be provided with confidence that the products and services he buys conform toset of specified architectures that will ensure that even if when he purchases multiple products andservices from many sources they all will be able to communicate and interoperate with each other..This requires an architectural philosophy and coherent systems architecture that enables any productin the SmartHouse to coexist with any other and to interoperate and interact. This may be achievedexplicitly by a specific systems design for the house or implicitly by limiting the choice of products andservices
Regulations, declarations of conformity, certification processes/logo programs and specificationsrecommended by this code of practice help the homeowner (or his chosen installer) to channel hisbuying decisions in a way that leads to the implementation of a more or less perfect systemsarchitecture within his home.
The implementation of a systems architecture needs to start with the construction and refurbishingphase of a building. In future an information cabling system that meets the upcoming EN 50173 4 is aninfrastructure that is expected to be installed in a building just as water pipes and mains cabling areexpected today.
For further considerations, see 3.1.
CWA 50487:2005 - 64 -
3.3.2.5 Interoperability issues
Interoperability makes all the difference between the home that is equipped with many intelligentproducts and an intelligent or smart home. Interoperability adds value to the home by itself andreduces cost as it provides the means to share resources and to avoid multiple efforts.
Interoperability may be achieved in two ways. Two entities may communicate with each other directlyas they are connected to the same medium and are using the same protocols on all the layers of theOSI reference model. In all other cases they need the help of a third entity, that transforms oneprotocol to the other, that provides the bridge from one medium to the other. (These means are notmutually exclusive)
The means used by a specific entity may differ from one OSI layer to the next OSI layer. There alsomay be a number of protocol translations on the way an information takes from an entity within thehome to a second entity (or many second entities, as the broadcast function is of high importancewithin the home) that may be within the home or outside. It shall be emphasised that interoperability isnot achieved before compatiblity is achieved for all seven layers of the OSI reference model.
3.3.3.13 provides examples of interoperability cases.
For further considerations, see 3.3.3.15
3.3.2.6 Installation issues
There is a considerable difference between the installation of SmartHome in a home that is alreadylived in and in a new building. In an inhabited home the first priority is to keep the disturbances to aminimum, the second to bring to operation those functions presently needed, and the third to do so ina way that supports future upgrades and changes.
In a newly built SmartHouse it is required to establish an infrastructure that supports any futurenetworked application by connection of equipment, patching and programming. To do so, distributionboxes need to be placed at strategic points and need to be large enough to house application-specificequipment. Cables, or at least ducts that allow the later installation of cables, shall connect thedistribution boxes and all the outlets and sockets that may make use of cables. In addition it isadvisable to install deep outlet boxes wherever application-specific equipment could benefit from sucha box.
Whether a home is in the building phase, has been equipped with a future proof infrastructure duringthat phase, or is bare of such, heavily influences the choice of media, protocols and equipment when itcomes to the implementation of applications.
3.3.3.13 provides examples of interoperability cases.
For further considerations, see 3.3.3.15.
3.3.2.7 Consumer issues
A long life, continuity, reliability, step by step enlargement and enhancement and robustness are majorissues for home networks. Unlike the communications system in a car that is built and thrown awaytogether with the car a home network is a living organism more like the worldwide telephone system.While the car is built by a single entity and when finished sold and maintained in its completeness, thedifferent parts of the telephone network are built and upgraded by different entities at different points intime. The mixture of technologies constantly changes and yet end to end compatibility is guaranteedall the time. For the global communications system this was finally achieved by treaty between themember states of the United Nations and the buying power of telecom operators.
- 65 - CWA 50487:2005
The homeowner has to meet the same objective with no other influence on his suppliers then to buy ornot to buy within the limits of his private budget.
For further considerations, see 2.2
3.3.3 Recommendations
3.3.3.1 General
It is the intention of the recommendations below to channel the choice between the numerous optionsof media, protocols, interfaces and finally products in such a way that the home network may beinstalled step by step without ever loosing its function and the compatibility between entities that needto communicate with each other.
Naturally these recommendations are developed step-by-step and may even be subject to change astechnology progresses and the input to this clause increases. The present state reflects the bestknowledge and consideration given to the input received by the editor of this clause.
As of today the presentation of a single recommendation either reflects the fact that no alternativeappropriate for the European home market has been proposed for inclusion in this document or that acomparison between alternatives proposed gave preference to the recommendation made in thisdocument. In the latter case it is intended to provide the rational for the choice in a supportivedocument.
3.3.3.2 Pathways and spaces
Experiences in the office environment show that the installation of a cabling system that serves allpotential points of connection for equipment and that forms part of the building infrastructure is themost economic solution. It is most cost-effective to implement a basic cabling infrastructure (Pathwayslike cable ducts and pipes, spaces like distributors, fixed cables and outlets) at this early stage that isduring the building or refurbishing phase.
During the building or refurbishing phase of a home the installation of a cabling system causes so littletrouble and cost that such a system always shall be installed. In case the use of cables can beexcluded for a reasonable number of years at least the Pathways and spaces that would support sucha cabling system shall be installed. See Figure 3.3.2 and C.3 for a guide on the planning andinstallation of pathways and spaces.
CWA 50487:2005 - 66 -
Figure 3.3.4 –Guide to the planning and implementation of pathways and spaces
- 67 - CWA 50487:2005
3.3.3.3 Cabling connection points
See D.8 for details of cabling connection points for various applications.
3.3.3.4 Cabling system
The upcoming European cabling standard for homes EN 50173-4, now under inquiry, will specify (andits international equivalent ISOI/IEC 15018, published 2004) already specifies an up to date cablingsystem for all applications that may be used in a home and that allow to pre-cable a building even ifthe application that will use the cabling will not be chosen for many years. This fixed cabling systemshould be well structured and documented and connect all the points where application specificequipment including senders and receivers of infrared and wireless may be connected at any latertime.
Figure 3.3.5 provides guidance as how to handle new buildings and refurbishments. D.9 provideguidance in determining the places for potential outlets and the transmission performance needed.
Also in cases where cables are installed in a lived in home it should be done in such a way that thecables form part of a cabling system that meets EN 50173-4 (and ISO/IEC 15018) respectively.
NOTE Until EN 50173-4 is published, ISO/IEC 15018 may be used instead.
Figure 3.3.5 –Precabling of homes
3.3.3.5 Choice of medium for specific applications
The choice of medium for ICT and BCT with the exception of BCT equipment with internal antennathat does not need other connections to the outside world should be made according to Figure 3.3.6.Table 3.3.2 supports this choice with an overview of the media that may be used within a home andtheir support by the different clusters.
NOTE Optical fibres and power line may be an alternative to the solutions covered in Figure 3.3.6 in case this medium issupported by the specific application planned for
CWA 50487:2005 - 68 -
Figure 3.3.6 –Choice of medium for ICT and BCT
- 69 - CWA 50487:2005
The choice of media for CCCB applications should be made according to Figure 3.3.7.
Figure 3.3.7 –Choice of medium for CCCB
CWA 50487:2005 - 70 -
In both cases the requirements of the envisaged applications are important. Table 3.3.2 provides anoverview of standards for transmission channel performance that are either generic for a cluster, thatis a group of application, or application specific. If it comes to cabled media the generic specificationalways shall be preferred. For other media a generic specification should be preferred, as the higherthe number of applications supported by a specific solution the easier it is to make use of synergies.
Table 3.3.2– Media supported by clusters (“OSI layer 0”)
Cluster
Medium
Wireless EN 50090-5-3 Not used DECT ISO/IEC 8802-11
Infrared/ optical prTS 50090-5-4 Not used not used
Power-line prEN 50090-5-1 EN 50065-1,EN 50065-2-1
Not used VOIP Under study Under study
CCCB EN 50090-9-1,EN 50173-4CCCB 1)
EN 50090-9-1,EN 50173-4CCCB
EN 50173-4CCCB 2)
EN 50173-4CCCB
Not used Not used
ICT EN 50173-4CCCB 1)
EN 50173-4CCCB
EN 50173-4CCCB 2)
EN 50173-4 ICT EN 50173-4 ICT Restricted toEN 50173-4 ICT
BCT balanced EN 50173-4CCCB 1)
EN 50173-4CCCB
EN 50173-4CCCB 2)
EN 50173-4 ICT EN 50173-4 ICT EN 50173-4 BCT-B
BCT coaxial Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used EN 50173-4 BCT-C
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
1) Specifies the cabling infrastructure that needs to be completed for the connection of application with the proper connectinghardware.Capability to share the pair used for other clusters subject to protocol used for layer 1.
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
3.3.3.6 Choice of physical protocol (OSI layer 1)
Table 3.3.3 provides a list of physical layer protocols that are on one hand supported by products ofthe clusters listed and on the other hand offer a high likeliness that communications with equipment ofother clusters will be supported. The choice of physical layer protocols used within a SmartHomeshould be based on the specifications listed in Table 3.3.3.
Table 3.3.3–Clusters and physical layer (OSI layer 1)
Cluster
Using
Wireless prEN 50090-5-3 Not used DECT ISO/IEC 8802-11 ISO/IEC 8802-11
Infrared/optical prTS 50090-5-4 Not used not used AC3 otical
Power-line prEN 50090-5-1 EN 60335-1, Not used Under study Under study
CCCB channel EN 50090-5-2, POT 1) Not used Not used
ICT channel EN 50090-5-2,ISO/IEC 8802-3
Not used,ISO/IEC 8802-3
POT, ISDN,ISO/IEC 8802‑3
ISO/IEC 8802‑3 ISO/IEC 8802‑3, ??
BCT balancedchannel
EN 50090-5-2,ISO/IEC 8802-3
Not used,ISO/IEC 8802-3
POT, ISDN,ISO/IEC 8802‑3
ISO/IEC 8802‑3 ISO/IEC 8802‑3, ??
BCT coaxialchannel
Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used EN 50083-7
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
1) A pair that is used for an analogue telephone can not be shared with equipment that uses EN 50090-5-2.
Bold: Transport protocol used by front end equipment
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
Italics: Transport protocol used by back end equipment
- 71 - CWA 50487:2005
3.3.3.7 Choice of link protocol (OSI layer 2)
Table 3.3.4 provides a list of link protocols that are on one hand supported by products of the clusterslisted and on the other hand offer a high likeliness that communications with equipment of otherclusters will be supported. The choice of link protocols used within a SmartHome should be based onthe specifications listed in Table 3.3.4.
Table 3.3.4–Clusters and link protocol (OSI layer 2)
Cluster
Using
Wireless EN 50090-4-2 Not used DECT ISO/IEC 8802-11 WiFi
Infrared/optical EN 50090-4-2 Not used not used AC3 optical
Power-line EN 50090-4-2 EN 60335-1, Not used Under study Under study
CCCB channel EN 50090-4-2 POT Not used Not used
ICT channel EN 50090-4-2ISO/IEC 8802-3
Not used,ISO/IEC 8802-3
POT, ISDN,ISO/IEC 8802‑3
ISO/IEC 8802‑3 ISO/IEC 8802‑3, ??
BCT balancedchannel
EN 50090-4-2ISO/IEC 8802-3
Not used,ISO/IEC 8802-3
POT, ISDN,ISO/IEC 8802‑3
ISO/IEC 8802‑3 ISO/IEC 8802‑3, ??
BCT coaxialchannel
Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used EN 300421,EN 300429,EN 300744,EN 50083-7
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
Bold: Link protocol used by front end equipment
Italics: Link protocol used by back end equipment
3.3.3.8 Choice of network layer protocol (OSI layer 3)
Table 3.3.5 provides a list of link protocols that are on one hand supported by products of the clusterslisted and on the other hand offer a high likeliness that communications with equipment of otherclusters will be supported. The choice of link protocols used within a SmartHome should be based onthe specifications listed in Table 3.3.5.
Table 3.3.5–Clusters and network layer protocol (OSI layer 3)
Cluster
Using
Wireless EN 50090-4-2 Not used DECT IP N/A?
Infrared/optical EN 50090-4-2 Not used not used ??
Power-line EN 50090-4-2 EN 60335-1, Not used Under study Under study
CCCB channel EN 50090-4-2 POT Not used Not used
ICT channel EN 50090-4-2, IP Not used, IP POT, ISDN, IP IP IP, N/A?
BCT balancedchannel
EN 50090-4-2, IP Not used, IP POT, ISDN, IP IP IP, N/A?
BCT coaxialchannel
Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used N/A
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
Bold: Link protocol used by front end equipment
CWA 50487:2005 - 72 -
3.3.3.9 Choice of transport protocol (OSI layer 4)
Table 3.3.6 provides a list of transport protocols that are on one hand supported by products of theclusters listed and on the other hand offer a high likeliness that communications with equipment ofother clusters will be supported. The choice of transport protocols used within a SmartHome should bebased on the specifications listed in Table 3.3.6.
Table 3.3.6–Clusters and transport protocol (OSI layer 4)
Cluster
Using
Wireless EN 50090-4-2 Not used DECT TCP
Infrared/optical EN 50090-4-2 Not used not used
Power-line EN 50090-4-2 EN 60335-1, Under study Under study
CCCB channel EN 50090-4-2 POT Not used Not used
ICT channel EN 50090-4-2,TCP
Not used, TCP POT, ISDN, TCP TCP MPEG 2 toMPEG 4
BCT balancedchannel
EN 50090-4-2,TCP
Not used, TCP POT, ISDN, TCP TCP MPEG 2 toMPEG 4
BCT coaxialchannel
Not used Not used Not used Not used MPEG 2 toMPEG 4
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
Bold: Link protocol used by front end equipment
NOTE TCP means any common transport protocol transported in IP, including TCP, UDP, etc
3.3.3.10 Choice of session protocol (OSI layer 5)
Table 3.3.7 provides a list of session protocols that are on one hand supported by products of theclusters listed and on the other hand offer a high likeliness that communications with equipment ofother clusters will be supported. The choice of session protocols used within a SmartHome should bebased on the specifications listed in Table 3.3.7.
Table 3.3.7–Clusters and session protocol (OSI layer 5)
Cluster
Using
Wireless N/A Not used DECT N/A
Infrared/optical N/A Not used not used N/A
Power-line N/A N/A Under study Under study
CCCB channel N/A POT Not used Not used
ICT channel N/A Not used, POT, ISDN, N/A
BCT balancedchannel
N/A Not used, POT, ISDN, N/A
BCT coaxialchannel
Not used Not used Not used Not used N/A
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
Bold: Link protocol used by front end equipment
- 73 - CWA 50487:2005
3.3.3.11 Choice of presentation protocol (OSI layer 6)
Table 3.3.8 provides a list of presentation protocols that are on one hand supported by products of theclusters listed and on the other hand offer a high likeliness that communications with equipment ofother clusters will be supported. The choice of presentation protocols used within a SmartHomeshould be based on the specifications listed in Table 3.3.8.
Table 3.3.8–Clusters and presentation protocol (OSI layer 6)
Cluster
Using
Wireless transparent Not used DECT ??
Infrared/optical transparent Not used not used ??
Power-line transparent transparent Under study Under study
CCCB channel transparent POT Not used Not used
ICT channel transparent Not used, POT, ISDN, PAL, SECAM
BCT balancedchannel
transparent Not used, POT, ISDN, PAL, SECAM
BCT coaxialchannel
Not used Not used Not used Not used PAL, SECAM
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
Bold: Link protocol used by front end equipment
3.3.3.12 Choice of application protocol (OSI layer 7)
Table 3.3.9 provides a list of application protocols that are on one hand supported by products of theclusters listed and on the other hand offer a high likeliness that communications with equipment ofother clusters will be supported. The choice of application protocols used within a SmartHome shouldbe based on the specifications listed in Table 3.3.9.
Table 3.3.9–Clusters and application protocol (OSI layer 7)
Cluster
Using
Wireless EN 50090-4-1 Not used DECT
Infrared/optical EN 50090-4-1 Not used not used
Power-line EN 50090-4-1 EN 50090-4-1, ?? Under study Under study
CCCB channel EN 50090-4-1 KNX-PL (EHS) Plain oldtelephone (POT)
Not used Not used
ICT channel EN 50090-4-1,UPnP
UPnP, EIBnet/IP POT, ISDN,UPnP
UPnP, EIBnet/IP UPnP
BCT balancedchannel
EN 50090-4-1,UPnP
UPnP, EIBnet/IP POT, ISDN,UPnP
UPnP, EIBnet/IP UPnP
BCT coaxialchannel
EN 50090-4-1 Not used Not used Not used
Homeautomation
Homeappliances
Security / alarmsystems
Communications technology
Informationtechnology
Audio/video
Bold: Link protocol used by front end equipment
Italics: Link protocol used by back end equipment
3.3.3.13 Examples of end to end communications
As explained in 3.3.1.3 communications only work when compatibility is achieved on all layers of theOSI reference model either directly or by translation. Thus there is a need to check, whether all theentities that need to communicate with each other are able to do so. Table.3.3.1 to Table 3.3.9 provideexamples of relationships that may successfully communicate.
Clause D.8 shows the entities that are engaged in the example of a remote heating control. Theentities are: control for the radiator valve, sensor for the window opening, room temperature control,home display D.8 shows the protocol stacks used by these entities to change setting of the heatingcontrol from a remote location.
CWA 50487:2005 - 74 -
3.3.3.14 Examples of home networks
Depending on the choices made above multiple configurations of home networks may be implementedand will operate successfully. Figure 3.3.8 provides the example of a home network wherecompatibility within the cluster is achieved by using entities within that the cluster that used the sameprotocols and compatibility label. The compatibility between clusters is achieved on basis of abackbone that uses the Internet protocols and UPnP protocols. In this example there is a singlebackbone and a single gateway to the outside world.
Powerline
Internet
W-LANBluetooth
IP-BridgeIP-Bridge
IP Backbone (Ethernet / W-LAN)
BaseStation
IP-BridgeTP & Wireless various
STP+IP-Bridge
Gateway
Powerline
Internet
W-LANBluetooth
IP-BridgeIP-Bridge
IP Backbone (Ethernet / W-LAN)
BaseStation
IP-BridgeTP & Wireless various
STP+IP-Bridge
Gateway
Figure 3.3.8 –Example of a home network with a single gateway
3.3.3.15 Labels that guarantee compatibility
In order to ease navigation in the complex landscape of protocols and interfaces detailed above anumber of labelled protocol stacks are available that guarantee compatibility for a number of OSIlayers, ideally from layer 1 up to layer 7 of the OSI reference model either within clusters or across theborder of clusters of applications. As an example Table 3.3.10 provides the first findings over suchprotocol stacks. Sometimes there are more functions that can be communicated within the cluster thanthose that can cross the border between clusters. This case is highlighted by printing the stack for thelower functionality in italics. It also should be noted that products that use the same protocol stack mayhave a higher functionality in the communication with products from the same supplier than withproducts from another supplier that uses the same label.
Table 3.3.10 provides its information at the intersection of rows and columns and is to be read inaccordance with the following examples:
At the intersection of home automation to home automation:any home automation product thatcarries either the label EIB or KNX is interoperable with any other home automation that eitherhas the label EIB or KNX. (Only in case the two entities sit on different media a bridge fromone medium to the other is needed.).
- 75 - CWA 50487:2005
At the intersection of home appliance to home appliance: any home appliance that carries thelabel EHS is fully interoperable with any other home appliance with the same label. If it carriesthe label KNX it is interoperable with all home automation products that have the label KNXand with other home appliances that carry the label KNX. In this case fewer functions cancommunicate than in case both home appliances use the HES protocol stack.
NOTE 1 KNX: Mark of Konnex Association that certifies as specified level of interoperability for equipment that meetsEN 50090.
NOTE 2 EIB: Mark of Konnex Association that certifies as specified level of interoperability for equipment that meetsEN 50090.
NOTE 3 UPnP and DLNA do not label specific devices but provide a methodology stated to provide interoperability betweendevices.
CWA 50487:2005 - 76 -
3.4 NTE & Gateways
Figure 3.4 –The Residential Gateways section relative to the SmartHouse
3.4.1 Introduction
In the flow of information to and from the home, a Residential Gateway lies between external services(see Section 2.3) and the wide area network (see section 3.2) and the home network with equipmentand the consumer in the SmartHouse (See Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 2.2). It interfaces with both internaland external networks and manage the flow of information between them. Since there is a wide varietyof services (from Data/Audio/Visual to simple control information) and a wide variety of possiblenetwork types both internally and externally to the SmartHouse.
- 77 - CWA 50487:2005
Figure 3.4.1 –Some Potential Termination requirements on Residential Gateways11
NOTE This diagram attempts to show the great diversity of interface requirements on a Residential Gateway. In the Wide Area,the NTE requirements on the RG are well documented and necessary for communication using the chosen local loop accessmethod. Within the home in the Home Area Network the potential mix of protocols and media is greater and in this case some ofthe protocols are shown as well
To be able to understand the residential gateway concept we have to look into today’s residential access environment with different network access technologies coming to the home via the existingtwisted pair telephone network (xDSL), the coax (and fiber) cable TV networks and emerging wirelessaccess. Coupled with this, today we also have a direct broadcast satellite networks, switched digitalvideo networks, PCS networks, and probably others. However in a competitvive market, these accesstechnologies are likely to be specific to competing service providers and implemented at differenttimes. Further, they come from multiple sources and may well incompatible at various levels of the OSImodel.
The same is true for the networks within the home.
This incompatibility and competition among those networks that we have are in functions, price,availability, which means that consumers are faced with future complexity.
The future Residential Gateway should have the function to manage this complexity. Many groups areactive in addressing solutions for a Residential Gateway that will remove complexity from theconsumer.
Service providers are facing the challenge of how to provide additional functionality from fasterconnections such as the uniform provision of multiple services to customers where the customers andservices make different demands on the connection.. Many service providers are turning to broadbandgateways as a solution that could bring together multiple technologies without compromising the enduser service. This new “digital home” and Residential Gateway isthe converging point of multimedia,computing, Internet and telecommunication industries.
———————
11 Based on ISO/IEC 15045-1: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY –HOME ELECTRONIC SYSTEM (HES) GATEWAY–Part 1:A residential gateway model for HES
CWA 50487:2005 - 78 -
A Residential Gateway has a non-exhaustive set of modular functions that may reside in one (ormultiple) physical box(s). It provides different sets of services between external networks and in-homenetworks and devices. It serves as a traffic control and routing device and has these key functions:
- A termination point for external access network(s) to the home.
- A termination point for all home networks, such as telephone, television, computing, alarm,telemetry, data, etc.
- To seamlessly interconnect those public (WAN) and private (LAN) network(s) in such a waythat information is transferred without any loss of the integrity of that information.
- To provide control, processing, translation and other services functions as may be necessaryto provide seamless interconnection and service delivery
- Modular network interface units that match appropriate external and internal networks
- Processing to provide switching, routing, translation and control of information passing throughthe Residential Gateway
The Residential Gateway market may be separated into device types. eg:
- Home Residential Gateway – addresses whole service delivery to the home with theEntertainment (video and audio), Voice communications (telephony), high-speed data access,and control & monitoring (HVAC, security, lighting, etc.) functions.
- Internet Residential Gateway –Intended to connect in-home network(s) comprising of multiplecomputers with the high-speed access terminating in the home.
- Set-Top Box Residential Gateway –Are the CATV digital solutions. They are IP based newgeneration boxes that came as evolvement from the analogue TV set-top box and they alsobring digital media content from a PC to a TV in the living room. They have a PVR featuresand enables IPTV subscribers to view video, photos and listen to music via the TV. IP-STBbox (DVB-T ETSI EN 300 744) includes easier customization, remote managementcapabilities different voice and video codec’s and DRM and using OpenCable standards and IP networks, STBs will evolve to include DOCSIS Set-Top Gateways (DSGs), dual tuners toenable concurrent video access for multiple television sets or PVR functions.
- Utilities and Security Services Gateways –In many instances, physical security systems andenergy utilities are providing defacto gateways. These are generally low bandwidth but havespecific needs of data integrity and assured communication.
The network interfaces units are selected to match the appropriate external network. The customerpremises interfaces are selected to match internal home networks or specific home appliances. Theprocessor serves to operate the Residential Gateway as a switching point to allow highly flexibletranslations and interconnections while hiding the complexity from the customer
The residential gateway enables consumers to connect electronic devices such as PCs, kitchenappliances, audio/video equipment and physical security systems to their phone service and high-speed Internet access. By connecting the electronic devices, consumers can perform tasks such asadjust heating or air conditioning via a home computer. While home networking products are readilyavailable the residential gateway is needed to aggregate these multiple services together. Using theresidential gateway, users can share a single broadband connection for any PCs in their home settingup home LANs, sharing files and playing interactive games but can also share that connection withhome system applications, services and systems. Thus a Residential Gateway has a greaterfunctionality than a simple Broadband router.
The concept of Intelligent Homes and Business is intended to provide solutions for automation inhomes, buildings and related areas to assist people in their living environment. Standardized solutionswill make it easier to supply services and networking, together with numerous new applicationsincluding remote control of home automation, alarm systems and assistance to people with specialneeds. Communications’ infrastructures will form an essential part of the support to these applications.
- 79 - CWA 50487:2005
3.4.2 IP based access networks assumptions & requirements
The access network is defined as a collection of network entities and interfaces that provides theconnectivity between the device and the core network. Examples of "Access Network” is given below. It should be noted that this list is not an exhaustive list and other access networks may be considered.(See also section 2.3)
- xDSL: This includes ADSL, SDSL and VDSL transport systems and supportingconcentration/multiplexing technologies. The TISPAN NGN will provide direct support for thisaccess requirement through interfaces to control resources (QoS) and coherent authentication.(See Annex A for definitions of DSL)
- Wireless Access Networks with a Wireless hotspot point.
- Cable networks may be supported as another type of access network.
- Fixed IP Connection (e.g. Gigabit Ethernet) interface as a direct connection to a customerowned and managed LAN or MAN. Example scenarios also include FTTC (Fibre to the curb)and FTTH (Fibre to the home).
- 3GPP Domain would also be supported at the same interface point as other access networks.Network attachment and associated functionality is supported in exactly the same way as in a3GPP network.
A Residential Gateway (RG) enables Service and Content Providers to offer enhanced set of homenetwork services, such as entertainment, video and broadband digital streams, monitoring for healthcare, security and occupancy, home appliance control and preventive maintenance, remote metering,and energy management, with QoS, Device and Service Discovery, Security, Firewall, Provisioning &Management. It also enables users to connect devices like PCs, kitchen appliances, audio/videoequipment and security systems to a high-speed Internet Access.
While the Residential Gateway may be thought of as a single device (and this is certainly the objectiveof many groups), because it is likely there will be legacy and service specific RGs in a home, in manycases the RG may consist of a number of logically connected gateway devices. Furthermore, thefunctionality of a RG (its processing, control and monitoring requirements may also be dispersedeither to management systems belonging to service providers or service aggregators or to secondarygateways or “half” gateways within the Home Area Network. In any case the requirements of a RG will be the same.
There is a general assumption that, with the exception of “legacy” applications, IP will be the dominantprotocol for information delivery between service providers and end user applications, regardless ofthe physical access delivery method.
CWA 50487:2005 - 80 -
Figure 3.4.2 –Access & Home System Components
3.4.3 Scope
The scope of this chapter is to define the Residential Getaway as a (logical) device that enables thevarious communications devices within the home to with the outside world and potentiallycommunicate with each other. The Residential Gateway components and functions support theaddressing, management, protocols, connectivity and QoS, for the support of various in houseapplications to ensure reliable delivery of services from an Access Network(s) to the end deviceswithin the Home Local Network.
This section provides information on existing products and initiatives in providing ResidentialGateways and looks at the optimal futureproof solution.
The RG provides part of the capability and infrastructure required for the creation, deployment andmanagement of all kinds of “to-the-home” and “in-home” services. These services use all kinds ofmedia (audio, visual, audiovisual), with all kinds of encoding schemes and data services, such as:conversational, unicast, multicast and broadcast, messaging, simple data transfer services,prioritisation of real time and non-real time, delay sensitive and delay tolerant services, with differentbandwidth demands from a few kbit/s to hundreds of Mbit/s, guaranteed or not.
The RG offers different services with service specific Application Interfaces (APIs) in order to supportthe creation, provisioning and management of new services and has the capability to process theinformation that the service delivers (see Sections 2.3 and 3.2).
The RG should support interfaces in such a way that the Network Termination requirements of themedia are satisfied. ETSI has the following standards for Telecommunications Network Equipment:
- EN 300 386, a Harmonised Standard for telecommunications network equipment;
- ES 201 468, a Standard providing additional requirements for enhanced reliability of service inspecific applications.
- 81 - CWA 50487:2005
The safe and effective delivery of services places many demands on the RG. These include theintegrity and security of communications such as: Access Control, Copy Rights and Copy Protection,Digital Rights Management (DRM), Certification and different payment mechanisms, the delivery ofcommands to devices in the home from external sources, the blocking of selected commands that maycreate unsafe conditions.
There can be many different configurations of RG because of the different home appliances anddifferent services than can be needed or offered. But, regardless of the RG configuration, there a needfor a standard that ensures the interoperability of different home devices with the external services.The RG enables the connection of a remote user, or a visiting user to a friend’s house, to be offered to connect to his own remote site. The RG supports the connection of the Internet, with the people,equipment, appliances or services in the home. The RG provides the mechanism whereby Wide AreaNetwork(s) can communicate with Home Area Network(s).
The Residential Gateway may be a standalone device, or it may be embedded in another device; ormore than one gateway unit may be used.
The simple home configuration would have a RG as a standalone device connected to a SingleService Provider by a single Access Technology.
Agregator
Internet
Residential GatewayFirewall, DRM, Security....
Homenetwork3
House IP back-bone network
LocalRouter 1
Homenetwork2
Provider 2Provider 1
Local Gateway1
Homenetwork4TV/AV
Homenetwork1 Non-IP
Operations &ControlNetwork
LocalRouter 2
Provider 3
Figure 3.4.3 –Home and Access Network Model
Figure 3.4.3 shows the scope of the Smart house Residential Gateway. There are four fundamentalareas that are the key to the Home:
- Single / Multiple Access Networks (using both IP and non-IP native access technologies).
- Single / Multiple Local Home Area Networks (including the control domain, the transportdomain, and the applications environment).
- Single / Multiple Service Providers (multiple content streams and formats).
- Single / Multiple End User Devices and Terminal Equipment connected within the Local HomeArea Network.
CWA 50487:2005 - 82 -
All connected devices in the home should be remotely manageable through the Home ResidentialGateway. For existing houses, there is a requirement for high bit rate technologies without new wires(e.g. Wireless, PLT, HPNA). For new houses, new structured wiring may be applicable. Most devicesin the home network are based on IP but there is requirement for a support also of a non IP baseddevices (e. g. home control). Wireless devices must be able to seamlessly roam in the house and withthe uniform service support throughout the home.
3.4.4 The Residential Gateway Modules.
In its basic configuration a RG has three functional areas. (As defined in ISO 15045-1)
- Interface to the WAN
- Processing and internal management (RG Internal Protocol)
- Interface to the HAN
3.4.4.1 Interface to the WAN
Any Residential Gateway has by definition to be able to act as a termination device for at least one ofa number of Access Media (shown in Figure 3.4.1). In any instance of a RG these are likely to benetwork interface modules that have the tasks
- of providing standard termination with the Access Media,
- transmitting the incoming data (with any necessary translation) into the processing and internalmanagement area of the RG
- Transmitting any outgoing data (with any necessary translation) from the processing andinternal management area of the RG.
3.4.4.2 Processing and internal management
The residential gateway is more than a simple translator of data from the format of the access mediato that of the home network. In any instance of a RG there will be a requirement to control the datapassing through it. The processing that this requirement creates is likely to be carried out bysoftware/firmware modules that:
- Route the data between one network interface module to another
- Ensure that the data is delivered to the correct device or management system (with the correctpermissions, security, certification, data rate or service level)
- Carry out predetermined instructions associated with particular services that are controlled ormonitored by the RG (these may be termed “Service Bundles” or “Policies” and maybeassociated with DRM or payment for a service).
In any RG the flow of data may be from WAN to HAN or vice versa or may be one HAN to anotherHAN on a different media. And form part of a home-based application. Applications in the home maybe ultimately controlled by a remote management system, but also may be “proxied” to the RG for execution locally.
- 83 - CWA 50487:2005
An example of a Residential Gateway Protocol Stack is shown below.
Interface
EthernetStack
VPN
Multimedia
Voice
Acces s Network HAN
xDSL Cable xTTH Wi-Fi IEEE1394 USB Home PNABlue
ToothPowerLine
802.11
a/b/g
PPPoE DHCP DNS NAT Bridging FireWallRIP
Traffic Prioritization, Clas s-Bas ed Queuing, RSVP, VPN pas s through,RADIUS Authentication, Packet Filtering
NOTE Everything above the interface level is a candidate for the processing and internal management part of the RG
3.4.4.3 Interface to the HAN
Any Residential Gateway has by definition to be able to act as a interface device for at least one of anumber of Home Network Media (shown in Figure 3.4.1). In any instance of a RG these are likely to benetwork interface modules that have the tasks
- of providing standard termination with the Home Network Media,
- transmitting the incoming data (with any necessary translation) from the processing andinternal management area of the RG onward to systems, devices or applications in the Home.
- transmitting any outgoing data (with any necessary translation) from systems, devices andapplications into the processing and internal management area of the RG.
3.4.4.4 General
It is a general expectation that RGs will handle applications at all levels of complexity and data rate(from A/V applications to energy management or telecare) and are likely to provide applicationtranslation between equipment on different clusters (See Section 3.7 or the TEAHA Project).
There are many initiatives that are working on Residential Gateway projects some of which arebecoming well established (such as OSGi) and some based on Service Provider initiatives (such asNGN@Home and HGI –established by ETSI and a Consortium of Network Operators respectively).All such initiatives follow the general outline for a residential gateway set out in 3.4.1. An outline of atypical initiative is described below.in 3.4.5,
QoS and other issues are covered below.
CWA 50487:2005 - 84 -
3.4.5 The Home Residential Gateway Project areas:
General Model. The Home Residential Gateway Architecture targets at supporting a wide range ofservices, from legacy telephony to new generation services, such as: audio, data, video broadcast andconversational services, streaming services, interactive gaming.
Functional Architecture Model. The Home Residential Gateway has a distributed functionalarchitecture with the use of a new set of protocols to control user sessions (identification,authentication), resource allocations and QoS, the traffic (policing, enforcement), services andapplications, between various entities within the home network; Packets filtering (depending on "IPaddress/port”, i.e.; firewall functionality), Packet marking, Resource allocation and Bandwidthreservation, Allocation and translation of IP addresses and port numbers (NAPT), Throughputlimitation, and optionally Media Ciphering/Deciphering, Media Trans-coding, Media flows topology(conferencing, redirection of flows, etc.), User Authentication, Usage metering, IP address allocation.
It encompasses:
- End-to-end Quality of service
- Service Platforms (including APIs)
- Network Management
- Security& DRM/CA
The Home RG functions and features:
- Easy to acquire, store, and access digital music. From anywhere in the home access to digitalmusic collection stored on multiple, network-enabled devices, including PCs, “virtual jukeboxes” and portable audio players and for playback on any network-enabled playbackdevice in the home.
- Easy to manage, view and share digital photos. The wireless download feature transfer all thephotos to a media archive on a PC that will distributes the photos to photo frames, PCscreensavers, TV adapters, and other devices throughout the home. It even securely sendsthe images across the Internet to friend or family.
- Distributed, multi-user content recording and playback. Using a universal remote, access anyof the network-enabled set-top boxes, PCs, or TVs in the home and select programs forviewing, or for recording and later playback, utilizing available tuner resources embedded innetwork-enabled TVs, dedicated PVRs, set-top boxes, and PCs.
In order to deliver on digital interoperability in the home, it is required to support a transparentconnectivity between devices inside the AV Home Network; Unified framework for device discovery,configuration and control; Interoperable media formats and streaming protocols; Compatibleauthentication and authorization mechanisms for users and devices;
End users can select the service provider independent of the access mechanism; different end userswithin the same HAN can select different service providers as well as to roam between deliverynetworks which is based upon their subscription profile with the selected service provider.
For example: a user can register with the service provider for delivery of content when connected vianeighbours’ HAN.
The objective is to define an open network architecture enabling the provision of services to the usersin its home and in nomadic situation. The “core” for a multi-service home network is based on a HomeResidential Gateway (HRG) that acts as a service platform for the end user needs. The HRG has anembedded Agent that allows a remote management of the home network by the home network serviceoperator.
Home Residential Gateway coordinates shared access to the Internet for all of its End Devices. It hasthree logical modules: Connection-Access Module, HAN Module and a Policy Coordination Module.
Access Provider Module provides Access to Internet for the Connection Module(s) on the Gatewaycoming via: xDSL, HFC, xTTH, FWA, GPRS, UMTS, or any other new access technology. He mayprovide local advertisement insertion.
Connection Module provides content to End Devices, through Access Provider(s) and through out-of-band Broadcaster. This module could be integral part of Home Residential GW (like in case of xDSL orCable) or could be a separate module (like xDSL modem, or Cable modem)
Policy Coordination Module coordinates changes amongst the other modules. It handles NAT, DHCP,IP Routing, DRM and CA Rights, Multicast optimization, Network Address Translation, Quality ofService & Security. It makes appropriate adjustments to the other Modules as needed.
HAN Module could be integrated or a separate hardware like a Hub, bridge, switch, access point. Itties the various home networking media together. It should support Ethernet, IEEE 1394, 802.11,HPNA, PLC, Bluetooth, USB, coaxial cable. Its role is to notify the Policy Coordination Module ofpertinent changes.
The Home Residential Gateway enables a delivery of new services to devices within the home withthe aim of interacting with IP (and non-IP via specific GW’s) based home devices. This gives a ServiceProvider a remote management, provisioning, QoS and Security to the Home Residential Gatewayand devices behind it, together with the LAN messaging, prioritized QoS and simple remotediagnostics for all home devices.
CWA 50487:2005 - 86 -
3.4.6 Goals
The goal of the Home Residential Gateway Architecture is to define a base architecture andrequirements for the evolution of a Home Residential Gateway supporting advanced & multiple playservices. It is also to improve the interoperability of home gateways with home devices, across access& home networks, reduce the cost of Home Residential Gateways for end-users and is also to drivethe development of residential gateways for the delivery of new services to the home.
Goal is also to boost the market for home communications services and accelerate the pace andpromote a high degree of standardization. This would therefore, enable and provide a unifiedfunctional and interoperability requirements towards manufacturers, which would add the value in thenetwork vs. CPE. For manufacturers this would mean a larger market & supply for Home RGs, largermarket for Services and that would than, decrease a vendor dependency. One of the key aspects ison identifying the gaps in standards that need to be filled, which would promote and acceleratestandardization process
3.4.7 Quality of Service (QoS) Requirements and Functions
The meanings of QoS include two aspects: service performance and service differentiation [ITU-TE.800]. The key parameters of service performance are bandwidth, delay, jitter, and packet loss. Theguarantee of end-to-end service performance, that is consistent and predictable and at a level equal toor above a guaranteed minimum [RFC2990]. Service differentiation means providing differentperformance guarantee for different service applications. Some key services are carried with accurateand unaffected QoS guarantee even under heavy load. Especially for voice services, the IP network iscapable of providing a carrier-class QoS that is equivalent to the legacy PSTN.
3.4.7.1 Residential Gateway QoS:
The RG is responsible for QoS mapping between the multi-service access network and the multi-service home network. The Home RG is the point of control for all home network flows (LAN-LAN,WAN-LAN, LAN-WAN).
The Home RG QoS functionality may be managed either by the Service Provider or end user.
Home applications have different QoS requirements like: LAN to LAN flow, PC to PC file sharing, PCprinter sharing, and Video Streaming and Broadband Internet access with in-band IP applications TheRG QoS enables a home networking applications to establish prioritized data transmission amongHosts as well as between the Hosts and the Residential Gateway using compliant messaging and alsoto enable home networking applications to establish prioritized data sessions between the AccessNode and the Home RG device.
Home Residential Gateway device should support a transparent bridging functionality for QoSmessaging from/to home compliant applications and has the ability to assign traffic priorities(differentiated media access) to specific applications as well as the ability to prioritize queuing in theHome Residential Gateway device in conjunction with the packet handling functionality.
3.4.7.2 Residential Gateway Management & Powering
The Home RG should support a Configuration Provisioning & service activation with firmware upgrade,Diagnosis, Supervision and Help desk & alarms.
The provision of Home Residential Gateway QoS mechanisms should take account of different QoScontrol mechanisms corresponding to different technologies and possibly different business models.The following three scenarios have been identified:
- Proxied QoS with policy-push: The client’s terminal or Home gateway does not support native QoS signalling mechanisms. It requests a specific service to the Application Manager, whichdetermines the QoS needs for this service (as in xDSL network).
- 87 - CWA 50487:2005
- Client-requested QoS with policy-push: The client is able to request its QoS needs and theterminal or the Home Residential Gateway is capable to send QoS requests over signallingand/or management protocols for its own QoS needs, but requires prior authorisation from anApplication Manager (as in Mobile Network).
- Client-requested QoS with policy-pull: The client terminal or Home Residential Gateway iscapable of sending QoS Request over signalling and management protocols for its own QoSneeds, and does not require prior authorisation.
This approach is in conformance with PacketCable multimedia Architecture Framework (PKT-TR-MM-ARCH-VO1-030627) as endorsed by ITU-T J.179.
3.4.8 Issues
3.4.8.1 Centralized vs. Distributed Residential Home Gateway Intelligence
In considering the possibility of a centric residential gateway Home network design, there is a numberof advantages:
- Smaller overall product cost: The cost of the network is smaller if concentrated in the gateway.Alternatively, if each device in the home network is required to have a large managementstack, then each device instance will incur additional costs for hardware (more flash and RAM,sophisticated processor) and software (IP stack, operating system license, etc).
- Fewer points of contact for the service provider. If the management of the network isconcentrated into the gateway, the service provider/operator will not have to generate as manytransactions when managing home networks.
- More compatible with current implementations. Many home networking devices already beingshipped will typically not have headroom available to accommodate a huge incrementalmanagement plane.
- Easier visibility of legacy devices. There are many legacy devices that will exist, where theability to detect their presence is desirable.
- Consistent with queuing of management events. In the event that the network is down, agateway centric approach is more consistent with the option for the home network to queuemanagement events for both legacy and future devices.
NOTE This argument is similar to that advanced in Home Networks clause 3.3.1.4. (although individual/specific applicationgateways may be cheaper, the modular and adaptable RG will be less costly in the long run). The major disadvantages of themodular device are cost, ownership (who buys and maintains) and open access (how does one ensure access for other ServiceProviders that may be competitors)
Home networks are to some extend similar to business type of local area networks (LANs), with fewdifferences:
- Home networks need to be very simple to install, configure, and maintain. Most homes do nothave access to technical network management services.
- Home network components need to be offered at consumer price points and capable ofdistribution through consumer electronics channels.
- Technologies comprising home networks will be more heterogeneous than typical businessLANs.
- Home networks may suffer a greater range and variety of signal impairments than a typicalbusiness environment due to the ad hoc nature of the in-home electronic environment.
A Home Residential Gateway should offer:
- Simultaneously connected to multiple and heterogeneous delivery networks
- Access to content independent of the underlying hardware / transport mechanism
- Subscription, a commercial relationship between the subscriber and the service provider.
CWA 50487:2005 - 88 -
- User Profile that is a set of information necessary to provide a user with a consistent,personalised service environment, irrespective of the user’s location or the terminal used.
- Nomadicity and Mobility.
- IP multimedia application that handles one or more media streams simultaneously such asaudio, video and data. A multimedia application may involve multiple parties, multipleconnections, and the addition or deletion of resources within a single IP multimedia session
The Home Residential Gateway shall support regulatory requirements especially with respect toemergency communications and lawful interception. It should provide mechanisms that allowpresenting the identity of the connected party to the session originator, if this is not restricted by theconnected party or the network.
3.4.8.2 Security issues
There are many security threats to a home network that may originate from the WAN or from within theHAN. These attacks may compromise the integrity of the home network or expose private messagesbetween HAN devices or between the WAN and HAN. The Home Residential Gateway through whichmessages and information pass should incorporate both defensive and proactive entities to ensure thesecurity of the home network and that messages, information and media content directed to and fromtrustworthy service and application providers retains its privacy and integrity.
There are many instances where Home Residential Gateway needs to be resistant to “viruses”, unauthorised downloads, fraudulent monetary transactions etc. See Section 3.5.
3.4.8.3 Safety issues
When configuring home networks, there should be systems to prevent the unattended initiation and oroperation of potentially hazardous objects.
The remote or automatic switching on of radiant heat sources (open fires or cooker hob burners) is anexample of such a hazardous object. A system does not have to automatically control the potentiallyhazardous object, except by a switch or manually operated controller placed within reach or sight ofthe object. The gateway should have a function to block certain commands to potentially hazardousobjects.
3.4.8.4 Architecture issues
Today and in reality Home Residential networks do have legacy technologies from analoguetelephony, ISDN devices up to some local PBX services. Some networks have proprietary solutions for“white goods networking” that are non-IP based solutions. All those instances make architecture ofhome gateway very complex and there is a question, whether we should support legacy technologiesand topologies, or decide and define what is the “ground-zero” architecture to be proposed as required minimum of technologies and topologies needed for a SmartHouse supported home network. Buthowever strong the desire may be to start from a “green field” base using a basic SmartHouse Architecture the problem is that the “legacy” systems will have long working lives. Thereforeone of thechallenges is to understand how any of the legacy systems may be declared as controllable entitieswithin a SmartHouse architecture. This is discussed in Section 3.1.
3.4.8.5 Interoperability issues
One of the major issue is how to interconnect all those legacy technologies in homes with newservices delivered to and with applications in the house. Managing the support and test all thosedifferent technologies that are coming to the home and in the home like: IEEE1394, USB, Home PNA,BlueTooth, Power Line, 802.11a/b/g, xDSL, Cable, xTTH, Wi-Fi and all those new that will come in thenear future. This is a non trivial issue.
3.4.8.6 Installation issues
Major issue and question is who will be the “owner” for installing the home network; a user himself or service provider? How is the case of multiple service providers serving the house be accommodated?
- 89 - CWA 50487:2005
Which organisation will be in charge of monitoring and remote management of home devices? Whyshould a customer buy and support home RG when what he is buying is the services from serviceprovider? These questions are ones of responsibility. As with Service providers installing a service,there may be many entities involved. In the case of network and RG management and maintenanceone entity alone should have responsibility for a home network. However, there will be sub-contractswith maintainers and other service providers for any specific network. In the case of shared access theprinciples of reasonable and non discriminatory contracts should be used.
In the case of cable modems and cable-to-home RG, monitoring, support and management is part ofcable service provider’s whole sale offer to the user. It is likely that new initiatives from service providers will take the direction of remote monitoring and management of the Home RG and networkdevices behind it.
3.4.8.7 Consumer issues
Consumers are likely to requiring a new service from a service provider, or from a new entity thatmight be called a service aggregator (an agency that offers tailored services to customers) and wouldbe there as an entity that would install, monitor, support and manage a home network for thecustomer. Only experienced users would carry out their own installation and risk “do it yourself” installation (the “Plug and Play (Pray)” attitude).
3.4.9 Relevant Standards, Developing Standards and Specifications
There are few relevant standards in the area of cable and xDSL. (See Section 3.1)
Standards organisations that are working on standardization are ISO/IEC-JTC1-SC25-WG1, ITU-TSG9, SG16, SG13, European Broadcasting Union (EBU) and its Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB)project, ETSI TC TISPAN; TC AT with Work Groups: NGN@Home, AT-Installations, AT-Features; TCPLT and TC Human Factor. There are also relevant associations and alliances like UPnP, DLNA,OSGi and DSL Forum.
ISO/IEC 15045-1: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY – HOME ELECTRONIC SYSTEM (HES)GATEWAY–Part 1: A residential gateway model for HES
Figure 3.5 –System security section in relation to the SmartHouse
3.5.1 Introduction
A smart house system needs to be trusted by the inhabitants, users and owners of both the home andthe system. The purpose of security of the system is to provide trust in the system. This type ofsecurity is denoted Information and Communication Technology security or in short ICT security. Sincemany components of a smart house system will be in operation 24 hours a day continuously andautomatically exchanging information to the outside world, ICT security is necessary in order tomaintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the data and system. A well implementedsecurity solution implies for example that only authorized users and processes have access to thesystem and the data stored on the system or is communicated to and from the system, and that onlyauthorized users are able to use and modify the system. The purpose of this section is to help thesystem designer to select and install an appropriate set of security mechanisms for a smart housesystem.
The next subsection (3.5.2) will describe the scope of ICT security. This is followed by an issue section(subsection 3.5.3). Here the designer will find major issues such as DRM (Digital RightsManagement), parental control, and crime reducing equipment. Other parts of the issue sectioninclude some interactions with other sections of this CoP.
There are a number of ways in which a smart house can be designed, each with its own ICT securityrequirements. There exist three principally different ways in which the security of the system can beorganized. These are described in some detail in subsection 3.5.4. For each of these, the variousthreats and corresponding security requirements are discussed. This subsection (3.5.5) also includesissues that require special attention. Based on these requirements, subsection 3.5.6 outlines how thesmart house can be protected against these threats. ICT security can be achieved with a variety ofdifferent technologies and mechanisms. Some are expensive and some are cheap and ultimately it isthe owner or inhabitant of the smart house that has to determine the optimal level of cost and level ofprotection against the estimated threats to achieve the correct level of trustworthiness of the system.Only guidance of what one needs to consider in order for the smart house to get an appropriate set ofICT security protections to reach the agreed trustworthiness is provided.
The final subsection 3.5.7 presents some general recommendations and a checklist.
- 91 - CWA 50487:2005
3.5.2 Scope
3.5.2.1 Information security
In the Communication from the Commission (COM(2001)298 final, 6 June 2001) the followingdefinition is found:
Network and Information Security can be understood as the ability of a network or an informationsystem to resist, at a given level of confidence, accidental events or malicious actions. Such events oractions could compromise the availability, authenticity, integrity and confidentiality of stored ortransmitted data as well as related services offered via those networks and systems.
The Commission’s Communication groups the security incidents as follows:
- Electronic communication can be intercepted and data copied or modified. This can causedamage both through invasion of the privacy of individuals and through the exploitation of dataintercepted.
- Unauthorized access into computer and computer networks is usually carried out withmalicious intent to copy, modify or destroy data and is likely to be extended to systems andautomatic equipment in the home.
- Disruptive attacks on the Internet have become quite common and in future the telephonenetwork may also become more vulnerable.
- Malicious software, such as viruses, can disable computers, delete or modify data orreprogram home equipment. Some recent virus attacks have been extremely destructive andcostly.
- Misrepresentation of people or entities can cause substantial damages, e.g. customers maydownload malicious software from a website masquerading as a trusted source, contracts maybe repudiated, confidential information may be sent to the wrong persons.
- Many security incidents are due to unforeseen and unintentional events such as naturaldisasters (floods, storms, earthquakes), hardware or software failures, human error.
Most of these security aspects also apply to a smart house system. In addition to these, there areother security related topics which also are important for a smart house, such as the reliability of thesystem, that are not covered in this section of this CoP. Safety and physical security are not within thescope of information security. Safety is related to the prevention of physical harm to humans orbuildings. Physical security includes the protection of the system and communications hardware bythe use of suitable doors and window locks. These topics are also not treated within this section of theCoP. Note, however, that there exists a European Standard on Functional Safety Requirements forproducts intended to be integrated in Home and Building Electronic Systems, EN 50090-2-3.
Since a system cannot be made completely reliable or security protected, one must assume that afailure of all or part of the system can occur. This loss of availability must be accounted for. There isthus the need to have recovery processes prepared in order to be able to restart those parts of thedata and system, and possibly to support fallback technologies and procedures.
CEN and ETSI have produced a response (CEN & ETSI Response) to the above mentionedCOM(2001)298 which is found in the reference section. This document provides a very good list ofrelevant security standards and specifications that can be applied to smart house systems. It is not theintention to repeat all those references but rather to refer to this document and the references therein.
3.5.2.2 Responsibility and trust
There are several stakeholders in security. Not only inhabitants and owners of the smart housesystem have to trust it, but also service providers and content providers. These latter have to trust thattheir offered services and content are only used as authorized by them. However, one of thefoundations of the security of a system is that it has to be under the responsibility of a single securitymanager. It is obvious that this has to be the responsibility of the inhabitants/owner of the system.Whether this is done by him/herself or outsourced as described in section 3.5.4 below is irrelevant. Itis still the security manager who has the responsibility. One of his/her tasks is to define a security
CWA 50487:2005 - 92 -
policy for the SmartHouse system. The way for service and content providers to trust that the systemand its users handle their services and content correctly is reduced to a contractual issue. Thecontract may, for example, state functions, components or processes that the must be supported.
3.5.3 Issues
3.5.3.1 DRM
Digital Rights management (DRM) is a topic that lately has achieved great attention. It is concernedwith the problem of illegal copying and distribution of digital material with copyright. Typical examplesof digital material include computer software, music and movies. It is usually delivered over either thenetwork or on a device such as a CD.
Technically, copyrighted digital data can be protected in principally two different ways. One approachis to encrypt the digital data and provide authorised users with the decryption key. The other approachis based on marking the data in such a way that one can trace the source of the data. However, noneof these technologies is foolproof. Even users with limited skill can normally bypass the protectionmethod. In order to protect copyrighted digital material the European Union has produced a directive(Directive 2001/29/EC), which clarifies when it is illegal to copy such data. This implicit protectionmight become the major factor against abuse of copyrighted digital data.
3.5.3.2 Parental control
In many homes where children are present there can be a need for the parents to protect their childrenfrom access to data that may cause them harm, such as films with violence and pornography. Thetechnology to achieve this is by means of access control (see 3.5.6.2 below). This can be in variousforms. One is to forbid access to unwanted service providers. Another is to only allow access to aselection of permitted providers. In addition, data can be marked as not suited for children and thusallow for an access control mechanism based on this information. This latter method only works if thedata has been appropriately marked and that this marking can be understood by the access controlmethod. Neither of these can, however, be guaranteed.
3.5.3.3 Crime reducing products and services
Criminogenic products and services is the term used for products and services with a propensity tobecome the targets or the tools of crime. For that reason a mandate (M/355) for the elaboration ofEuropean standards in this area has recently been produced. It is addressed to the EuropeanStandardisation Organisations and is expected to produce a report no later than August 2005. There isthus no action on the design of the SmartHouse system at this time, but only to note that in the futurethere may be technical requirements in order to reduce crime on both products installed in the homeas well as on services.
3.5.3.4 Installation issues
For the installation and management of ICT security of a system there exist a set of guidelines. ClauseF.1 of the CEN & ETSI Response lists a number of useful standards and specifications.
3.5.3.5 Consumer issue
There are several guidelines on how to use a system. Some of the guidelines in section F.1 of theCEN & ETSI Response are recommended for those users who intend to control the security of thesmart house system themselves, i.e. those using the security architecture of section 3.5.4.2 below.
All users may be well served by guidelines on how to use the system (e.g. electronic shopping) andhow to maintain and update a system in order to avoid vulnerabilities, such as avoiding viruses, wormsetc. Here one can direct the users to national guidelines. An example of such is the set of guidelinesavailable from BSI(DE) in Germany. See also Section 2.2 on consumers.
- 93 - CWA 50487:2005
3.5.3.6 Service provider issues
There are security requirements on service providers in order to enable the inhabitants/owners ofsmart house systems to trust the data from service providers. This is true for all types of serviceproviders, such as those providing data for its users (e.g. in the form of A/V services), those providingservices for the smart house (e.g. monitoring burglar alarms), and those providing services to thesmart house system (e.g. delivering soft- and firmware updates). All these service providers must givethe SmartHouse inhabitants/owners assurance that the incoming data can be accepted, i.e. that thedata is coming from a trusted source and that the data is protected during the communications both forprivacy reasons and against malicious modifications.
3.5.3.7 Fallback issues
In any complex electronic and software system there is the possibility of things going wrong, e.g. byequipment failure, software bugs, human error, lightning, flooding or malicious damage. It is thusimportant to consider fall back technologies and procedures for safety critical components of theSmartHouse. As an example, door locks that depend on the system need a fall back mechanism sothat the inhabitants will still be able to unlock and lock the doors.
3.5.3.8 Outsourcing issues
There is an issue on how to maintain the security of the SmartHouse system when the responsibilityfor support of information processing has been outsourced to another organization. The contractshould at least address the risks, security controls and procedures. Clause 4.3 of ISO/IEC17799 givesexamples of issues that the contract should address.
3.5.4 Security models
3.5.4.1 Introduction
Creating a complex SmartHouse system that is trustworthy and managing it in order to keep ittrustworthy is a non-trivial task. This task depends on security policy enforcement methods which inturn rely on the application of security techniques such as access control, integrity protection etc.Three completely different scenarios or models can be identified for the security of smart housesystems. It is not surprising to see that all of these resemble different forms of enterprises. The threatsand security requirements in a smart house are, however, often weighted differently from those in anenterprise. We denote the three models as:
- The Owner Supported Single SmartHouse System (OSS)
- The Externally Supported Single SmartHouse System (ESS)
- The Externally Supported Multiple SmartHouse Systems (ESM)
3.5.4.2 Owner Supported Single SmartHouse System (OSS)
The first and simplest smart home model consists of an isolated unit with its own ICT system(comprising one or more system units) which is managed entirely by the owner or inhabitant of thehouse. This corresponds roughly with the private use of a computer system with Internet connectionsas seen today. Many of the threats and weaknesses of such a computer system are also to be foundin this architecture.
However, most smart house owners/inhabitants are generally unfamiliar with computer security andwould benefit from the availability of guidance in the form of security checklists. A better approachmight be to use professional support for the security of the smart house system. This leads us to thenext architecture.
CWA 50487:2005 - 94 -
3.5.4.3 Externally Supported Single SmartHouse System (ESS)
The second scenario also involves single smart houses. But instead of letting the owner/inhabitant beresponsible for the ICT structure, and in particular for the security and trustworthiness of it, theresponsibility is outsourced to a professional ICT service provider. This is very similar to the way mostsmall enterprises, too small to possess their own ICT department, are set up. The service provider canensure that appropriate security solutions are selected, correctly installed and maintained. Theadvantage with this scheme is that security and trust, which can be difficult and time-consuming toinstall, maintain and keep up to date, is under the responsibility of professional service providers.
One can, however, go a step further and let the smart house system be held, run and handled by aprofessional service provider. This leads us to the third model.
3.5.4.4 Externally Supported Multiple SmartHouse Systems (ESM)
The third model is where a smart house service provider serves a number of smart houses. These canbe non-localized houses spread out over a large area. But it can also be an apartment house or agroup of townhouses, where all apartments in the house or the townhouses in the area are served bya local service department. One of the major differences between the first two models and this one isthat in the former the communications to and from the house are direct whereas in the latter the ESMcan enforce a security policy to manage each SmartHouse and that the communications are throughthe ESM.
In this scenario, the smart house owner/inhabitants have a similar role as an employer or departmentin a large organisation with a professional ICT department. This would certainly be the mostconvenient and secure solution for most smart house owners and inhabitants. If this architecture werethe most common one, its success would certainly depend on the monthly cost these services wouldcharge. These charges might be counterbalanced if insurance companies reduced the premiums forthose clients adopting these services.
3.5.5 Threat analysis
In a threat analysis one looks at possible damages for the smart house owner/inhabitant caused byactions on the smart house system and its data.
There is a need to protect the smart house system from unauthorized users and from events triggeredby unauthorized systems in and/or outside the SmartHouse. Most threatening is an active (local orremote) intruder who is able to manipulate the smart house system, install a Trojan horse or performservices on behalf of the house owner/inhabitant. A Trojan horse can allow unauthorized users andprocesses access to the data and the system thus violating confidentiality and integrity and potentiallyalso the availability of data and system. A passive intruder who is only able to read data can also be athreat. Data can be sensitive either from a privacy point of view or can indicate if the house is empty.The former can reveal personal data and an example of the latter is that the reading of the heatingsettings can be very informative for a potential burglar. These threats exist for all three models. It isthus important to ensure that only authorized users have access to the smart house system and itsdata and that alien systems cannot easily tap this type of data from the SmartHouse system.
The threats to privacy infringements are larger for the two latter models (ESS and ESM), since inthese not only the inhabitants but also external organisations supporting the smart house system maybe authorized to access the system. These organisations should, however, only be able to maintainthe system they have provided to the SmartHouse(s) and have no access to privacy-criticalinformation. This is a non-technical issue and relies on the trust relationship between the serviceproviders and their customers.
Another threat is that malicious software enters the system. This can for example occur throughcommunication links or by loading an infected software package at home. The most obvious examplesof malicious software is a virus that enters the smart house system. A virus may destroy data andsoftware programs and make the system inoperable.
- 95 - CWA 50487:2005
Denial of service is another threat that makes the system inoperable. For some smart houseinstallations inoperability causes inconveniences and for others it is a real threat. It can for exampledisable alarm systems, which of course can have serious consequences.
It may also be possible that a piece of information is accidentally modified or replayed during thecommunication so that the message is wrongly interpreted. Minor modifications of single bits duringthe transfer may be corrected by standard error correcting code, but real integrity protection during thecommunication requires cryptographic technologies.
There is also the risk that an authorized user makes errors and invokes the wrong service or givesfaulty parameters in a command. Such errors are likely to be of less significance when the inhabitantis at home than when away from home. One way to minimize such errors is to provide the user with adevice with a simple user interface that is easy to use and that performs input validation. Anothercountermeasure is to limit the set of commands that can be invoked when away from home.
There is an issue that a content provider would like to ensure that no illegal copying of content is madeby a smart house owner/inhabitant. This is not a threat to the smart house owner/inhabitant, but ratherto the content provider. Although it is extremely difficult to technically control that no copy of thecontent can be made, it is more important that an illegal copy is not distributed commercially. DigitalRights Management (DRM) may be used to counter this type of threat against the content supplier.The application of these techniques alone is not sufficient to protect the content provider’s intellectual property. It is clear that they should be combined with a contractual agreement between the contentproviders and the consumer of the content, in this case the inhabitant of the smart house.
Failures to a system will most certainly occur. This can either be due to a security breach or due toinstability of system, power failure, lightning, or many other reasons. The effect is that parts or all ofthe data and system is no longer available. There is thus a need for a recovery process, and possiblyfor fall back technology and procedures.
Finally one has to state that for the smart house service provider, as the central focusing point in thethird architecture, a whole set of sophisticated security measures has to be installed. These are similarto many other organisations handling sensitive data and must be operable 24 hours a day seven daysa week. These requirements will not be described in this document.
3.5.6 Security to provide trust
3.5.6.1 Introduction
A SmartHouse owner/inhabitant can build his/her trust in the SmartHouse system with the help of anumber of different devices and procedures. Trust in the system will generally comprise a mixture oftechnical counter measures (such as Firewalls, anti-virus software etc.), procedural measures (suchas application of software upgrades, backup and restore measures, security training and awareness)and miscellaneous measures such as insurance. This includes following guidelines and procedures onfor example how to install, configure, maintain, update or use the system.
Below follows a set of measures, some very important and other less so, that may be installed in asmart house in order to improve the trust in the system.
3.5.6.2 Access control
The previous subsection has identified the unauthorized access to the smart house ICT system and itsservices as the most severe threat. The protection against this threat is a good access controlmechanism. It is good practice that different levels of access rights are given to different persons. Forthe first model (OSS) it is important to distinguish the user when acting as an administrator of thesystem from the same individual acting as a normal user. Several levels of access rights are plausible.Some functions that can be permitted by anyone, whereas others, such as children and visitors maybe given limited access etc.
CWA 50487:2005 - 96 -
Firstly enrolment and registration of authorized users. It is important to manage carefully registeredand authorized users. For example, it is good practice to revoke immediately the access rights ofusers if their pattern changes, e.g. the rights for a visitor to enter the SmartHouse system should berevoked if the visitor leaves earlier than initially planned.
Secondly proper authentication of the user, i.e. the verification of the identity of the user, is anecessary condition for an access control system. Only after the identity of the authorized user hasbeen verified by the system can the correct access rights for the requested resources for that user beprovided. The first step is, however, the requirement to register the authorized users. This is not sodifficult in the first model described above, but for the other two, and in particular for the thirdarchitecture (ESM) it is important that the smart house service providers register the smart houseowner/inhabitants and users correctly.
The whole of section 8 and Annex A of the CEN & ETSI Response is devoted to Registration andAuthentication Services. Depending on the level of security the smart house owner/inhabitants wantand are willing to pay for, it is recommended that an appropriate solution is selected from those listedin that document.
In addition to the physical and logical access control to the SmartHouse building, sensitive devices ofthe SmartHouse system need to be protected. For example, if maintenance is made by an outsider atthe SmartHouse, it is good practice to require an authentication before giving access to the buildingand equipment. Also any remote updates and maintenance require authentication (see also section3.5.3.6).
3.5.6.3 Remote access
Often the inhabitant wants to access the smart house system when away from home. It is thusnecessary to allow access to the system from outside. This requires good authentication mechanismsas described above. It might also be useful to limit the number of operations and parameters that canbe accessed from the outside. Since unintended operations are harder to observe when away fromhome, attention to the user interface on the device used for remote access require special attention inorder to avoid mistakes (see section 2.2.3.13). Clause E.4 of the CEN & ETSI Response provides areference under development.
3.5.6.4 Communications
There are four types of communications in a smart house environment. By cable in the house,wireless in the house and by cable or wireless to and from the house. All of these, perhaps with theexception for data sent by cable within the house, require confidentiality and integrity protection inorder to ensure that only authorised users have access to the data and that unauthorizedmodifications can be detected. The security requirements for communications by means of cablewithin a single house depend on what form of cable is used (see Section 3.3.2.2). Generally one canstate that if the likelihood that communications can be detected outside the home, then there is a needfor confidentiality protection. Furthermore, if an outsider is able to modify or insert data into thesystem, integrity protection might also be required.
The protection of communications is taken care of by confidentiality, integrity and privacy protectionservices. A description of standard technologies ensuring interoperability is found in section 9 andAnnex B of the CEN & ETSI Response. It is important to base such solutions on internationallyaccepted standards in order to ensure the interoperability with the external world.
- 97 - CWA 50487:2005
3.5.6.5 Firewall
A firewall can be used to control ingoing and outgoing network traffic between the smart house systemand the outside world. The main purpose of a firewall is to prevent network hacking attacks from theoutside. System responses to service refusals should be designed to prevent a potential hackerdeducing useful system information such as physical IP addresses. A firewall can also be used tocontrol outgoing traffic. Clause E.2 of the CEN & ETSI Response lists some specifications on howfirewalls can be configured and used. It should be noted that a firewall that is effective against the IPv4protocol-based communications might not be effective for communications based on the emergingIPv6 protocol.
3.5.6.6 Virus protection
To have a virus on a system is everyone’s nightmare. Protection against viruses is not a purelytechnical issue. Much is due to the behaviour of the users of the system. One should therefore follow astrict policy, which for example says to be careful when opening email attachments from unknownsources. Another counter against a virus attack may be obtained by an access control mechanism bydenying access by a party that is not able to correctly authenticate itself.
Technically there are different methods to detect viruses. There is, however, no standard that can beapplied to protect against viruses. New viruses enter the international network every day and there areseveral companies working hard to find protections against them. It can either be entering the systemthrough external communications like attachment in emails, but can also arrive through loading ofinfected software within the system. The suggested approach is to get a virus protection softwarepackage from one of the manufacturers of virus protection tools and make sure it is regularly updated.Clause E.1 of the CEN & ETSI Response references both a management guide and a guide on how toselect anti-virus tools and techniques.
3.5.6.7 Denial of service
There are two kinds of denial of service. One occurs when a genuine user of the system tries toaccess a remote service and this access is denied. In this case the service one is trying to accessmight be overloaded or it has been hit by a denial of service attack. The options for the genuine userare very limited. He or she can try another service or simply wait until the traffic load is reduced or theservice is reset.
The other situation is that the smart house system has received a denial of service attack. There is nocomplete solution against sophisticated attacks, but firewalls may act as a first line of defence againstthe more common forms of network attacks (see 3.5.5.5 above).
3.5.6.8 Auditing
Auditing is a security mechanism that does not perform any protection mechanism but which iscommonly used to control and verify that applied security mechanisms are functioning as intended.Auditing records sensitive security related operations. One has to make a judgement on what securityoperations to record. If all security related operations on the system is recorded then it might bedifficult to control any unintended event among the large amount of data recorded. On the other hand,if only very limited sensitive operations are registered one might perhaps not be able to observe thatsecurity breaches have taken place.
In general one can state that at least those operations that are related with the setting of securityparameters, like registration of users, and all failed authentication attempts ought to be registered.Even the successful authentications are often useful, since one can then determine by whom thesystem was used at a certain time.
3.5.6.9 Recovery
In case of failure of the system, there is a need to be able to restart the system. It is irrelevant if thesystem has broken down due to a security breach or from another type of failure. The mostappropriate method in preparing a recovery is to regularly making back up of the system. How oftenone needs to make back ups depends on how often changes to the system are made.
CWA 50487:2005 - 98 -
3.5.7 Recommendations
3.5.7.1 General recommendations
As stated above, the section on security for smart house systems is mainly in the form of a checklist ofwhat one needs to consider for the system to be as secure as the threats require for it to be trusted.The system should be trusted to provide confidentiality, integrity and availability of the information onthe system, the system itself and the availability of services. Depending on the design of the systemand the environment in which it is installed, there are different threats and thus the requirements forsecurity protections, methods and mechanisms. There are, however, a couple of generalrecommendations that can be made:
- First it is recommended that the Owner Supported Single SmartHouse Model (OSS) be limitedto only the most knowledgeable inhabitant/owners. All others are strongly recommended tomake use of professional external services (ESS or ESM).
- For those who use professional services or support, it is recommended that these provide aclear security policy, including also responsibility and insurance issues.
- For those making use of a professional security service provider (ESM), most securityprotections are at their site, but some additional protections are needed, such as theprotections of the communications between the smart house and that service provider. Thereis also the need to have virus protections at the smart house, since both loading of newsoftware, updating existing software, and the opening of various email attachments take placeat the home. This is also true for updates of software and firmware, where theinhabitants/owners need the assurance that they come from a trusted source.
Routines for making back ups of the system is necessary for recovery, when a security failure or otherreasons for a break down of the system, has occurred
The following security protection services should be available either at the Security Service Provider orlocally at the smart house:
- an access control scheme,
- a firewall,
- auditing.
Communication protections might, in addition to the communications with the outside world, also beneeded at the smart house itself. This is always the case for those smart houses with more than oneunit. For single smart houses it depends on the physical communication environment.
Finally, it is recommended that all the inhabitants/owners of the system are made aware of threats andhow to use the system and services in order to minimize the chances of security breaches andunwanted experiences. Such recommendations are, as stated above, often made freely available inthe native language for unprofessional users by both government and non-government organizations.
3.5.7.2 Checklist
This checklist is intended to assist those responsible for the design of a SmartHouse security system.
Step 1: Estimate the risks, i.e. estimation of the probability of an instance multiplied by thecorresponding cost for the loss of the confidentiality, integrity and availability of data and system.
Step 2: Determine acceptable costs for a reduction of risks. Note, however, that a complete reductioncan never be achieved.
Step 3: Determine which model should be used. This might be an iterative process with Step 4.
- 99 - CWA 50487:2005
Step 4: Determine which security features should be installed. For each security feature one shouldlook at:
- Functionality
- Cost
- Management
For the Owner Supported Single SmartHouse System (OSS) the checklist is completed.
For the Externally Supported Single SmartHouse System (ESS) the management of the security of thesystem is outsourced. The issues to consider for the contract are:
- Which security features should be supported.
- Which security features should be managed by the owner/inhabitant.
- Functionality of the support.
- Responsibility, in particular when a failure of the security occurs.
- Insurance issues
- Cost
For the Externally Supported Multiple SmartHouse Systems (ESM), the security of the system isoutsourced. The issues to consider for the contract are:
- Which security features should be supported.
- Which security features should be managed by the owner/inhabitant
- Functionality and management of each supported feature
- Responsibility, in particular when a failure of a supported security feature occurs.
- Insurance issues
- Cost
CWA 50487:2005 - 100 -
COMPONENTS - Product Development.
3.6 Service and Application development
3.6.1 Introduction
Sections 2.2 –2.3 set the scene for the Code of Practice –The Service Providers and the Consumersand Sections 3.1 –3.5 cover the technical and standardisation requirements that apply to the servicesupply chain. This part of Section 3 covers the product requirements for home based equipment andtheir user interfaces.
As with every section in this Code of Practice each section is interdependent on all the others and nodesign or product development should take place unless the system or product designer understandsthe holistic nature of the SmartHouse and of the Services to it. In particular the designer of productsfor the SmartHouse should take account of the system and architectural requirements on the product– that it should be describable within the “cluster” that it naturally resides and also outside that cluster. If a product is describable and has means of interface and control that are generic, then the serviceprovider and the application designer can utilise any product in or in the service supply chain to theSmartHouse to develop new applications and service using the existing components available.
3.6.2 Recommendations
It is recommended that the Product, Service, System and Application designer observe the holisticnature of the SmartHouse and work towards open solutions that allow all the components of theSmartHouse to be describable and that the descriptive architectures presented (or required) in section3.1 be applied.
3.7 Home Equipment (HE)
Figure 3.7 –The Home Equipment Section in relation to the SmartHouse
3.7.1 Introduction
The vision of the SmartHouse project is a home where consumer products are interconnected todeliver applications and services not possible from stand-alone devices. Connected appliances requirenetwork capabilities to exchange commands and data that are clearly and precisely defined. The goalof defining the communications network and associated messages is to achieve interoperability.Interoperability is the prerequisite for the operation of networked devices in a coordinated manner toprovide new functions and services for users.
- 101 - CWA 50487:2005
Interoperability is particularly challenging because of the wide diversity in Home Equipment. Examplesof such equipment include appliances, lighting fixtures, switches and sensors. These devices aretypically organized into smaller systems to provide a common application such as heating, lighting, orentertainment. The terms "application domain" and "cluster" describe such smaller collections ofrelated equipment and devices.
SmartHouse examines methods for achieving interoperability among devices in the clusters andamong these clusters. Various international, regional, and national standards for interoperability arereferenced and recommended.
The SmartHouse Code of Practice and the referenced standards accommodate Home Equipment andclusters that are developed by a variety of manufacturers. These manufacturers are expected to follow(apply) this Code of Practice because providing interoperable products enables new businessopportunities in the growing home systems and products industry.
Even more important will be this SmartHouse Code of Practice and Home Equipment section for theSmartHouse System Designer. It is him who in the end practically sells these Smart products. He willbe closest to those who will exploit the Smart Home Equipment, networks and related services.
Therefore this section of the SmartHouse Code of Practice guides and assists him in his planning andtowards his clients, i.e. Investors, Service providers, Architects, Contractors, Installers, but also Users,such as Consumers and operators, when preparing for the introduction and installation of electronicSmartHouse Home Equipment (SmartHouse-HE).
Equipment in the home is one of the larger areas for this Code of Practice since, ultimately, it coverseverything to do with any connected electronic appliance and (installed) device within the home.
Each item of equipment has to be described, addressed, communicate and work within whateverappropriate home network is installed. Communications depend on the service requirements of anyparticular device and there will be a mixture of speeds and priorities.
Note: There is a comprehensive set of Usage Case Analyses in C.3.
3.7.2 Scope
The role of the Home Equipment Section in this Code of practice is to support interoperability ofheterogeneous devices in the home. The rationale behind it is to enable a spirit of cooperation in thecreation of new smart house services and applications and consequently new business opportunities.
The Home Equipment Section also highlights the benefits of the SmartHouse technologies inachieving advanced applications and/or services, increasing the user friendliness, and bringing remoteservices into all application fields, taking into account the need of evolution of the services provided ina home in time.
Scope of the Home Equipment section is to:
a)Identify equipment & business groupings (Clusters) covered in this work group and theapplications/services covered
b) Identify current standards for the groupings identified above
c) Review current standards, identify any gaps and provide recommendations for futurework to fill the gaps
d) Liase with the ‘NTE and Gateways’ and ‘Home Networks and Media’ in particular, but with all the other sections
CWA 50487:2005 - 102 -
3.7.3 Methodology
The following Methodology will be applied to achieve the Scope.
a) Describe Usage Cases, as seen from the end user perspective, to present possibleexamples of use of the various Home Equipment
b) Summarize functional requirements in functionality sets to be provided by theSmartHouse
c) Analyse available and standards under development to verify if the functionalrequirements (point b) are covered
d) If any gap is detected between the functional requirements and the standardization work,the gap will be highlighted for further work, outside the remit of SmartHouse.
3.7.4 Usage cases
3.7.4.1 Usage cases introduction
Equipment in the home is becoming increasingly more complex and this complexity is being resolvedby intelligence. This intelligence is mainly in the form of computing devices and these(microprocessors) can be found in anything from the TV to the refrigerator to the toaster. The result ofsuch “intelligent devices” in the home is that they are potentially able to communicate. This in turn is the prerequisite for the large gamut of upcoming services which may now be offered to the dwellers:they can from now on live in a SmartHouse environment.
The fact of this intelligence is both an opportunity and a threat. It brings benefits to the SmartHousebecause the equipment can collaborate and work together in many ways that will help the consumer. Italso brings complexity in that there will be a growing number of sub-systems that will interact with oneanother and the confusion that can result if this complexity is not understood.
Home Equipment varies in its level of intelligence and the demands that it makes on other resources,therefore, the requirements of Home Entertainment equipment is greatly different to that of whitegoods but they may need to collaborate in delivering certain services such as energy management.The fact that equipment may be managed remotely is an opportunity for a Service Provider and abenefit for the user.
This section faces the issues of increased complexity and aims to explain how this can be handled byclassifying equipment into clusters of equipment belonging to an appropriate collection or applicationdomain. Such clustering should reflect existing market structures and business preferences both atservice industry, at Home Equipment manufactures and at the professionally trained SystemDesigners. Only when these market driven elements fit together will the Home Equipment suit, i.e.enable delivery and usage of the client’s bouquet of services. To find such a market related partitioning, it seems natural to follow the example at relevant open Home Equipment Fairs andConventions. The following subdivision for theSmartHouse systems’ design uses such a result:
Consumer electronics (CE): A world of information and entertainment without limits — permitting theclient to enjoy external services, which are providing content for home audio and video entertainment,information communication and e-mailing via Internet, which are using cost efficient interactivedigitalized terrestrial, satellite and cable broadband links, wired or wireless home networks, whichpermit transmission of sound (voice and audio) and video images, which enable the provision ofdifferent available e-Commerce and e-Government services as well as information of different kind toevery part of the home and/or to the SmartHouse extensions, such as garden and car.
Communications: The home is anywhere one wants it to be — contact the home data on the move,work at home, call up services or offers on the Internet: The latest in modern communications makes itall possible.
- 103 - CWA 50487:2005
Domestic appliances: The comfort of the modern home — easy programmable washing machines,remotely monitored dishwashers, appliances which are both more reliable and more cost efficient.
Home automation: Get the expected consumer services, save money with ease and feel secure —using convenient light and shading concepts with e.g. automatic lights off, ensuring proper energymanagement, also by capitalizing on the utilities remote meter reading and tariff control, meeting legalenergy performance requirements by extending the potential of heating, ventilation and air-conditioning control, integrating safety and increase its potential in case of e.g. reduced mobility,ensuring security features such as controlled accessibility, the networked home offers users all kindsof ways for enhanced comfort and safety and to save energy.
Security systems: Security at home and while one is away — remote-controlled video monitoringsystems, capitalizing e.g. on cost efficient [web] cameras of door communication systems for outdoorand indoor surveillance and networked alarm systems, capitalizing on Home Automation components,help minimize the risk of intrusion.
Telematics: Assisting the [remote] maintenance of household equipment, the car, medical assistanceto the dwellers and information — enjoy tele-maintenance, telemedicine and tele-care services toassist the client and in particularly elderly and less mobile, enabling a long independent life in thecomfort of the normal home.
3.7.4.2 Usage case methodology
Having classified all devices into Clusters of Equipment, it is now important to present the relationshipof devices within each Cluster and among Clusters. To this end a usage case description format ischosen which in its systematic and uniform way will be assist the SmartHouse System Designer in hisplanning and inform his clients, i.e. Investors, Service providers, Architects, Contractors, Installers,(but also Users, such as Consumers and operators), when preparing for the introduction andinstallation of electronic SmartHouse Home Equipment (SmartHouse-HE).
Only such a uniform approach will generate the necessary transparency to enable
- starting the SmartHouse with any HE cluster or part thereof, which results from the [potential]SmartHouse user’s initial interest in [a] specific SmartHouse service and related application(s) and their functions, i.e. the pivot service[s] and application[s],
- possible extension(s) of such an initial design at any later stage by subsequent addition ofmore parts, additional clusters and even SmartHouse system designs which are under theresponsibility of other trades
- broad generation of synergies, an important element to convince any party concerned aboutthe cost effectiveness of the SmartHouse technology.
To achieve this objective, each typical Usage case presentation:
- is based on an [implicit but open ended] collection of related but manufacturer independentSmartHouse applications and functions, which are listed in a table - The Cluster Usage Case:Applications and Functions Table
- has a Cluster Communication Matrix to assist the designer to widen the System designprocess of a specific installation and establish the necessary Interoperability considerations forthe proper deployment of the selected technology. Moreover this matrix will enable the client tocheck the proper operation of his system(s).
NOTE See below for instructions on how to read and fill in such a Usage case.
CWA 50487:2005 - 104 -
Figure 3.7.1 –Description of Communication matrix
Figure 3.7.2 –Example Communication matrix
- It consists of the Object description set(s), preferably in an Excel tabular form of the relevanttrade and cluster of the Home equipment concerned. The Cluster Usage Case Objects Table
- These Cluster Object Case forms constitute the System Designer’s Case tool. By completing such Object matrices and tables for the specific System Design Case he is able to
- identify all necessary devices and related software applications according to requiredfunctions
- obtain the total count of all related equipment (Bill of materials)
- quantify the required System Design time for e.g. drafting the required deployment planson the basis of agreed planning and installation methods and their appropriate graphicalpresentation with standardised symbols and carrying out the necessary installation andcommissioning.
- 105 - CWA 50487:2005
As the usage cases are (necessarily) typified it will be easy for any system designer to re-employand/or re-arrange such collections of Applications (and their functions), e.g. when enhancing featuresor when geographically extending a given system design or when adapting such a collection for adesign according to another client’s needs.
Usage cases can in principle be presented both in relation to a trade (e.g. lighting, heating, electricalenergy distribution, Consumer Electronics, information and communication networks) and/or in relationto a location (e.g. [integrated] room management in a SmartHouse environment). Both are necessaryas the former helps in the preparation of the necessary building bricks and the latter shows how togenerate the expected synergies.
3.7.5 SmartHouse Home Equipment Usage case clusters
In order
- to address the increased complexity and aims of the SmartHouse Home Equipmentenvironment
- to encourage the different trades [potentially] involved with the SmartHouse
- to explain to the [overall] SmartHouse System Designer how he can plan to integrate suchclusters into one specific SmartHouse
It is only appropriate to subdivide this vast area of possible SmartHouse applications by classifyingequipment into clusters of equipment in the same domain. Such clustering should reflect existingmarket structures and business preferences both at service industry, at Home Equipmentmanufactures, at the professionally trained System Designers and last but not least the trade relationof the subsequently required contractors and installers. Only when these market driven elements fittogether will the Home Equipment suit, i.e. enable the delivery and usage of the client’s bouquet of services. To properly reflect these markets, it is only natural to follow the examples at relevant openHome Equipment Fairs and Conventions.
Hence these typical SmartHouse-Home Equipment Usage Cases are arranged into the following 6groups of clusters in subsequent chapters and described in accordance with the principles above:
For the sake of brevity, only two Clusters are detailed in the following: in line with the CENELECTC205 scope, a typical Home Automation (HBES) Cluster “Lighting Control” and the “Household Appliances” Cluster. The remaining Clusters are grouped and fully detailed in the C.4.
3.7.6 Home Automation Usage cases: example lighting control
Home Automation is achieved by proper deployment of HBES technology. HBES, i.e. in full “Home and Building Electronic Systems”, as standardized by CENELEC TC205 defines the set ofrequirements for controlling and automating SmartHouse processes according to users needs. Such aradically decentralized and distributed approach makes use of these so-called BUS networks.
CWA 50487:2005 - 106 -
Such BUS Networks do not only provide a powerful standardized intercommunication at runtimebetween the devices’ [process or “Functional Block”] objects but also an enhanced set of services and mechanisms for network management, i.e. network configuration and commissioning.
As visible from the different HE-HBES Usage Cases this free Bus communication among all thenetworked devices helps to generate synergies by exploiting the available tight interaction betweenthe distributed application functions, i.e. the expected Usage application. Moreover more applicationsbecome possible by just adding only one or few devices or often by merely updating a device’s application software. Powerful interworking models with their standardized data-point types and these“Functional Block” objects, support the System Design.
3.7.6.1 Lighting control usage case: Application(s) and functions
Applicationsmanual (Pushbutton) switching
On - Off command one to n switches at different places
and/or Start - Stop Dimmingcommand
push button for up and down dimming; servesnormally also for On - Off
(IR, RF) remotecontrol
Light scene(s) control push button activates the controller(s) pre-programmed light scenes; possibleinteraction with shutter(s)
Motion detection [temporary] On command normally directly combined with timing functionLight channel(s) lighting load switching or
dimminglight channel(s) being switched on and off and/ordimmed up or down by actuator; a channelconnects either directly to a lamp [and/or itstransformer] or via a controllable socket
timer delayed switch-Off timing function normally incorporated in Lightchannel actuator
User Information Display LED [or more sophisticated display] to signal "Light-On" status at specific place(s)
Presencesimulation
automatic Light On - Off, DimValue
automatic On – Off / Dim Value according Presence Simulator memory
brightness control light level sensing sensing (selected) illumination levelillumination level control interworks with dimming actuator;, and possibly
interaction with shutter(s)boolean functions controlling interaction between
different input signalsinteraction between automatic and manual(override) signals; can be incorporated in actuators;particular important for a Central – Off / Presence simulation
Functions
- 107 - CWA 50487:2005
3.7.6.2 Lighting control usage case: Communication matrix
3.7.6.3 Lighting control usage case objects
foreseen applications and functionsmanual (Push button)switching
On - Off command
and/or Start - Stop Dimmingcommand
(IR, RF) remote control Light scene(s) control;possible interaction withshutter(s)
Timer delayed switch-OffUser Information DisplayPresence simulation On – Off / Dim
according PresenceSimulator memory
brightness control light level sensingillumination level control;possible interaction withshutter(s)
Boolean functions controlling interactionbetween different inputsignalsand Central-Off /Presence simulation
corr
idor
nigh
tcor
ridor
attic
SmartHouse Rooms and associated areasone story appartment / multistory house (select as appropriate)
dist
ribu
tion
pane
ls
porc
h/e
ntra
nce
stai
rcas
e
bath
room
child
ren
1
gard
en
For the specific design, complete thisLighting Control matrix by marking roomsand areas as appropriate plus amount ofapplications & functions (==> devices)The Excel sheet permits to immediatelycalculate required equipment totals andrelated design, installation andcommissioning time
child
ren
2
cella
r1
cella
r2
tera
sse
/ba
lcon
y
stor
age
slee
ping
livin
g
kitc
hen
CWA 50487:2005 - 108 -
3.7.7 SmartHouse household appliances usage case
This cluster relates to the SmartHouse deployment of smart, net-workable Household Appliances suchas oven and hobs, dishwashers, washing machines, fridges, deep freezers, water heaters but alsofuture smaller smart devices such as coffee makers.
Concerning commissioning of SmartHousehold appliances
It is understandable that the user and consumer does not see or even not accept that the process ofconnecting and putting into operation of his SmartHousehold Appliance should necessarily require aprofessional Installer. Hence, except for the appliances and systems for which the customer should betrained in using them (e.g. alarm systems, etc..), the SmartHouse CoP Installation Section will notcover the Household Appliances’ Putting-into-service .
Normally the user expects nothing more than to plug the appliance into an electrical socket and tohave it work. Although the appliance usage guide or leaflet must instruct for specific equipment suchas oven and hobs how to connect them to electrical mains – required for safety reasons and(exceptionally for an electrician) how to connect, where required, household appliances to water andsewage pipes (normally requiring a plumber for anything else) the user expects that the SmartHouseenvironment to find and enrol these Smart appliances automatically. I.e. there must be Plug-and-Playprovisions for starting basic operation. Instructions on setting operational parameters shall be amplygiven in the accompanying instructions for use.
In order to have SmartHousehold Appliances work such a way, their SmartHouse Design Usage isequally required for their proper linking into the SmartHouse environment. But it must stay practicallyinvisible to the end user and must therefore take place before at the appliances manufacturer. It’s the latter that must then provide only the rest such relating to some parameter setting and operation.
3.7.7.1 SmartHouse usage case household appliances: Applications and functions
Applications
Requirements in the house:- In-house network availability- A gateway to the remote service point is needed- Status information, directly from Householdappliance, if applicable, or from an informationrelay (a Smart Adapter, for instance)Requirements in the house:- In-house network availability- A gateway to the remote service point is neededStatus information, directly from Householdappliance, if applicable, or from an informationrelay (a Smart Adapter, for instance)
FunctionsCommon UserInterface
User interaction with thehousehold appliances..
Monitoring of all connected household appliancesLocal control of appliance
Remote control Household appliances areremotely controlled
RemoteMaintenance
Regular maintenanceprogram, and problem solutionare carried out remotely atfirst and, only if needed, atechnician is sent to the house
- 109 - CWA 50487:2005
3.7.7.2 SmartHouse usage case household appliances: Communication matrix
3.7.7.3 SmartHouse-household appliances usage case objectsH
ome
Ser
ver
frid
ge
deep
-fre
ezer
oven
&ho
bs
stor
age
wat
erhe
ater
accu
mul
atio
nhe
ater
was
hing
mac
hine
dish
was
her
ironi
ngm
achi
ne
smoo
thin
giron
fan
heat
ing
devi
ce
hair
drye
r(s)
coffee
mak
er
Applications Functions
Common User interface
Remote ControlRemote MonitoringHome Server Load Management
For Specific Design complete this HouseholdAppliances Usage matrix by marking selectedappliances and linked applications andfunctions, as appropriate.Placement of an appliance is in principleirrelevant to any Smart operation;However for the Home owner / users sakethere should be an indication of theirlocalizationExcel sheet permits user to calculate Design,installation and commissioning totals
Identification of 'participating' electrical Household appliances
Indication of localization
fixed (socket) connected appliances mobile appliances
3.7.8 Business requirements
In this sector there is fierce competiton between manufacturers. In many cases the business case,and therefore the will to utilise systems that collaborate in services to their equipment, is counterintuitive. This CoP is concerned with bringing understanding as well as technical knowledge into themarket. Therefore it is appropriate that in this sector in particular the business requirements should bediscussed. The following observations can be made on business as it is practiced:
- Home Equipments are often categorised. For instance a washing machine would becategorised as a white goods appliance or possibly more generally as a household appliance.A TV would be categorised as a consumer electronics device or maybe as a Digital MediaPlayer. Or an intrusion detector would be categorised as a security device.
CWA 50487:2005 - 110 -
- Manufacturers of devices belonging to a given category are in general competitors. They willoften agree on things to foster competition (e. g. white goods manufacturers have agreed onan energy level consumption level A, B, C). They therefore agree on some code of practice forthe item they have agreed upon.
- Manufacturers of devices belonging to a given category often share the same culture andsometimes the same concerns concerning their industry. They are involved in the same valuechain. Actors of these value chains participate to common initiatives e.g. within an association.For instance, consumer electronics manufacturers have created the DVB-MHP and DLNAinitiatives. Likewise, actors in the home and building are involved in the Konnex association.The way those initiatives are launched are typical of the industry ecosystem to which themanufacturers of a given category belong. As a consequence there might becompeting/parallel/redundant initiatives (e.g. a manufacturer could participate to severalinitiatives with overlapping objectives).
- Manufacturers of devices belonging to different categories often have very different culturesand industry concerns. Their value chains are different. For instance the life cycle in theconsumer electronics industry could be several months (e.g. a mobile phone) versus severalyears in the case of household appliances (e.g. a boiler).
The following analysis can be made on interworking needs:
- Devices within a given category will have more specialised interworking requirements, e.g. aspecialised remote diagnosis capability, a specialised control capability and so forth.
- Manufacturers of devices within the same category are likely to prefer that competition is alsopossible at the interworking capability level, meaning that some interworking capabilities mightbe richer from one manufacturer to another for the same type of device. For instance HDTV Acould provide more recording capability than HDTV B. This means that different interworkingprofiles might be needed.
- In some categories, upward compatibility requirements could be more stringent preciselybecause of the device life cycle. Devices are put in the market in 10 years might still have tointerwork with devices manufactured today.
- Devices belonging to different categories will have more general interworking requirements
- From an application perspective. For instance clock information could be at the generallevel. Or an intrusion detector could provide only limited information capability toapplication controllers which are not part of their category.
- From a business liability/guarantee perspective. Devices are guaranteed by theirmanufacturers. A "wild" interworking approach where a device from any category canaccess all interworking capabilities of a device of another category would likely be a recipefor disaster. Cascaded failures (e.g. device A interworks in an improper way with device Bprovoking the failure of B) would ruin the reputation of a brand. Further their could also bepolicy/regulation requirements which are only enforced on one category (e.g. someinterworking capabilities could be forbidden for security devices).
- Different categories could need very similar devices. There are a number of devices ofcommon interest such as a user interface (PDA, TV display, mobile phone), or a gateway, or aclock.
- Devices of different categories could need transversal applications for instance energymanagement application capabilities.
- 111 - CWA 50487:2005
3.7.8.1 Resulting business requirements
In order to identify business requirements, we now use the term cluster to identify the following couple:
- an application domain to which a device belongs
- an interworking initiative typically represented by an organisation representing stakeholders ofthe application domain
The following business requirements are therefore defined:
Business Level DutiesB.1 Top Level Neutral
Organization . A top levelneutral (with respect to otherclusters?) organisation isrequired to co-ordinate thework on interworkingspecification provided bydifferent clusters
Top Level Neutral Organization. The top levelneutral organization should provide (i) a code ofpractice, (ii) It should allow negotiations betweendifferent clusters, (iii) It specifies and maintains thespecification for devices of common interest, (iv) Itcoordinates the specification promoted by clusterswith a transversal scope (e.g. an energymanagement initiative to save energy in Europecould become an interworking specificationrequirement to all other clusters), (v) It should allowthe dynamic creation of new clusters and a smoothintegration of the interworking specification providedby those clusters
B.2 Cluster Level Organization. Acluster organizationrepresenting the interest ofstakeholders of an applicationarea is required to co-ordinatethe work on interworkingspecification in the associatedapplication domain.
Cluster Level Organization. The Cluster Levelorganization should (i) It specifies the intra-clusterinterworking specification (the part that isspecialized) (ii) It specifies the inter-clusterinterworking specification (the part that is general)in coordination with the top level organization (iii) Itspecifies interworking policies, such as interworkingrights, interworking profiles (mandatory versusproprietary), compatibility of interworking versions(iv) It specifies and enforces its value chainregulation requirements (certification, marking)
3.7.9 Relevant standards, developing standards and specifications
Compliance of Home Equipment to agreed, preferably, European Standards or at least drafts, in caseof default, to internationally accepted Specifications or, sometimes even to some major industry de-facto standards, are not only essential due to legal constraints in Europe in safety matters (e.g. LowVoltage Directive, EMC Directive) but also to come close to interoperability of processes and objects inHome Equipment with other processes within SmartHouse equipment and/or remote services.
To guarantee true interoperability, certification systems are a prerequisite: they assess and ascertaincompliance to the necessary extent of given equipment usage profiles.
Unfortunately such extensive interoperability certification is not [yet] current practice of the day-to-daydeployment of Home Equipment. It is therefore up to the skill of the SmartHouse System Designer toproperly select a SmartHouse’s equipment according his client’s needs and applicable standards. During the design process, during which the different functions are to be detailed, compliancestatements are to be prepared as an important ingredient to assist ultimate Usage case.
CWA 50487:2005 - 112 -
3.8 User Interfaces & A/V
Figure 3.8 –The UI Section in relation to the SmartHouse
3.8.1 Introduction
This section of the Code of Practice concerns the interface between the user (consumer, installer andmaintainer) and the applications and services that the consumer uses in the SmartHouse.
The applications and services range from energy management and home control to servicesdelivering Audio Visual entertainment and information.
User Interfaces range from the ubiquitous television and its hand-held controller to sophisticated handheld and mobile devices. It covers interfaces that incorporate keypads as well as those using touchscreens and also extends to interfaces that are voice controlled.
This section will therefore discuss future developments including interfaces using interactive speechand voice recognition methodologies as well as systems for both sight and / or hearing impairedpeople.
The system designer needs to understand the requirements of both the user and the user interfacesthat are needed to access the equipment, services and applications in the SmartHouse.
This Section sets out a number of general requirements for User Interfaces (UIs):
- Any UI shall be simple to use and navigation to obtain various functions must be intuitive, clearand unambiguous. <difficult to make mistakes>
- The functions, symbols and navigation for any application shall follow broadly similar rules tothose of any other application.
- Applications shall be usable by any of the identified User Interface devices and for anyapplication the functions, symbols (icons) and methods of navigation should be similar acrossthe range of UI devices in Europe.
- Any combination of UI and application should be usable for all people, including those who areyoung, have reading difficulties, are aged, disadvantaged and disabled.
- Functions are organised and associated according to their nature and the way to use them
- Users should not need to see the technical product complexity
- 113 - CWA 50487:2005
- Applications should provide information to the user interface to allow some aggregation, forexample, avoiding the user from having to provide the same information separately for severalapplications.
It is a very strong recommendation of this section that unless User Interfaces are intuitive and theintentions of the service and consumer are made understandable to one another, the value of anyservice or application in the SmartHouse will be degraded.
3.8.2 Scope
This section seeks to provide guidelines on what a User Interface must provide the user in terms of abasic set of functions and suggestions as to rules of how they may be carried out. The section will alsorequire that the applications that support any user interface are capable of interoperability.
The scope of this section covers any User Interface to any system, equipment, application or servicethat is controlled in any way by the User (consumer, installer and manager) of the SmartHouse.
As such, interfaces are included from the simplest intelligent switch to any visual or audio visualinterface that may be static in the home (such as a TV and controller or desk top PC). It will alsoinclude mobile interfaces (such as a PDA, WebPad, Notebook PC, Mobile or cordless phone, or clevercontroller).
The scope of this section includes reference to User Interfaces that may be used remotely fromoutside of the home (such as a mobile phone or a remote PC), where it should be noted are issues offunctional safety and security.
The section covers User Interfaces for the whole demographic range of users and therefore includespeople from all walks of life, all age groups and those with disabilities. There are major issues ofAccessibility that focus on the usability of the User Interface by elderly and disabled people.
This section does not require a fixed “look or feel” to any interface; this ensures that manufacturers and service providers may differentiate their product from that of their competitors. However, it doesseek to ensure that the underlying application set will allow multiple services to utilise the differentiatedinterface of any service provider and that they all meet basic quality of performance requirements. Inthe European context the may well be a requirement for language independence. The demands ofAccessibility are such that excessive differentiation of User Interface implementation may be limited.
This document aims to demonstrate best practice for UIs in the SmartHouse so that anyone working inthe field has a clear set of guidelines in designing UIs. It also aims to set a minimum set ofrequirements specifications for UIs such that any Citizen can use UIs wherever these may be found
3.8.3 Issues
In the SmartHouse of the future there will be many different types of user interface that many differentpeople will need to use. It is important that the user interfaces of the SmartHouse have the capabilityof interoperability one with another and that this is supported by home services and applications,equipment in the home and the UIs themselves.
User Interfaces must be easy to use and intuitive (in many cases to the lowest common denominator).For any basic application such as heating or lighting control and for the basic operation (on-off) ofmore complex applications such as A/V systems, the UI must be operable by those who have little orno familiarity with the SmartHouse and its systems.
The current status of available UIs is that there are a great many UIs available for applications in thehome yet there is only a small perceived degree of commonality of approach. It is therefore essentialto agree what constitutes best practice without becoming unduly design restrictive.
CWA 50487:2005 - 114 -
Most current UIs tend to be combinations of hand held devices or controllers linked to displays suchas TVs. PDAs, Mobile Phones and other mobile devices. These devices have in general not made theconnection with controlling equipment, A/V devices and home systems, but in the researchenvironment this is happening12 .
In addition to adapting existing devices to provide user interfaces we need to think about voiceactivated UIs and ones that can provide a context dependent and intelligent (verbal) response to input.We need to consider vision only devices and those that only require touch.
Adaptation of information to the UI is a pressing issue. There are many Services, Applications andAppliances that need to output information and there are many devices that may be required to displaythe information. The characteristics of both the output information and the UIs display significantvariability. There is work going on that is looking at interoperability between devices, there needs to besimilar work that solves the problem of multiple and very different information sources and sinkscommunicating with the user through many different User Interfaces
Applications should provide information to the user interface to allow some aggregation, for example,preventing the user from having to provide the same information separately for several applications.
General Issues (that need expansion)
3.8.3.1 Usability13
Usability addresses the relationship between tools and their users. In order for a tool to be effective, itmust allow intended users to accomplish their tasks in the best way possible. Usability depends on anumber of factors including:
- how well the functionality fits user needs,
- how well the flow through the application fits user tasks,
- and how well the response of the application fits user expectations.
Learning design principles and design guidelines are not enough, a highly-usable system can becreate only through a process that involves getting information from people who actually use thesystem. Usability is the quality of a system that makes it easy to learn, easy to use, easy to remember,error tolerant, and subjectively pleasing.
From the user's perspective usability is important because it can make the difference betweenperforming a task accurately and completely or not, and enjoying the process or being frustrated.From the developer's perspective usability is important because it can mean the difference betweenthe success or failure of a system.
The preferred method for ensuring usability is to test actual users on a working system. Achieving ahigh level of usability requires focusing design efforts on the intended end-user of the system.
A UI property which enables usability through intuitive navigation is affordance
An affordance is a situation where an object's sensory characteristics intuitively imply itsfunctionality and use.
A button, by being slightly raised above an otherwise flat surface, suggests the idea of pushingit. A lever, by being an appropriate size for grasping, suggests pulling it. A blinking red lightand buzzer suggests a problem and demands attention. A chair, by its size, its curvature, itsbalance, and its position, suggests sitting on it.
Affordance is also a desirable property of a user interface –a device which naturally leadspeople to take the correct steps to accomplish their goals.
3.8.3.2 Design for All and e-accessibility
One of the objectives of the eEurope action plan is the integration of older people and people withdisabilities into the information society. This will only come about as a result of designing mainstreamproducts and services to be accessible by as broad a range of users as possible. This approach istermed "Design for All".
Although the phrase Design for All sometimes covers a wide range of products, the work undereEurope and the e-Accessibility initiative focus mainly on information society products and services. Inthis context, e-Accessibility encourages:
- Design of information society technology, products, services and applications, which aredemonstrably suitable for most of the potential users without any modification.
- Design of products, which are easily adaptable to different users (i.e. by incorporatingadaptable or customisable user interfaces).
- Design of products which have standardised interfaces, capable of being accessed byspecialised user interaction devices
In the scope of Design for All and standardisation is the development of the CEN/CENELEC Guide 614
, kind of meta-standard for considering accessibility issues when designing new standards. This is adirect transcription of ISO/IEC 71.
The e-Accessibility Expert Group, produced - in relation with the European Commission services - afinal report for the point related to Review of Design for All Standards15 , in the framework of theeEurope 2002 Action Plan. This report gives an overview of the situation in Europe with somecomparison with some advanced third countries and with the international standardisation bodies
UI properties corresponding to the Design for All philosophy is redundant modality
Redundant modality refers to using more than one way to represent, display, and enter data, such as:
- using both a beep and a menu bar flash to notify a user of an error
- using text to label images redundantly
- allowing a user to issue commands by typing or selecting something with a pointer
Redundancy provides flexibility for different user preferences, system configurations, or user abilities.
- Individual differences: multi channel UI access/output
Rather than trying to design for "the average user", it is often better to understand how people vary todesign acceptably for a broad audience. This may even mean designing separate user interfaces fordifferent user populations, such as when extremely simplified drawing programs are made for youngchildren versus sophisticated versions designed for graphic design professionals.
Some of the main categories of variations that are of interest to designers are:
- user experience level - how well users know their subject domain, computing skills, internetskills, ...
- user preferences - users will choose settings according to their own tastes and work practices,or even their habits in using existing interfaces
- market segment - such as age, gender, education, occupation, hobby, and income level
- variation in ability - users often have relevant physical or cognitive limitations; for instance,near-sightedness and color blindness are extremely common, and these can usually be easilyaddressed when a designer is aware of the issues
3.8.3.3 Disability access - for people with disabilities
An adapted access refers to the use of accessibility aids for the disabled with the specific goal ofenabling them to effectively use the devices.
These accessibility aids assistive technology; tools to help people with disabilities to use computersand other devices more effectively. Some general categories of disabilities, and some common aidsinclude:
- motor impairments - Sticky Keys and Slow Keys, hardware devices such as head-mountedinput devices and eye-tracking systems
- visual impairments - screen enlargement utilities, tactile and auditory output and text-to-speechsystems.
3.8.3.4 Creative flexibility - Allowing flexibility for the creators of applications
One of the issues that delivering Accessibility raises is that of restricting the options available fordesigners of UIs, websites and other display interfaces in their freedom to create designs thatdifferentiate their interfaces from those of competitors. Accessibility requirements may have the effectof limiting creative expression and this is something that both regulators and designers of interfacesshould be aware of.
3.8.3.5 Navigation - that is intuitive and simple has a high priority
Where ever interfaces have more than one level of navigation (that is where one display leads toanother when the user interacts with the first display), the way in which this is accomplished should bevery easy to understand. It must always be simple to return to the first display (often “Home”), it should be easy to follow the interface to where the required information or action is located. There should besimple ways of reversing or backing out of particular displays.
3.8.3.6 Safety
There should be systems checking for safety with fail safe guidelines. Fail safe: a property of a deviceor system that inherently prevents certain failure modes or errors. An example is the inability to startyour car when it isn't in 'park'.
While this is not specifically a UI concern, as soon as the UI device has the propensity for roaming andremote control where line of sight to equipment being controlled is no longer guaranteed, there shouldbe some form of interaction to ensure control of the is only allowed under specific conditions.
Warnings and alerts need attention.
Side effects should also be check on. Side effects can be actions that occur as the result of a useraction which do not seem to the user to be related to the primary goal of the action.
Side effects should be avoided. They cause particular problems for novice users and disabled userswho may have difficulty detecting or correcting certain types of side effects.
- 117 - CWA 50487:2005
3.8.4 Services and their requirements
There is a requirement on services and applications that they provide User Interfaces that areconsistent with the experiences of users. This means that they need to have the capability to map onto the UIs with which the users are familiar whilst at the same time ensuring that no functionality is lostand the user is able to interact with the service or applications in the intended way. Such adaptabilityis likely to be technically challenging but is at the heart of ensuring that the services are usable by allusers including those with limited experience of the systems.
3.8.5 Services and applications
Drawn from the Service Providers section there is a range of Services and Applications that have thefollowing generalised requirements for their User Interface
Table 3.8.1–Applications and Services with UI Requirements
Application orService
Applicable Device
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.Allows for limits to be placed on energy consumption atcertain times / circumstances
Readable and controllable by users to allow manualmanagement if required / necessary
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.
Provide feedback to vulnerable users/ carers in theevent of system failure or emergencies e.ghypothermia alarms, flood warnings
Allows personalisation by those who want and havecompetence to adjust the systems to their needs
Allows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of children from accessing equipment
Readable and controllable by users to allow manualmanagement if required / necessary
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.
Provide feedback to vulnerable users/ carers in theevent of system failure or emergencies e.g doors orwindows unlocked, intruder detected
Allows personalisation by those who want and havecompetence to adjust the systems to their needs
Automatic call into the security company and/or police Allows remote checking for peace of mind when absent
Readable and controllable by users to allow manualmanagement if required / necessary
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.
Provide feedback to vulnerable users / carers in theevent of system failure or emergencies e.g falls, lack ofactivity
Allows personalisation by those who want and havecompetence to adjust the systems to their needs
Automatic call into the security company and/or carers Allows remote checking for peace of mind when absent
Readable and controllable by users to allow manualmanagement if required / necessary
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.
Provide feedback to vulnerable users / carers in theevent of system failure or emergencies e.g boiler fialure
Allows personalisation by those who want and havecompetence to adjust the systems to their needs
Automatic call into the maintenance company and/orcarers
Allows remote checking for peace of mind when absent
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.Allows personalisation by those who want and havecompetence to adjust the systems to their needsAllows remote checking for peace of mind when absent
Readable and controllable by users to allowmanagement if required / necessary
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.
Provide feedback to vulnerable users / carers in theevent of system failure or emergencies e.g high / lowblood pressure
Allows personalisation by those who want and havecompetence to adjust the systems to their needs
Automatic call into the medical / health system and/orcarers
Allows remote checking for peace of mind when absent
Readable and controllable by users to allowmanagement if required / necessary
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.
Provide feedback to vulnerable users / carers in theevent of system failure or emergencies
Allows remote checking for peace of mind when absent
Automatic call into the medical / health system and/orcarers
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needsAllows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of children from accessing equipment
Essential Requirements Optional Requirements
Automatic MeterReadingEnergy Management
Readable by users to allow manual management ifrequired / necessary
Home Control
Security (intruderdetection)
Safety (Sensing)
Maintenance (ofsystems andequipment)
Remote Diagnostics Readable and controllable by users to allowmanagement if required / necessary
Medical Monitoring
Community Careand Security
Digital TV & Video Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
CWA 50487:2005 - 118 -
Table 3.8.1–Applications and Services with UI Requirements (continued)
Application orService
Applicable DeviceReadable and controllable by users to allowmanagement if required / necessaryProvide feedback to vulnerable users / carers in theevent of system failure or emergenciesAutomatic call into the medical / health system and/orcarers
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needsAllows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of children from accessing equipmentAllows setting of goals and checks against them forpersonal fitness regimesAllows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needsAllows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of children from accessing equipment
Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needs
Full assurances of financial security at all time Allows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of children from accessing equipment
Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needs
Full assurances of financial security at all time Allows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of children from accessing equipmentAllows for the possibility of integrating services such asmenu planning with food ordering, publications thatcomplement a holiday booking etcAllows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needsAllows for the possibility of integrating services such aspublications the complement a course of study
Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic levelAllows for a hierarchy of users and a degree of privacyto ensure that appropriate material is available only toauthorised usersReadable and controllable by users to allow manualmanagement if required / necessary
Outputs available to allow monitoring by users on aregular basis.
Provide feedback to vulnerable users/ carers in theevent of system failure or emergencies e.g doors orwindows unlocked, intruder detected
Allows personalisation by those who want and havecompetence to adjust the systems to their needs
Automatic call into the security company and/or police Allows remote checking for peace of mind when absent
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needsAllows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of children from accessing equipment
Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needs
Allows for a hierarchy of users and a degree of privacyto ensure that appropriate material is available only toauthorised users
Allows for limits / restrictions to be placed on homesystems at certain times / circumstances e.g.prevention of non-authorised users gaining access toconfidential data.
Health – Medical Care
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needs
Home Shopping
Learning &Education
Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
Health & Well Being Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
On-line Music Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
Home Working
Essential Requirements Optional Requirements
Family and LocalNetworks
Allows for high degree of personalisation by those whowant and have competence to adjust the systems totheir needs
Home Security +CCTV
Video On Demand Programmable and controllable by users to allowmanagement and personalisation at a basic level
On-line &DownloadableGaming
- 119 - CWA 50487:2005
3.8.5.1 Available User Interfaces
There are already many User Interface devices that can be used to interface with applications andservices within or provided to the SmartHouse. Additionally there are many research programmes andStandards / Code of Practice that are exploring UIs and the output from these programmes will helpthis document predict the way forward.
3.8.5.2 User Interface Analysis
This subsection shows a table of common UIs and their attributes in terms of ease of use andsuitability as a SmartHouse User Interface
Analogue TV with(Digital) STB and STBremote control(Terrestrial Service)
Controls programmes and some interactivity(STB may be programmable to support additionalfunctions)
Widely available whereterrestrial digital TVprovided)
Provides basic UI but has limitations of graphicdefinition. Depending on STB functionality canprovide full UI requirements for SHM
Analogue TV with(Digital) STB and STBremote control(Satellite Service)
Controls programmes and some interactivity(STB may be programmable to support additionalfunctions)
STB may need enhancements tocommunicate with Home Systemsand Applications
€0 to €100 for provision.
Widely available Provides basic UI but has limitations of graphicdefinition. Depending on STB functionality canprovide full UI requirements for SHM.
(May be difficult to negotiateenhancements with ServiceProvider)
Monthly cost of < €30
But probable issue of proprietary and verticalservice provision and limitation on aggregatedservice provision
Digital TV (NextGeneration)
Provides basic UI functionality. Likely to havehigher definition and better features.
Available butexpensive
Can be used with (PC based) Media Centres.
Provides UI functionality. Likely to have higherdefinition and better features.Can be used with (PC based) Media Centres.
Currently not available Is touch screen appropriate technology for UI onTV?
PC Has all the communcation aspects required to beUI for SmartHouse applications. Not Portable andnot likely to be in same room as TV. Can be usedas Media PC to support DTV. HighlyProgrammable
Fully (PC) Programmable
Widely available Can communicate with Home Systems bothwithin the home and remotely (e.g. the Office PC.Possibly by dedicated service provider or VPN)
Can be linked to Home Gateway
Issues of network management and ease of use.Security and Safety Issues
Windows MediaCentre
UI based on conjunction of Media PC and DTV,Home Cinema etc..
Available Potentially provides full UI capability (may belimitations with MS Interface design when multipleSmartHouse Application need to be aggregated
Can only control TV features and programmes (Digital) STB (and STB remotecontroller) with enhancements tocommunicate with Home Systems/Applications
70
STB may need enhancements tocommunicate with Home Systemsand Applications
Possibly nil if can beprogrammed tocommunicate withHome Systems
May need firmware enhancement tocommunicate with Home Systemsand Applications
If purchased,aditional cost forfirmware upgradelikely to be minimal
May need firmware enhancement tocommunicate with Home Systemsand Applications
If purchased,aditional cost forfirmware upgradelikely to be minimal
Transfers main UI to WebPad. May have touchscreen on WebPad. Possibly better definition (PClevel). Programmable (based on PC) Wireless(RF) communication with Home Systems andIF/RF with DTV.
Becoming available Can be used with (PC based) Media Centres.
PDA as interface toSmartHouse (andequipment)
Touch Screen or (micro) keypad device. Limiteddefinition (no better than PC) small hand helddevice.
Downloadable Programmeenhancements and can mimic mostcontrollers.
< € 400
Widely available Has many potential communication mediaavailable.
Modules available forcommunication media.
Additional featureincrease cost
Needs to work with additional components inHome System (Gateway or PC).Usability issues for anyone without a degree incomputer science
Mobile Phone Small screen area (worse definition than PDA),limited keypad, generally complex menu structure.
Widely available Has many potential communication mediaavailable.Can communicate with Home Systems bothdirectly in the home (IR, WiFi or BlueTooth) or andremotely (e.g. the Office PC. Possibly bydedicated service provider or VPN)
Probable HESModule addon cost
Issues of network management and ease of use.Security and Safety IssuesUsability issues for anyone without a degree incomputer science
Appliances with VideoInterfaces
Many appliances are becoming available withsmall screens to allow control and programmingof the appliance. It is not common for these tohave a fully featured Home Systems interfaces
Very limited home systemsadaptability
High end marketappliances
Limited availability Exception is the “Screen Fridge” based on the concept that the fridge and the kitchen are thelogical place for much social interactivity and thusthis screen can be used for home control.Effectively the functions of Fridge and PCcombined.
Programmable as PC Seriously high endappliances.
Issues of appropriateness, keyboards in foodpreparation surroundings and usability.
Home ControlSystems Interfaces
Often provided with “intelligent” light switch and having small keypad, small screen and or touchscreen.
Restricted functionality
Proprietary solutionsavailable
Questions of usability (a simple mechanical lightswitch covers user needs)
Can control all devices in homeincluding AV equipment.
Can be provided as a table top touch screendevice. Tendency towards proprietary systems.
Programmability linked toproprietary sources
Tend to control only a particular aspect of homesystem and do not have functionality as a full UIIssues of interoperability
Speech and Voice UIs Research and Development work in progress.Used withPC/DTV/TV/STB/RGUnder Development
Provides ability to communicate without handheldkeypad or touch screen. Can be context sensitiveand provide “intelligent” responses.
Universal Interface
Becoming available
Downloadable programmeenhancements
WebPad < €500
While this device has significant merits, it is notnecessarily the best device for the SmartHouseand is thought to have limited potential at thecurrent time. Although such devices as the HPIPaq are now capable of mobiletelecommunication, WiFi, Bluetooth and IR, thereis a reservation about the universality of operationby a wide range of people
Need to have a number of suchdevices and then to have a prioritymechanism to avoid competitivecontrol of appliances andapplications
Expensive as aSmartHouse UI
Usually comes withcontract and nocontracts currentlyinclude HomeSystems interfaces
Programmable but probably issueswith vertically integrated ServiceProvider.
Sound sensors required linked intoPC or Processor in ResidentialGateway.
- 121 - CWA 50487:2005
3.8.5.3 Issues related to connection, discovery (UPnP), binding
Building on the idea of device independence of a software, which is the ability for software to work witha variety of different input or output devices without having to worry about which ones exactly the useris using, a universal user interface property should also be device independent. This enables users,such as the disabled, to use whatever devices are most appropriate for them. This has enabled usersto switch between, for instance, a mouse, a trackball, or a touch tablet, each of which works best indifferent situations. This also refers to the notion of plug and play: a hardware architecture thatenables users to add and remove input and output devices at any time and immediately use them,without software installation or complicated configuration.
3.8.5.4 Security issues
To allow for any degree of personalisation as well as for security and safety it is essential that someUIs recognise the person using them. This means that they must incorporate a requirement for identitychecking and one to ensure that a particular UI is applied to the correct device(s) in the SmartHouse.This is an issue because many controllers work with any instance of a particular device. In the future,with remote control and RF controllers and other UI enabled devices carrying out control functions,there may need to be an explicit binding between a particular software instance on a controller with aparticular device. The “controller” must know who has permission to control what device and to what extent for example what TV programmes children are permitted to access or what aspect of homecontrol systems they can adjust. It is also likely that in respect of the device and “controller”, requirements may change for different locations e.g.
The security issues should also refer to the usability context of use : the situational factors thatinfluence the use and usability of a system, including environmental factors (physical conditions suchas space, time, temperature, noise), organizational factors (social network, management andorganizational pressures, and work processes), and technical/system factors (network connectivity,system configuration, system stability), and broad social factors (cosmesis, family conflicts, economy,ethical standards).
3.8.5.5 Safety issues
The main issues for safety are:
- the increased degree of complexity where a simple command/requirement by a controller in aninteroperating home system may give rise to unexpected outcomes e.g. turning on the wrongappliance and
- the issue that control where a device can be seen is different from the situation where thecontroller is remote from the device. E.g turning on a cooker when flammable materials suchas towels (pans with cooking oil?) are present
- issues of remote control
In some cases remote control can therefore result in safety issues simply because the normal checksthat people typically make before carrying out and action are missing.
Control selectivity: the degree to which a control can be manipulated without accidentally activatingother controls. A common problem is to position buttons or keys too closely, leading to the wrongbutton being pressed.
Control sensitivity: the ease with which a control can be activated or set to a certain level. Lesssensitive devices require greater effort.
Dwell: the property of a control that keeps it from activating until it has been 'held' (or manipulated) fora certain period of time, thus preventing accidental activation from being briefly hit unintentionally.
CWA 50487:2005 - 122 -
3.8.5.6 Interoperability issues
In the SmartHouse, many devices will be controlled by many UIs, rules and binding may be significantrequirements. This is the necessity of a User Interface to provide positive feedback about the device itis controlling. If it is possible that a UI can inadvertently control a different device, function orapplication than that which the user expects, then there may be issues of functional safety.
3.8.5.7 Installation issues
Binding (see above). Installers have the responsibility in many cases in the SmartHouse for ensuringthat the UI is connected with the correct device, function or application. Where multiple applicationsare involved, this may be a difficult requirement to satisfy.
There are also the issues of competency of the installer and the need to ensure that no ‘interference’ has been introduced by a new appliance to the system.
3.8.6 Consumer issues
UIs have to be usable by a wide range of people. This places an onus on the implementer of the UIs inthe SmartHouse to ensure ease of use by all users and may set a requirement of setting layers ofsimplicity of implementation. This would mean that at a basic level first-time users of equipment shouldbe able to control basic aspects of the system . For example this level of user interface would ensurethat
- Any person seeing a piece of equipment for the first time should understand what it is for.
- Any person using equipment for the first time can easily start and stop it
- A person unfamiliar with equipment can none the less operate it
More complex functions would require a higher level of familiarly with the UI but should still allow usersto operate the equipment with minimal familiarisation. At the top level will be functions that require theuser to consult the help function or a manual.
3.8.7 Recommendations and checklists
In designing a User Interface, does it fulfil the following?
- Is it simple and intuitive to use?
- Are functions and their associated symbols consistent and intuitive?
- Does it conform to the guidelines set out in CEN/CENELEC Guide 6 considering Accessibilityissues?
- It is usable by those who are becoming disabled or have difficulty with seeing?
- Are the menus and is the navigation understandable–do they avoid closed loops?
- Does the UI conform to the various standards and guides set out in D.4?
Otherwise there is no other recommendation other than to make User Interfaces simple and intuitive touse. The designer should think about people that do not speak his or her language, who may beyoung or old or may be less able or whose fingers are too small or too clumsy for the keys on thecontrol or keyboard.
- 123 - CWA 50487:2005
4 Installation
4.1 Introduction–The installation process
The installer is in many cases the entity or organisation that is required to implement the SmartHouse.In some cases the Installer will have the remit of managing all the detail planning and installation andin other cases the work may consist of retrofit to an existing building or and addition to an existingsystem. In other cases the installer will be working to a detailed plan prepared by a third party orspecifier. In all these cases, the Installer must understand all the requirements of a system that isbeing implemented and the role and use of the SmartHouse.
4.1.1 Scope of this section
SmartHouse solutions require an installation process whatever technical solutions are implementedinside. The installer has the role of designing the solution based on the customer requirement. Thisrequires integrating different systems, networks and products relevant to the solution, interconnectingand installing the equipment.
The installation must support interoperability and allow future expansion, adaptation and/ormodifications.
It is essential that technical documentation and design information should be prepared for theinstallation work. Operational and maintenance documentation should be prepared for the end user.
4.1.1.1 Preamble
The installation process must consider:
- The house or a dwelling with its garden, garage, swimming-pool, extensions…
- All equipment, all devices, fixed or connected, and controlled from the property, are in thescope of this document.
- The Stakeholders,
- service provider,
- specifier,
- equipment manufacturers and suppliers,
- consumer (identified as subscriber, customer and end user)
- installer
- The system architecture design that is the first step of the installation process and shouldimplement the following:
- The scope: a main guide-line for installation of the SMART HOUSE.
CWA 50487:2005 - 124 -
Therefore, the process needs to review & list the different requirements & steps of installation. Theimplementation of an operational system requires four major steps:
a) ANALYSIS of the building and user requirements
b) PLANNING of system design
c) INSTALLATION and commissioning
d) DOCUMENTATION of as built system
These steps must include the standardisation requirements listed in this document.
4.1.2 Analysis
- analyse customer needs and requirements in order to provide functional specification. Thismay require a client ‘s brief or a schedule of questions:
- Customer requirements:
4.1.2.1 Select type of project :
- new building or refurbishment?
- Fixed installation concealed in the walls or on the surface.
- A flexible installation may be preferred considering the long term life of the installation (due tothe change of use of an area, or an extension of the system).
- Upgrading or small extension only?
- Which type of transmission technology is to be used in the project?
- structured cabling according to EN 50173 series (offering twisted pair, co-axial and fibreoptic media)
- wireless (radio frequency, infra-red) according to applicable standards
- power line communication (in-home according to EN 50065 series).
(Refer to subclause 3.3 for further details).
- What is the “level” of comfort, i.e. which features are required by the customer. Presently,there are various concepts for such levels in European countries (e.g. in Germany the so-called 1 star/2 star/3 star/4 star concept is used, in France the so-called grade 1 to grade 3concept).
For this question, and its standardisation aspects refer to section “home network and their media” diagrams paragraph 3.3.3.: Recommendations. Also see the annexes on Home Equipment wheremany of the networking and equipment interactions are discussed together with useful documentation.(See D.9).
- 125 - CWA 50487:2005
4.1.2.2 Evaluation of actions: (Example)
The Person in charge of analysis of the project should consider all the different requirements for theinstallation. The following table is given as an example, and should be completed considering localneeds and requirements.
Type of utilityLocalaction dial in dial out
Powermonitor
Lighting control : main pendants, wall, free standing, table,local, floorHeating / Air Conditioning Control
Security alarms (Burglar alarm): (refer to definitionsfrom other section )Safety alarms :(Fire alarm, Flood detector (kitchen,
bathroom, laundry .)
Door & perimeter controldoor belllocksCCTVexternal lightingCurtain closingElectrical appliances (oven, refrigerator, freezer, washingmachine…)Voice Data & Image
TV (by RF on coaxial cable or pairs, by DSL on pairs)
Computer
Sound system
Home cinema
Telephone (POTS, VoIP)
(add more lines+ add an other column for energy metering )
CWA 50487:2005 - 126 -
4.1.2.3 Evaluation of location and quantities:
A table similar to the following should be prepared with the customer:
LOCATIONType ofroom
Socketoutletpower
N° oflights
Controladjuster
TelData sound
socketTV
socketsBasementRoom 1Room 2
Room nGround floorRoom 1Room 2
Room n1st floorRoom 1Room 2
Room n2nd floorRoom 1Room 2
Room nNth floorRoom 1Room 2
Room n
Outsidegaragegarden
- 127 - CWA 50487:2005
4.1.2.4 Evaluate all the other systems and components that have to be integrated
The following services are requested (or supplied) by the customer; the designer has to integrate themin the SmartHouse project.
These services might be inter-operable with the SmartHouse system or not. But even if they are inter-operable, they might request an interface for monitoring some parameters which are not managed bytheir system.
A table similar to the following should be prepared with the customer, defining the scope of services :
In general terms and during this planning stage the objective is to understand the customer’s requirements and to define in general terms what services and equipment will be in the SmartHouseand what form the installation will take. The process will:
- define basic system functions
- select the architecture model
- List its components (depending of the customer this may be a detailed bill of materials togetherwith a detailed cost estimate of the installation or it may be less rigorous and only providerough estimates)
To the satisfaction of the customer and the installer.
Contract Stage - At this stage, a contract should be signed with customer.
4.1.3 Planning
- define the physical lay-out of the installation
- provide the map of I/O signals (satellite, ADSL,…. /// providers)
- Provide diagram of connections and wiring
- Define application specifications of the software
- Accommodate the requirements of services and applications
On the completion of the successful planning stage, physical installation can commence
4.1.4 UNDERTAKING THE INSTALLATION
- Fit distribution boxes, conduits and outlet sockets
- Put cables and place wires
- Install and interconnect all plugs, outlets, control panels, modules, active parts
- Set-up system parameters according to application specifications
CWA 50487:2005 - 128 -
- Check and tests of functions and feed-back (according to CLC/prTS 50090-9-2.)
- Final check with customer and transfer of documentation as defined in the contract
- Training and transfer of instructions to the user
Start of maintenance phase
4.1.5 Maintenance
Any installation undertaken by a professional installer carries with it the responsibility that theinstallations be maintained. Any maintenance agreement with the customer shall:
- provide a contract, harmonised with all regulations
- ensure that the installation is in accordance with the 2004/108/CEE: ElectromagneticCompatibility Directive and has up-to-date technical documentation for that directive. (EMC)
- provide details about periodical tests, checks and operations performed during the period ofthe maintenance contract
- Ensure that the inspections, checks and tests are logged both at the installation and with themaintainer’s documentation. (A log book to be provided).
4.1.6 Standards identified
Refer to Annex C
4.1.7 Documentation recommendations
Any documentation for any installation has different requirements for different stakeholders and theremay be different stakeholders for particular installations. Documentation considerations are:
- Who requires documentation
- What level of detail should the documentation carry
- How should the documentation be kept and stored–note the security aspect of this
- Who has access to which levels of documentation.
- How shall the documentation be maintained.
- What media should the documentation be stored on.
Clearly the Installer and Maintainer needs a very high level of documentation while the serviceprovider, SmartHouse owner (landlord or homeowner) have a lesser need for in-depth documentation.The end user may only need a set of operating instructions and a telephone number.
4.1.7.1 List of documents
- Customer requirements (if available)
- physical lay-out of the installation
- map of Input/Output signals
- diagram of connections
- map of real installation
- list of components with their specifications:
- manufacturer ‘s installation instructions and specifications
- EMC compliance to harmonized standards…
- Measurements and check results of the installation
- System manual:
- Software version(s) and back-up
- Access to systems parameters
- 129 - CWA 50487:2005
- Modification of parameters
- Access keys to different levels with warnings against miss-use of these access (warrantymight be cancelled in that case).
- Operation manual(s): it can be provided by the Manufacturer in the case of a basic installation,otherwise it might be the duty of the Installer to provide an adapted instruction manual.
This manual should contain :
- basic functions and uses
- Useful settings.
4.1.7.2 Stakeholder document requirements
4.1.7.2.1 Documents for the installer
The installer receives documents from the designer (sometimes himself), manufacturers, serviceproviders… He has the duty to supply the customer with the right documentation
- Customer requirements (if available)
- physical lay-out of the installation
- map of I/O signals
- diagram of connections
- map of real installation
- list of components with their specifications:
- manufacturer ‘s installation instructions and specifications
- EMC compliance to harmonized standards…)
- Measurements and check results of the installation
- System manual:
- Software version(s) and back-up
- Access to systems parameters
- Modification of parameters
- Access keys to different levels with warnings against miss-use of these access (warrantymight be cancelled in that case).
- Operation manual(s): it can be provided by the Manufacturer in the case of a basic installation,otherwise it might be the duty of the Installer to provide an adapted instruction manual.
This manual should contain :
- basic functions and uses
- Useful settings
4.1.7.2.2 Documents for the customer
In case of a multi-tenant building, the customer should order at least as many sets of documentationsas number of tenders are forecast. The maintainer might also request specific documentation from thecustomer.
- Customer requirements (if available)
- Measurements and check results of the installation
- System manual:
- Software version(s) and back-up
- Access to systems parameters
- Modification of parameters
- Access keys to different levels with warnings against miss-use of these access (warrantymight be cancelled in that case).
CWA 50487:2005 - 130 -
- Operation manual(s): it can be provided by the Manufacturer in the case of a basic installation,otherwise it might be the duty of the Installer to provide an adapted instruction manual.
This manual should contain :
- basic functions and uses
- Useful settings
- A Log book, which has to be kept inside the property.
4.1.7.2.3 Documents for the user
- Customer requirements (if available)
- Operation manual(s): (see above)
4.1.7.2.4 Document for the maintainer
The customer has to give a copy of the following documentation to the maintainer:
- System manual:
- Software version(s) and back-up
- Access to systems parameters
- Modification of parameters
- Access keys to different levels with warnings against miss-use of these access (warrantymight be cancelled in that case).
- Operation manual(s): it can be provided by the Manufacturer in the case of a basic installation,otherwise it might be the duty of the Installer to provide an adapted instruction manual.
This manual should contain :
- basic functions and uses
- Useful settings
- 131 - CWA 50487:2005
Annex A
Abbreviations, acronyms, terms and definitions
A.1 Comments on this annex
It has been considered important that this document has a comprehensive Glossary of Terms,Acronyms, Abbreviations and Definitions. In compiling this annex, it was decided that each itemshould be defined in some detail since the conversion of an Acronym to the words it represents maywell not provide sufficient insight about the Acronym.
The list of terms has been compiled from a detailed read through the text of the document to identifyany term or acronym that was considered to be in need of additional description. It is hoped that thisannex provides a useful resource of the terminology in the domain of the SmartHouse.
A.2 Abbreviations and acronyms
Acronym orabbreviation
Description or explanation
3G Third Generation Mobile Telephonea.c. alternating currentA/C (HVAC) Air ConditioningA/V Audio VisualAC3 Audio Codec 3ACP Area Connection PointADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber LineAMR Adaptive Multi-RateAMR Automatic Meter ReadingANEC l'Association européenne pour la coordination de la représentation des
consommateurs dans la normalisationAPI Application Programming InterfaceATM Asynchronous Transfer ModeBCT Broadcast and Communications TechnologiesBCT B BCT supported by balanced cablingBCT C BCT supported by coaxial cablingBCT-H BCT high (signal level)BCT-L BCT low (signal level)BCT-M BCT medium (signal level)BEF Building Entrance FacilityBO Broadcast Outletbps bits per second (See Bandwidth)BSI (DE) Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der InformationstechnikBSI (UK) British Standards InstituteBUS Binary Unit SystemCA Conditional AccessCAT5 Category 5 cable,CATV Cable television or Community Antenna Television (CATV)CC Cross-ConnectCCCB Commands, Controls and Communications in BuildingsCCTV Closed Circuit TelevisionCD Compact DiscCE Conformite EuropeeneCECED Comité European de Equipment Domotique (European Committee of Manufacturers
of Domestic Equipment)CEN Comité European de Normalization (The European Committee for Standardization)
CWA 50487:2005 - 132 -
Acronym orabbreviation
Description or explanation
CENELEC Comité European de Normalisation Electrotechnique (European Committee forElectrotechnical Standardization)
CHAIN Ceced Home Appliances Interoperating NetworkCO Control OutletCOAX Coaxial cableCoP Code of PracticeCPE Customer Premises Equipmentd.c. Direct currentDAB Digital Audio BroadcastDECT Digitally Enhanced/European Cordless TelecommunicationDHCP Dynamic Host Configuration ProtocolDLC Distribution Line CommunicationDLNA The Digital Living Network AllianceDOCSIS Data Over Cable Systems Interface SpecificationsDoS Denial of ServiceDRM Digital Rights ManagementDSL Digital Subscriber LineDSTB Digital Set Top Box - A digital tuner for DVB TV broadcasts that provides signals for
analogue TVs and digital display devices that do not have a their own digital tuner.DTV See Digital TVDVB Digital Video BroadcastingDVB-C Digital Video Broadcasting for Cable Specification (EN 300 429)DVB-S Digital Video Broadcasting for Satellite Specification (EN 300 421)DVB-T Digital Video Broadcasting for Terrestrial Specification (EN 300 744)DVD Digital Versatile DiskEHSA The European Home Systems AssociationEI Equipment InterfaceEIBA European Installation Bus Association.EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility.EN European Norm (European Standard)ENI External Network InterfaceEPG Electronic Programming Guide..EQP Transmission EquipmentESM Externally Supported Multiple SmartHouse Systems (describing the management of
the SmartHouse system security system)ESS Externally Supported Single SmartHouse System (describing the management of
the SmartHouse system security system)ETSI European Telecommunications Standards InstituteEU European UnionFCC Federal Communications Commission. The US Government agency that regulates
electronic communication.ffs for further studyFCC Federal Communications Commission. The US Government agency that regulates
electronic communication.ffs for further studyFM Frequency modulationFTTC Fiber To The CurbFTTH Fiber To The HomeGSM Global System for Mobile CommunicationHAN Home Area Network - See also WAN, MAN, LAN, PAN.HAVi Home Audio Video InteroperabilityHBES Home and Building Electronic SystemsHDTV High Definition TelevisionHE [smart] Home EquipmentHES Home Electronic System
- 133 - CWA 50487:2005
Acronym orabbreviation
Description or explanation
HFC Hybrid Fiber/CoaxialHGI The Home Gateway InitiativeHiFi High fidelity (or HiFi or hi-fi)HPNA Home Phoneline Networking AllianceHRG Home Residential Gateway (term used by NGN@Home)HTML HyperText Markup LanguageHVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air-ConditioningI&C information communicationsI/O Input/output.ICT Information and Communications TechnologyIEC International Electrotechnical CommissionIEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (US)IETF Internet Engineering Task ForceIEV IEC International Electrotechnical Vocabulary (IEV)iLink i.Link (also known as FireWire or IEEE 1394)IP Internet Protocol.IPTV Internet Protocol TelevisionIR Infrared communication - See Infra Red.ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network.ISO International Organization for StandardizationISP Internet Service ProviderIT Information TechnologyITU International Telecommunication Union.ITU-T International Telecommunications Union Telecommunication Standardization SectorKNX KonnexKNX-PL Konnex over Power LineLAN Local Area Network - See WAN, MAN, HAN and PANLCD Liquid Crystal DisplayLED Light Emitting DiodeLON Local Operating Network.MHEG Multimedia and Hypermedia Experts GroupMHP Multimedia Home PlatformMPEG Motion Pictures Experts Group.MTBF Mean Time Between FailuresMTTF Mean time to FailureMTTR Mean Time To RepairNAPT Network Address and Port TranslationNAT Network address translationNEXT Near-End cross-talk attenuation (loss)NSI No Service Indicator,
Also Name Service Interface.NTBA Network Termination for ISDN Basic rate Access (bei der Deutschen Telekom auch
Abkürzung für Network Termination Basisanschluss).NTE Network Termination EquipmentOF Optical FibreOSGi The Open Services Gateway Alliance,OSI Open Systems Interconnection,OSS Owner Supported Single SmartHouse SystemPABX Private Automatic Branch ExchangePAL Phase Alternation LinePAN Personal Area Network.PANS Pretty Amazing New Stuff (cp POTS - Plain Old Telephone Systems)PBX Private Branch eXchange - See PABX.PC Personal Computer
CWA 50487:2005 - 134 -
Acronym orabbreviation
Description or explanation
PC on TV Personal Computer on TelevisionPDA Personal Digital AsssistantPELV Protective Extra Low VoltagePHD Primary Home DistributorPIN Personal Identification Number.PLC PowerLine Carrier (See also DLC)PLT PowerLine Transmission (or Telecommunications) see PLC.PoE Power over EthernetPOF Plastic Optical FibrePOTS Plain old Telephone SystemPS Power SourcePSTN Public Switched Telephone Network.PVR Personal Video RecorderQoS Quality of ServiceRAM Random Access MemoryRF Radio frequency communicationRG Residential GatewaySDSL Symmetric Digital Subscriber Line - See DSLSECAM Sequential Couleurs a Memoire; also called Systeme Electronique Couleur Avec
Memoire.SELV Safety Extra Low VoltageSHD Secondary Home DistributorSIP Session Initiation ProtocolSLA Service Level Agreement.SLO Service Level Objective - the target objectives of a SLASLS Service Level Specification - The Specification of an SLASMH Short for SmartHouseSMS SmartHouse SystemSMS Short message serviceSOAP Simple Object Access ProtocolSSC Service Supply ChainSTB Set Top Box.STP Shielded Twisted PairTAHI The Application Home InitiativeTCP Transmission Control Protocol.TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet ProtocolTE Terminal EquipmentTEAHA The European Application Home AllianceTELCO [in general] Telecommunication Service ProviderTI Test InterfaceTISPAN The Telecoms & Internet converged Services & Protocols for Advanced Networks
(TISPAN) is a standardization body of ETSI, specialized in fixed networks andInternet convergence.
TO Telecommunications OutletTOA TAHI Open Architecture.TP Twisted Pair.TR Technical ReportTS Technical SpecificationTSpecs Traffic SpecificationsTV TelevisionTVWF The "Television without Frontiers" directive (89/552/EEC),UDP User Datagram Protocol.UI User InterfaceUPnP Universal Plug and Play.
- 135 - CWA 50487:2005
Acronym orabbreviation
Description or explanation
USB Universal Serial BusUTP Unshielded Twisted Pair (See TP and STP)VDI Voice Data and Image - See Triple PlayVHS Vertical Helical Scan (alsoVideo Home System).W-LAN Wireless-Local Area Network. A wireless version of the LANxDSL See DSLXML Short for Extensible Markup Language
A.3 Terms and definitions
Term or expression Definition or explanationaccess The ability of a person or equipment to reach and communicate with a device. To
obtain or retrieve (information) from a storage device
access point A device that is usually connected to a network such as the Internet or a homeLAN to which several wireless clients communicate
accessibility In the broad sense, accessibility encompasses the capability to identify andobtain information, ie, how easy is it to find needed information and retrieve itwhen you need it. A more recent use of the term refers to full Internet navigationand content retrieval capabilities for a person with a disability, especially a visualor hearing impairment. Assistive technology that increases usability and improvesInternet accessibility includes Web page coding, screen readers and magnifiers,Braille screens, voice recognition systems, and hearing assistance devices.
active Electrical energy present on the SMS or its interfaces.
actuator Device that produces a specified movement when excited by an electric signal.Bus device which receives an information from the BUS and–wheneverconfigured accordingly - processes it to initiate an external action
adaptive multi-rate A type of audio coder/decoder.
affordance An affordance is a situation where an object's sensory characteristics intuitivelyimply its functionality and use.- A button, by being slightly raised above an otherwise flat surface, suggests theidea of pushing it.- A lever, by being an appropriate size for grasping, suggests pulling it.- A blinking red light and buzzer suggests a problem and demands attention.- A chair, by its size, its curvature, its balance, and its position, suggests sittingon it.Affordance is also a desirable property of a user interface–a device whichnaturally leads people to take the correct steps to accomplish their goals.
analogue TV TV delivered using an analogue signal. In Europe there are two main systems:PAL and SECAM. Analogue TV requires a higher bandwidth/frequency spectrumthan Digital TV and this is leading to the switch off of analogue TV services inEurope
ANEC l'Association européenne pour la coordination de la représentation desconsommateurs dans la normalisation - the European consumer voice instandardisation, defends consumer interests in the process of standardisationand certification.
application use of a technology, system, or product. An application may consist of a numberof elements or entities working together to provide a service or product. It mayutilise specific elements in a system or technology in delivering the application.Alternatively, an application may be a program that carries out a particularservice within a computer, processor or (home) system.
application outlet point at which equipment may be connected to the generic cabling in support ofICT and/or BCT application
CWA 50487:2005 - 136 -
Term or expression Definition or explanationapplication programminginterface
A defined set of calling conventions allowing a software application to access aparticular set of services. An API consists of the routines, protocols and tools thatprogrammers must use to ensure that their programs are compatible with thesoftware that the API is defined for. A well defined API helps applications worktogether by providing the same basic tools for all programmers to use
architecture In the case of the SmartHouse, the term “architecture” is used to describe that framework around which all the elements, components and other entities may beconstructed in order that a SmartHouse may operate in an Intelligent, Networkedand Connected way - See Sub-Architecture
area connection point point at which coverage area cabling is connected to area feeder cabling
asymmetric digitalsubscriber line
is a technology for transmitting digital information at high bandwidths on existingphone lines? Unlike regular dialup phone service, ADSL provides a continuously-available connection. ADSL is asymmetric in that it uses most of the channel totransmit downstream to the user and only a small part to receive information fromthe user. ADSL simultaneously accommodates analogue (voice) information onthe same line. ADSL is generally offered at downstream data rates from 512Kbps to about 6 Mbps
asynchronous transfermode
is the international standard for cell relay in which multiple service types (such asvoice, video, or data) are conveyed in fixed-length cells? ATM is designed to takeadvantage of high-speed transmission media. A dedicated-connection switchingtechnology that organizes digital data into 53-byte cell units and transmits themover a physical medium using digital signal technology. Individually, a cell isprocessed asynchronously relative to other related cells and is queued beforebeing multiplexed over the transmission path. Because ATM is designed to beeasily implemented by hardware (rather than software), faster processing andswitching speeds are possible. The prespecified bit rates are either 155.520Mbps or 622.080 Mbps. Speeds on ATM networks can reach 10 Gbps
audio codec 3 This was the original and more technical name for Dolby Digital. AC-3 was thefirst coding system designed specifically for multichannel digital audio. AC-3 isthe sound format for digital television (DTV), digital versatile discs (DVDs), highdefinition television (HDTV), and digital cable and satellite transmissions.
audio visual defining Content (in the form of speech, music, moving images in combination orseparately) that may be delivered to equipment capable of propagating soundand visual images to users.
audit trail An audit trail is the name of the file containing the data collected by securityauditing (see auditing (security)). In SmartHouse security systems, achronological record of system resource usage. This may include user login, fileaccess, other various activities, and whether any actual or attempted securityviolations occurred, legitimate and unauthorised.
auditing (security) The collection of security relevant events in an IT system including also the timewhen they occurred.
authentication The verification of a claimed identity
automatic meter reading The reading of utility (and other) meters using remote and automatic means
backbone the part of a network that connects other networks (or devices) together; "thebackbone is the part of a communication network that carries the heaviest traffic"
balanced cable cable consisting of one or more metallic symmetrical cable elements (twistedpairs or quads) [ISO/IEC 11801]
bandwidth The width of the frequency band outside which the level of a spectral componentdoes no exceed a specified percentage of a reference level.The carrying capacity or size of a communications channel; usually expressed inhertz (cycles per second) for analogue circuits (the original meaning of the term)and in bits per second (bps) for digital circuits (newer meaning).
base station 1. A type of router that uses wireless protocol instead of network cables in orderto share the internet connection between a number of computers. A goodexample would be Apple's Airport.2. The central radio transmitter/receiver that maintains communications with a
mobile radio telephone within a given range
- 137 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
BatiBUS BatiBUS is a single bus enabling intercommunications between all the modules(CPUs, sensors and actuators) in building control systems such as heating, airconditioning, lighting and closure functions. Now converged with KonnexAssociation.
benchmark A measured, "best-in-class" achievement; a reference or measurement standardfor comparison; this performance level is recognized as the standard ofexcellence for a specific (business) process.
binary unit system a linear network that connects a multitude of interoperable devices so as topermit instantaneous or controlled information interchanges with each other via atrunk cable and/or drop lines.A common pathway, or channel, between multiple devices. A bus allows forconnecting multiple devices
biomass energy The chemical potential energy of plant biomass, which can be combusted toprovide thermal energy. The ENERGY that is released from BIOMASS when it iseaten, burned, or otherwise used as or converted into fuel.
biometrics Biometric methods of identification work by measuring unique humancharacteristics as a way to confirm identity, for example, finger or iris scanning ordynamic signature verification.
blocking In Internet access control and filtering (so-called parental controls) blocking is thedenial of access to a particular service (as apposed to ‘filtering’ the content of that service.In the case of Telephone networks the inability to connect a call. "The call isblocked"Also - Artefact found in H.261, H.263 and MPEG video coding. Picture breaks upinto square sub-sections when the coder cannot produce an accurate videoreproduction due to limited available channel bits and/or processing power.
Bluetooth Bluetooth is a technical industry standard that facilitates communication betweenwireless devices such as mobile phones, PDAs (personal digital assistants) andhandheld computers, and wireless enabled laptop or desktop computers andperipherals. A single Bluetooth-enabled wireless device is capable of makingphone calls, synchronizing data with desktop computers, sending and receivingfaxes, and printing documents. Bluetooth devices use a microchip transceiverthat operates on the 2.45GHz frequency and have a range of up to 10 meters(approximately 33 feet).
bridge A device that connects two or more physical networks and forwards packetsbetween them. Bridges can usually be made to filter packets, that is, to forwardonly certain traffic
brown goods Common name for Audio Visual Appliances and devices (to differentiate themform "White goods" - Household appliances)
bundle (OSGi) - 1 Term used by OSGi to describe the set up and control of applications:An OSGi bundle is comprised of Java classes and other resources whichtogether can provide functions to device owners and provide services andpackages to other bundles. A bundle is distributed as a JAR file.
bundle (OSGi) - 2 An OSGi bundle contains the following resources and information:* Resources to implement zero or more services. These resources can be class
files for the Java programming language and other data, such as HTML files,help files, and icons.* A manifest files describing the contents of the JAR file and providing
information about the bundle. The manifest file uses headers to specifyparameters that are needed to install and activate a bundle.* The dependencies on other resources, such as Java packages, that must be
available to the bundle before the bundle can run. The dependencies for thesepackages are resolved prior to starting a bundle.* A special class in the bundle to act as the bundle activator. The class is
instantiated and invoked to start and stop methods, which are used to start orstop the bundle. Clean-up operations can be performed when the bundle isstopped.* Optional documentation of the JAR file or one of its sub-directories. The
documentation must not be required to run the bundle. Once a bundle is started,the functions and services are exposed to other bundles.
bundles (services) A set of services delivered through a common means therefore attractingsynergistic benefits.
CWA 50487:2005 - 138 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
cable Assembly of one or more conductors and/or optical fibres, with a protectivecovering and possibly filling, insulating and protective material.Transmission medium of copper wire or optical fibre wrapped in a protectivecover.
cable television orcommunity antennatelevision
(and often shortened to 'cable') is a system of providing television, FM radioprogramming and other services to consumers via radio waves transmitteddirectly to people s televisions through fixed coaxial cables
cable tv Method of non-broadcast distribution of video programs directly to homes,generally employing coaxial or fibre-optic cable.
cache A small, fast memory holding recently accessed data, designed to speed upsubsequent access to the same data. Typically used between a processor andmain memory.
category 5 cable a balanced cable specified up to 100 MHz and capable to support a class D linkof up to 90 m. (see EN 50173-1)
chat Any system that allows any number of logged-in users to have a typed, real-time,on-line conversation, either by all users logging into the same computer, or morecommonly nowadays, via a network
CHP Combined Heat and Power - A system which utilises waste heat from electricityproduction to provide hot water and space heating for buildings
citizen a member of a country, enjoying all of its rights and privileges. In terms of theSmartHouse Citizen applies to all people living in that home.
class of service Class of service is a way of managing traffic in a network by grouping similartypes of traffic (eg, e-mail, video, voice, and file transfer) together and treatingeach as a class with its own level of service priority. Class of Service (CoS) is aqueuing discipline. The algorithm compares fields of packets or CoS tags toclassify packets in different priority queues
client or system designer A person who is either the end user of a SMS or an agent acting on behalf of anend user and who is fully conversant with the end user’s requirements.
closed circuit television Television system intended for only a limited number of viewers. commonly refersto security cameras, that record on to a tape and/or monitored by a control centre
cluster In this CoP a "Cluster" is defined as being a group of similar objects or devices,systems, networks, or classes of user or of services. The Clustering may bechosen on Service type, bandwidth requirements, equipment type, or user type.There is not necessarily any correlation between clusters cited in one section ofthe CoP with another.
clusters (HE) In the Home Equipment section Clusters are defined by the properties of types ofequipment
clusters (HN) In the Home Network section Clusters are defines by network type andapplication type - a group of entities that serve an application. NOTE the sameentity may belong to multiple clusters
clusters (SP) In the Service Providers section Clusters are defined by service type and by theirbandwidth requirement
coaxial cable Cable containing one more coaxial pairs
code of practice a systematic collection of rules, standards and other information relating to thepractices and procedures followed in an area.
In the case of the SmartHouse code of practice, it is a compilation of bestpractices in designing a SmartHouse from a number of experts in the field
commission vb. put into commission; equip for service - of installation in SmartHouses
commissioning Placing a SMS into service and ensuring that it meets the client or systemdesigner’s requirements as detailed in the relevant specifications. Ensuring that both the SMS and its interfaces are adjusted to operate to their optimumperformance. Ensuring that all on-line tests are completed.
commissioning engineer As for inspector, but with additional experience in commissioning SMS and plant.
compact disc digital audio format. Uses 16-bit/44.1-kHz sampling rate PCM digital signal toencode roughly 74 or 80 minutes of two-channel, full-range audio onto a 5-inchdisc. Also CD's have a data capacity of 700MB (depending upon the disc)
- 139 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
compatibility pieces of equipment and / or software which are capable of being used togetherwithout special modification are termed compatible
conditional access system which allows the control of a user's access to pay services and servicesprotected for copyright reasons
conformité europeene marking on end products indicates compliance with all applicable directives. Forinformation technology equipment (ITE), this typically means Low VoltageDirective 73/23/EEC (LVD), and the EMC Directive 89/336/EECAlso Consumer Electronics (mark)
consumer Any natural person who uses, requests and purchases products and services forpurposes which are outside his or her trade, business or profession. Consumersdiffer in their abilities and the different requirements need to be recognised bystandardization.For the purposes of this document the “consumer” is considered to be the end user of smart house technology, this would encompass the occupant of a smarthouse and any visitors
content Content is the text, documents, images, Web pages, graphics, and audio filesthat are used to provide and communicate information, typically through a Website. It includes the data, information and entertainment that may be delivered byvarious services to home-based users and may be delivered electronically or onphysical media such as CDs, DVDs, recordable tape, books and otherpublications.
contract A legally enforceable agreement between two or more competent parties madeeither orally or in writing. In this Code of Practice contracts may be madetypically, between consumers and service providers for the delivery of services,applications and content or between system designers, installers and customersfor the SmartHouse
control selectivity the degree to which a control can be manipulated without accidentally activatingother controls. A common problem is to position buttons or keys too closely,leading to the wrong button being pressed.
control sensitivity the ease with which a control can be activated or set to a certain level. Lesssensitive devices require greater effort.
COPRAS COPRAS is a consortium put together with the objective to improve the interfacebetween research and standards and being run by the three officially recognizedEuropean Standards Organizations, CEN, CENELEC & ETSI, together with theOpen Group and the World Wide Web Consortium
critical services Are those services where the tolerance to interruption is very low? Such servicesmight include those whose failure would result in life threatening conditions orhigh financial cost.
customer A person or organisation who contracts with any entity in order to design, installor maintain a Smart House system or to use any service or application providedby a service provider to the end-user or consumer in the smart House (SeeSubscriber).
customer premisesequipment
Any equipment provided by the customer at their premisesAlso: Communication equipment residing on the end user's side of the networkinterface boundary.
customisation Alterations made to a standard product, service or system in accordance with acustomer's specific needs or requirements
d.c. An electrical current which flows only in one direction in a circuit. Batteries,photovoltaic and fuel cells produce direct current
data Reinterpretable representation of information in a formalized manner suitable forcommunication, interpretation, or processing.General term used to denote facts. numbers. letters and symbols. The basicelements of information; usually but not always expressed in numerical form.
data authentication A mechanism that allows the receiver of an electronic transmission to verify thesender and the integrity of the content of the transmission through the use of anelectronic key or algorithm, which is shared by the trading partners. This issometimes referred to as an electronic signature.
data authentication The verification of the source of the data. It may also include data integrity.
data integrity The ability to verify that the data has not been modified
CWA 50487:2005 - 140 -
Term or expression Definition or explanationdata over cable systemsinterface specifications
, specifies schemes and the protocol for exchanging bidirectional signals overcable
data protection Good practice in relation to the collection and storage of any personal data bycompanies.
data rate The speed with which data can be transmitted from one device to another. Datarates are often measured in bits or bytes per second. These are usuallyabbreviated as Kbps or Mbps.
denial of service is a hacker attack designed to shut down or overwhelm a system, such as a Webserver or authentication server. When a hacker performs a Denial Of Service(DoS) attack against targets like web servers, FTP servers, and mail servers,they essentially make the target busy by bombarding it with TCP/IP packets inorder to make it busy so the site is slow or off-line.
design for all Design for All - The intent of ‘design for all’ (or universal design) is to simplify life for everyone by making products, communications, and the built environmentmore usable by as many people as possible at little or no extra cost. Universaldesign benefits people of all ages and abilities
designer A person or organisation who is educated for design and integration of SmartHouse technology (this may be the manufacturer of the system). according tostandards and national regulations.
device Material element or assembly of such elements intended to perform a requiredfunction.Device, used in the context of the SmartHouse and its standards, means anelectronic instrument that is connected to the networks, systems or the Internet.Usually this means an object that utilises a processor such as personalcomputer, but a device could be a cell phone, personal digital assistant, Braillereader or other adaptive technology for the disabled or any "intelligent"component of a system, network or application in the home, such as A/Vequipment or domestic appliances...
device and servicediscovery
Network mechanism whereby applications, systems or services may identifyentities, devices or equipment on the network by interrogating their descriptiveparameters. (see also UPnP).
diffserv differentiatedservices
Differentiated services. An IETF standard developed to help solve IP qualityproblems. Architecture for providing different types or levels of service fornetwork traffic. Diffserv aggregates flows in the network so that routers andswitches need to distinguish only a relatively small number of aggregated flows,even if those flows contain thousands or millions of individual flows. DiffServoperates at Layer 3 and allows out-of-band negotiation. DiffServ relies on trafficconditioners sitting at the edge of the network to indicate each packet'srequirements.
digital audio broadcast the standard for digital radio in Europe, described in the "Eureka 147" standard,ETS 300 401, available from ETSI. DAB will eventually replace FM signals in theUK, and currently carries both audio programmes (compressed in MP2 format)and data sub channels for use by various DAB-aware applications. Each DABchannel (in Eureka 147 terms, "Ensemble") contains a number of sub-channels,each typically containing a radio programme service
Digital Living NetworkAlliance
(DLNA) is an alliance of leading companies in the consumer electronics, mobileand personal computer industries. DLNA is an entire ecosystem of companiesthat together offer consumers a broad set of complementary products andservices. An ecosystem properly designed for digital interoperability must startwith the consumer in mind and include contributors that can help bring all thenecessary elements of the digital home network to market. Industry collaborationmust encompass manufacturers, software and application developers, andservice and content providers.
digital media player Device connected to a (home) network that can play most forms of digital media(see content) and distribute it to reproduction and display devices in the home.The DMP may reside as an application in a PC type of device or be a stand alonedevice
digital rights management The management of rights to digital goods and content, including its confinementto authorised use and users and the management of any consequences of thatuse throughout the entire life cycle of the content.
- 141 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
digital set top box - A digital tuner for DVB TV broadcasts that provides signals for analogue TVsand digital display devices that do not have a their own digital tuner. (See SetTop Box)
digital TV generic term “digital television (DTV)” normally refers to the transmission system and digital tuner.A television where the display screen is made up discrete picture elements(pixels) which are addressed digitally. The DTV will utilise a Digital TV Tuner thatwill accommodate digitals signals transmitted according to the DVB Standard,DVB-C for Cable, DVB-S for Satellite and DVB-T for Digital TerrestrialBroadcasts.
digital versatile disk originally known as Digital Video Disc. It shares the same overall dimensions of aCD, but has significantly higher capacities - holding from 4 to 28 times as muchdata. Single sided DVDs can store 4.7GB for single layer and 8.5GB for dual-layer disks. Double sided DVDs can store 9.4GB for single layer and 17GB fordual-layer disks. It uses MPEG2 compression to encode 720:480p resolution,full-motion video and Dolby Digital to encode 5.1 channels of discrete audio. Thedisc can also contain PCM, DTS, and MPEG audio soundtracks and numerousother features. An audio-only version, DVD-A uses MLP to encode six channelsof 24-bit/96-kHz audio.
digital video broadcasting is a suite of internationally accepted, open standards for digital televisionmaintained by the DVB Project, an industry consortium with more than 300members, and published by a Joint Technical Committee (JTC) of EuropeanTelecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI), European Committee forElectrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC) and European Broadcasting Union(EBU).The standards can be obtained for free at the ETSI website afterregistration
is the European digital transmission standard for cordless telephones. Based onTDMA and the 1.8 and 1.9GHz bands, it uses Dynamic ChannelSelection/Dynamic Channel Allocation (DCS/DCA) to enable multiple DECTusers to coexist on the same frequency. DECT provides data links up to 522Kbps with 2 Mbps expected in the future. For more information, contact theDECT Forum at www.dectweb.com.
disability Disability refers to the temporary or long-term reduction of a person's capacity tofunction.
distribution box Repository in the SmartHouse where all data cabling is routed out from. Cableswill be routed along pathways or ducts to outlets or sockets. The Distribution boxmay contain a Patch Panel where alterations can be made to that assignment ofparticular services to particular outlets. See also Structured Cabling.
distribution linecommunication
- a form of Power Line Communication that is delivered over the electricity utilitiesLV distribution mains external to the home.
drop probability the probability that packets will be dropped or lost from digital data streams andis one of the measures of QoS
digital subscriber line A general term for technologies that use digital signalling to send data overexisting phone lines without affect "normal" telephone calls by using thefrequency spectrum that lies above that used for "voice" communication. Thehigh frequency information is "split" from the voice communication channel at thecustomer’s premises. Specific forms include: ADSL. Asynchronous DSL, usuallyhigh speed from the central office to the subscriber and lower speed for thereturn path. SDSL. Symmetric DSL ISDL. Actually ISDN DSL, a form of ISDNwith different equipment at the central office CDSL, or UAWG or G.Lite.Consumer DSL which doesn't require a splitter. The signal is decoded in by aDSL modem. DSL technologies use the wire from the central office to the home.
DSL Forum DSL Forum is a consortium of nearly 200 leading industry players coveringtelecommunications, equipment, computing, networking and service providercompanies to promote a global mass market for DSL broadband and to deliverthe benefits of this technology to end users around the world over existing coppertelephone wire infrastructures.
ducts Ducts or Pathways may be built into houses to enable data cabling to bedistributed through the home. They are an essential requirement for newly builtSmartHouses and should be incorporated in houses under refurbishment projectsbut are difficult and intrusive to install in existing houses.
CWA 50487:2005 - 142 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
dwell the property of a control that keeps it from activating until it has been 'held' (ormanipulated) for a certain period of time, thus preventing accidental activationfrom being briefly hit unintentionally.
dynamic hostconfiguration protocol
, a protocol for assigning dynamic IP addresses to devices on a network. Withdynamic addressing, a device can have a different IP address every time itconnects to the network. In some systems, the device's IP address can evenchange while it is still connected. DHCP also supports a mix of static anddynamic IP addresses. Dynamic addressing simplifies network administrationbecause the software keeps track of IP addresses
e-commerce The transacting of business electronically rather than via paper.
eco-system Complex ecological community and environment forming a functional whole innature. Used in SmartHouse to describe the interaction of stakeholders, systemsand services within the scope of the SmartHouse
e-government the transaction and provision of government and local government serviceselectronically
e-health The provision and delivery of health services via electronic means
e-learning The provision of education by electronic means
electromagneticcompatibility
The ability of an equipment or system to function satisfactorily in itselectromagnetic environment without introducing intolerable electromagneticdisturbances to anything in that environment.. EMC requirements stipulate that adevice shall not cause interference within itself or in other devices, or besusceptible to interference from other devices. The European Union was the firstgoverning body to establish laws (CE) regarding immunity of devices from EMI.See also CE, EMI, and RFI.
electronic programmingguide
. A means of presenting TV and Radio programme schedules and times providedby Digital STBs.
end user The ultimate user of Services and of the SmartHouse or has a SmartHousesystem installed in their home. See also Consumer, Customer, and Subscriber.
erecognition Electronic Means of recognising a person using biometric information. This isoften carried out by iris or retina scanning, by face or voice recognition orfingerprint reading. RFID devices or Smartcards may also be used..
ergonomics The study of how people interact with their environment. Proper ergonomicsmeans designing objects in the home and workplace, such as keyboards andchairs, to provide safety and comfort for the individual.
ethernet Ethernet is the most widely-installed local area networks technology. Specified inISO/IEC 8802-3 Ethernet typically uses class D, E, and F channels according toISO/IEC 11801 implemented with category 5 to 7 cables and connectors.Ethernet devices (being) specified for 1 Mbps to 10 Gbps are connected tobalanced cabling and compete for access using precarious sense multipleaccess with collision protection (CSMA/CD) protocol . This protocol may also useRF, see (IEEE 802.11 or better ISO/IEC 8802.11 to be verified) using 2,4 GHzand 5 GHz frequency bands (See WiFi)
European ApplicationHome Alliance
is a project funded under the EU Sixth Framework Programme to follow the aimsand objectives of TAHI and ensure there is a link between A/V and Home Controlsystems.
European Home SystemsAssociation
Aims to support and promote European industry in the field of Home Systems. Itsmembers include major manufacturers with large R&D facilities. However, EHSAalso includes representatives of the building and installation trade, architects,electrical utilities, connector experts and suppliers of telecommunication systems.All have their field of expertise, all have their contribution to make, and all havethe wish to co-operate to achieve a common standard and share experience withothers. Now converged within Konnex Association
European Installation BusAssociation
EIBA offers PC-based software solutions to create, maintain and operateinstallations with KNX/EIB: primarily the ETS tools for the electrical or HVACinstallers and system integrators, the EIB/OPC Server for run-time visualizationplus advanced tools for developers and manufacturers. Now Konnex Association
extensible markuplanguage
a specification developed by the W3C. XML is a pared-down version of SGML,designed especially for Web documents. It allows designers to create their owncustomized tags, enabling the definition, transmission, validation, andinterpretation of data between applications and between organizations.
- 143 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
fail safe A requirement of most devices and systems in the SmartHouse that should theyfail to operate properly, they will fail in a safe mode and one that ensures thesafety of the occupants of the SmartHouse and does not damage otherequipment. Preferably, any failure of one item of equipment should not preventother systems (especially Critical Systems) from working.
fax Facsimile Transmission - a simple electronic way of sending a facsimile of adocument to another location using the (POTS) telephone system.
fibre to the curb Network where an optical fibre runs from the telephone switch to a curb sidedistribution point close to the subscriber where it is converted to copper pair.
fibre to the home Network where an optical fibre runs from the telephone switch to the subscriber'spremises.
firewall A system designed to prevent unauthorized access to or from a private network.Firewalls can be implemented in both hardware and software, or a combination ofboth. Firewalls are frequently used to prevent unauthorized Internet users fromaccessing private networks connected to the Internet, especially intranets. Allmessages entering or leaving the Intranet pass through the firewall, whichexamines each message and blocks those that do not meet the specified securitycriteria.
firewire A fast external bus that supports data transfer rates of up to 400 Mbps developedby Apple, FireWire falls under the IEEE 1394 standard.
firmware Software (programs or data) that has been written onto read-only memory(ROM). Firmware is a combination of software and hardware. ROMs, PROMsand EPROMs that have data or programs recorded on them are firmware.
fixed ip An IP Address of a component, device or computer that has been set to aparticular address (see the alternative - DHCP)
flash A solid-state, non-volatile, rewritable memory that functions like a combination ofRAM and hard disk. Flash memory is durable, operates at low voltages, andretains data when power is off. Flash memory cards are used in digital cameras,cell phones, printers, handheld computers, pagers, and audio recorders
frequency modulation FM is a process used for analogue radio (FM broadcast), wireless microphonesystems, television audio transmission and videotape recording. A low frequency(program) signal modulates (changes) the frequency of a high frequency RFcarrier signal (causing it to deviate from its nominal base frequency). The originalprogram signal is recovered (demodulated) at the receiver. This system isextensively used in broadcast radio transmission because it is less prone tosignal interference and retains most of the original signal quality. In video, FM isused in order to record high quality signals on videotape.
fuel cells A device that electrochemically converts the chemical energy of a fuel and anoxidant to electrical energy. The fuel and oxidant are typically stored outside ofthe fuel cell and transferred into the fuel cell as the reactants are consumed.
fuel poverty described of people that need to expend more than 10% of their income onenergy.
gaming Formally, computer gaming - games composed of a computer-controlled virtualuniverse that players may interact with in order to achieve a goal (or set of goals).
gateway Gateways are points of entrance to and exit from a communications network.Viewed as a physical entity, a gateway is that node that translates between twootherwise incompatible networks or network segments. See also Residentialgateway.
global system for mobilecommunication
Originally developed as a pan-European standard for digital mobile telephony,GSM has become the world's most widely used mobile system. It is used on the900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequencies in Europe, Asia and Australia, and the MHz1900 frequency in North America and Latin America
graceful degradation The property of a system, product or programme by which in the case of anyfailure or malfunction the programme continues to operate with reducedfunctionality. As further malfunctions occur the operation is gradually degradeduntil ultimate failure. (cp. a program "crash" where there is immediate programfailure with unpredictable consequences.) See also Fail Safe.
handover documentation Documentation in support of the SMS having been inspected, tested and verifiedby a competent person.
CWA 50487:2005 - 144 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
hardware All the electrical and electronic equipment, together with the physical media(cable connector, taps etc) associated with SMS.
health care Care, services or supplies related to the health of an individual. Health careincludes but is not limited to: preventive, diagnostic, therapeutic, rehabilitative,maintenance, or palliative care and counselling services, assessment, orprocedure with respect to the physical or mental condition, or functional status ofan individual, or that affects the structure or function of the body; and the sale ordispensing of a drug, device, equipment, or other item in accordance with aprescription.
heat pump An electric device with both heating and cooling capabilities. It extracts heat fromone medium at a lower (the heat source) temperature and transfers it to anotherat a higher temperature (the heat sink), thereby cooling the first and warming thesecond.
heterogeneous Qualifies a physical medium in which the relevant properties depend on theposition in the medium.A heterogeneous system is constructed from components of more than one kind.An example is a distributed system with a variety of processor types.
high definition television - a higher quality signal resolution using a digital format for the transmission andreception of TV signals. HDTV provides about five times more picture information(picture elements or pixels) than conventional television, creating clarity, wideraspect ratio, and digital quality sound.In Europe MPEG4 video compression will be adopted and will use both 720 linesprogressive and 1080 lines interlaced transmission standards.
high fidelity
(or hifi or hi-fi)
is the reproduction of sound and image that is very faithful to the original. Hi-fiaims to achieve minimal or unnoticeable amounts of noise and distortion. Theterm "hi-fi" can be applied to any reasonable quality home music system
home and buildingelectronic systems
Any electronic system that operates and is networked in the home or businessinformation space. Standard Body CENELEC TC 205 covers this area.
home appliance General term used for domestic equipment in the home such as refrigerators,cookers, washing machines and central heating boilers.
home area network term used for electronic networks within the Home. See also WAN, MAN, LAN,PAN.
home audio videointeroperability
a networking standard that uses IEEE 1394, aka Firewire, as a transport. Ifimplemented precisely, HAVi will allow devices of different brands to connectusing FireWire and interoperate by sending audio, video and control informationover the network. (However, 1394/HAVi is not is not even close to being astandard when it comes to home audio and video! - sourcewww.satelliteguys.us/showthread.php)
home automation All the electronic information and telecommunication technologies used in thehome. Its purpose is to facilitate functions related to security, comfort,convenience, energy-saving and communication in a home.
home care The care of people in their own homes rather than in hospital or other homes.Home care enables the aged or disabled to live at home longer. SmartHousetechnologies can enable new and more effective methods of maintaining care inpeoples' homes.
home control see Home Automation
home electronic system Any electronic system that operates and is networked in the home informationspace. Standards Body IEC/ISO JTC1 SC25 WG1 covers this area.
Home Gateway Initiative HGI is an open forum launched by Telcos in December 2004 with the aim torelease specifications of the home gateway. In addition to Telcos severalmanufacturers have joined the alliance. See:http://www.homegateway.org/aboutus/memberslist.html.
home phonelinenetworking alliance
Also referred to as HomePNA. A de facto home networking standard developedby the Home Phoneline Networking Alliance. This technology, building onEthernet, allows all the components of a home network to interact over thehome's existing telephone wiring without disturbing the existing voice or faxservices.
home shopping The Use of the Internet to access the shopping portals of shops and stores.Home shopping is often associated with home delivery of groceries and othergoods.
- 145 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
hub A device that connects the cables from computers and other devices such asprinters in an ethernet local area network. Traditionally, hubs are used for startopology networks.
human factors Human factors (also known as ergonomics) are the study of how humans behavephysically and psychologically in relation to particular environments, products, orservices. The term usability is now sometimes used as an alternative to humanfactors, although human factors is really a larger area of study, includingresponses that are unrelated to usability, such as reactions and preferences inrelation to visual and other sensory stimuli.
hybrid fibre/coaxial HFC network is a telecommunication technology in which optical fibre cable andCOAXIAL CABLE are used in different portions of a network to carry broadbandcontent (such as video, data, and voice)
hypertext markuplanguage
is a coding language used to make hypertext documents for use on the Web.HTML resembles old-fashioned typesetting code, where a block of text issurrounded by codes that indicate how it should appear. HTML allows text to be"linked" to another file on the Internet
ICT Security Information security provides confidentiality, integrity, availability andaccountability of data..
IEC InternationalElectrotechnicalVocabulary (IEV)
Standardized terminology and definitions by the International ElectrotechnicalCommission. Approximately 20000 terms. English, French, German, Spanish.
IEEE 1394 A standard for A/V Communication. Also known as FireWire, (iLink) a serialdigital format that handles a wide range of data. IEEE 1394 offers peer-to-peerinterface capability, so it does not require computer support. First conceived byApple Computer (as FireWire®), then developed by the IEEE (Institute ofElectrical and Electronics Engineers), this high-speed 2-way connection allowseasy transfer of digital data between consumer electronics gear and computers.Found on some HDTV-capable TVs, tuners, and recorders.
iLink iLink (also known as FireWire or IEEE 1394) is a personal computer and digitalvideo serial bus interface standard offering high-speed communications andisochronous real-time data services.
immunity The ability of a device, equipment or system to perform without degradation inthe presence of an electromagnetic disturbance.
I-mode Internet Mode. A wireless service launched in Japan in spring 1999 by NTTDoCoMo. I-Mode was licensed to operators in Germany, France, Spain, Italy, theNetherlands, and Taiwan, where it operates over GPRS using WAP. I-modedelivers a huge range of services to subscribers and has proved enormouslypopular with some 30 million regular users. The revenue sharing model used forI-mode is being adopted by other operators as the basis for the new servicesenabled by GPRS and 3G
inbound the direction of Information or data being received by a device or system. (notethat for AMR devices such as meters, inbound communication is data beingreceived by the utility management system regardless of the direction at thesending device)
information Knowledge concerning objects, such as facts, events, things, processes, orideas, including concepts, that within a certain context has a particular meaning.Information is a term with many meanings depending on context, but is as a ruleclosely related to such concepts as meaning, knowledge, instruction,communication, representation, and mental stimulus.
information privacy See EU Directive 95 requiring a uniform minimum standard of privacy protectionacross the EU. The heart of the Directive is a set of information privacy principles
information security Information security provides confidentiality, integrity, availability andaccountability of data. See Security
Information society A society in which economic and cultural life is critically dependent on informationand communications technologies. Popularised in Europe by the 1994Bangemann report on 'Europe and the global information society'. Similar to theNII and GII concepts but focusing less on technology, more on uses.
CWA 50487:2005 - 146 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
info-tainment A combination of traditional elements of video, film, graphics, animation, music,audio, and text for the purposes of providing information and/or entertainment.Often characterized by hyperlinks among the various media.
infra red Infra Red: Part of electromagnetic waves that is very close to light, but invisiblefor the human eye. Used for low-rate data transport (eg, remote control signals).
input/output I/O Refers to the flow of information or signals (in or out) with respect to aparticular device.
inspection Checking a SMS installation in order to ensure that the components of the SMSand the SMS itself have all been installed in a safe, good workmanship mannerand comply with local, national and other requirements and specificationsapplicable to the project (see also 5.3 Periodic Inspection).
inspector A competent person who is capable of inspecting all aspects of SMS inaccordance with this document, together with the ability to verify that it meets theclient's requirements and relevant standards. This person can be the sameinstaller who has installed the SMS installation. In some countries there may existnational regulations, which specify the definition of an inspector.
installation One apparatus or a set of devices and/or apparatuses associated in a givenlocation to fulfil specified purposes, including all means for their satisfactoryoperation.A physical network of electrical components, that uses communication interfaces,that links “intelligent modules” to providing the solution according o the contract. The installation is balanced to the need of the user at a certain time, and needsperiodical adjustment. Broad meaning: It consists of installation in its narrowmeaning, testing and commissioning. Narrow meaning: The process of physicallypositioning and fixing cabling and devices within a building.
installer A person or organisation who is educated for design, integration and installation,based on their skills, training and experience, according to standards andnational regulations.
Integrated Services DigitalNetwork
A switched network providing end-to-end digital connectivity for simultaneoustransmission of voice and/or data over multiple multiplexed communicationschannels and employing transmission and out-of-band signalling protocols thatconform to internationally-defined standards.
interactive Referring to programs or applications that respond directly to the user, takinginstructions and giving feedback.
interconnectedness The instance or happening of Interconnection
interconnection Both physical and/or wireless connection of equipment.
InternationalTelecommunication Union
an international organization based in Geneva, Switzerland. The ITU focuses ontelecommunications and is divided into three sectors dealing with radiocommunications, standardization, and development.
International body that develops worldwide standards for telecommunicationstechnologies. The ITU-T carries out the functions of the former CCITT
internet An interconnected system of networks that connects computers around the worldvia the TCP/IP protocol.
internet engineering taskforce
The main standards organization for the Internet. The IETF is a large openinternational community of network designers, operators, vendors, andresearchers concerned with the evolution of the Internet architecture and thesmooth operation of the Internet. It is open to any interested individual.
internet protocol television (IPTV) has become a common denominator for systems where television and/orvideo signals are distributed to subscribers using Internet protocols. Often this isin parallel with the subscriber's Internet connection, supplied by a broadbandoperator using the same infrastructure and possibly bandwidth.
internet protocol IP specifies the format of packets, also called datagrams, and the addressingscheme is defined in STD 5, RFC 791, is the network layer for the TCP/IPProtocol Suite. It is a connectionless, best-effort packet switching protocol. Mostnetworks combine IP with a higher- level protocol called Transport ControlProtocol (TCP), which establishes a virtual connection between a destination anda source.
- 147 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
interoperability The ability of different types of computers, networks, devices, operating systems,and applications to work together effectively, without prior communication, inorder to exchange information in a useful and meaningful manner.
intserv integrated services Integrated Services is a model used for providing traffic forwarding service levelsin IP/MPLS networks. It allows for micro flows to be created with reservedresources (such as bandwidth) and other traffic handling characteristics(maximum packet size, maximum burst size, etc.). Traffic is pushed into thesemicro flows in the direction of the required destination.
IP Routing Routing is the technique by which data finds its way from one host computer toanother. In the Internet context there are three major aspects of routing
1. Physical Address Determination2. Selection of inter-network gateways3. Symbolic and Numeric Addresses
jitter Jitter is a measure of the variability over time of the latency across a network. Avery low amount of jitter is important for real-time applications using voice andvideo
knowledge Knowledge can be considered as the distillation of information that has beencollected, classified, organized, integrated, abstracted and value added.Knowledge is at a level of abstraction higher than the data, and information onwhich it is based and can be used to deduce new information and newknowledge.
Konnex The short name for the KNX Bus Standard. See Konnex Association
Konnex Association Konnex Association, a co-operating partner of CENELEC, is the creator of theKNX specifications, that have been standardised as EN 50090 series, the fieldbus technology for all applications in home and building control, ranging fromlighting, shutter control to security, heating, ventilation and air conditioning andmany others.
Presently the association focuses on: support of standardisation; certifications ofproducts and services in order to guarantee system compatibility, inter-workingand interoperability; Management of an Engineering Tool Software (ETS) that iscommon for most products implementing EN 50090 unaware of the supplier ofthe product; marketing support for the products and systems implementingEN 50090; training of professionals.
latency In a network, latency, a synonym for delay, is an expression of how much time ittakes for a packet of data to get from one designated point to another. In someusages latency is measured by sending a packet that will be returned back to thesender and thus the round-trip time is considered the latency
load management The management of energy consumption (or load) such that the amount ofenergy used is minimised or the peak amount of energy supplied is limited orlevelled.
local area network . A user-owned and operated data transmission facility connecting a number ofcommunicating devices (e.g. computers, terminals, word processors, printers,and storage units) within a single building or floor. A LAN is often associated withoffice related devices rather than home related devices. See WAN, MAN, HANand PAN
log book (Ins) A Log Book is kept for an installation that contains all the details of each stageand process of the installation. This contains details of work done, the settings ofall equipment initialised and the layout of the network, cables and equipment.
LONMARK LONMARK International is a global membership organization created to promoteand advance the business of efficient and effective integration of open, multi-vendor control systems utilizing ANSI/EIA/CEA 709.1 and related standards.
maintainer The maintainer should maintain and service the installation to keep it runningwell, based on the customer ‘s needs. The maintainer may be the installer or a person who has the knowledge & experience, working in agreement with thecustomer / end user.
malware A generic term increasingly being used to describe any form of malicioussoftware; e.g. viruses, Trojan Horses, malicious active content, etc
CWA 50487:2005 - 148 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
metropolitan area network A data network designed for a town or city. In terms of geographic breadth,MANs are larger than local-area networks (LANs), but smaller than wide-areanetworks (WANs). MANs are usually characterized by very high-speedconnections using fibre optical cable or other digital media. See WAN, HAN andPAN.
management (RG) The function of systems within a Residential Gateway that manage its activities,control the flow and destinations of data through the RG and maintain specific"policies" of the organisation that "owns" the RG.
mean time betweenfailures
The expectation of the operating time between failures.MTBF is the average time from start of use to failure in a large population of alarge population of identical systems, computers, or devices to the first failure ofa piece of equipment. Technically MTBF should be used only in reference torepairable items, while MTTF should be used for non-repairable items, but MTBFis commonly used for both repairable and non-repairable item.
mean time to failure The expectation of the time to failure.MTTF is the average time of a large population of identical systems, computers,or devices to the first failure of a piece of equipment.
mean time to repair The expectation of the time to restoration.Mean Time To Repair - the average time it takes to repair a given piece ofequipment or equipment set
media In the SmartHouse media is used to describe the physical medium over whichdata is networked. It may also refer to the material or object in or on whichcontent is stored: Paper, Magnetic Tape or Discs, Optical discs etc..
medicare The delivery of medical services to a person. In the SmartHouse some or all ofthis may be delivered or assisted by technological means utilising the resourcesof the SmartHouse
micro-CHP The use of Combined Heat and Power devices at the level of a single home orsmall multi-user dwelling - See CHP.
MMS Multimedia Messaging System
mobile Commonly used to describe a Mobile Phone.
mobility Mobility is movement that involves changing the position of oneself or an object.A person with a mobility impairment may have difficulty with walking, standing,lifting, climbing stairs, carrying, balancing, or having the stamina and enduranceto do these kinds of activities. In describing Wellbeing, mobility is one of theparameters applied.
motion pictures expertsgroup
A body within the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) thatestablished the MPEG-1, MPEG-2, and MPEG-4 digital audio and videocompression standards. MPEG is also used to refer to video and audio clipscompressed using the MPEG standards and the MPEG standards themselves.
multicast A multicast message is one that is transmitted to selected multiple recipients whohave joined the appropriate multicast group. The sender has to generate only asingle data stream. A multicast-enabled router will forward a multicast to aparticular network only if there are multicast receivers on that network.
multimedia andhypermedia experts group
group of specialists, eminent in their field which has been set up by ISO, theInternational Standards Organisation to create a standard method of storage,exchange and display of multimedia presentations.
multimedia home platform (MHP) is the open middleware system designed by the DVB Project. A standardfor digital supplementary services, based on the DVB standard. Thisstandardised programming interface is intended to be the universal decoder ofthe future. MHP defines the technical interface of the IRD (API), and facilitatesthe reception of signals from different providers via MHP-compatible receivers(set-top boxes). Its function is to facilitate additional services other than the TVprogramme, such as interactive services and Internet via TV. MHP is based,among others, on the Java software platform.
multi-media PC A PC capable of delivering Triple Play
near-end cross-talkattenuation (loss)
NEXT is an electromagnetic interference (EMI), also known as crosstalk,introduced on UTP by close by wires, usually running in parallel with the NEXTinduced wire.
- 149 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanationnetwork address and porttranslation
NAPT is a special case of NAT. In NAPT an almost arbitrary number ofconnections are multiplexed using TCP port information. The number ofsimultaneous connections is limited by the number of addresses multiplied by thenumber of TCP ports available.
network addresstranslation
the translation of an Internet Protocol address used within one network to adifferent IP address known within another network.
network operator Generally an organisation with a license to provide telephony services.
new build Houses or accommodation that are being built. This means that work to makethem SmartHouses by introducing structured cabling and networking equipment,may be carried out as part of the build of the house. Such work will therefore beless costly or intrusive than if the dwelling is already built and or lived in whensuch work needs to be done.
NGN@Home NGN@Home is the part of ETSI Committee Access and Terminals ATresponsible for deliverables relating to Next Generation Networks [NGN] in theHome environment. NGN@Home refers to existing Network Access technologiesand will cover the characteristics and functionality of devices on the Internet thatmay use the various access networks to transport information across the HomeAccess Network to the end devices on the Home Local Network.
no new wires No New Wires refers to networking technologies and media that avoid thenecessity to install wires for communication in the home network. Suchtechnologies and media include Wireless (RF) and Power Line Carrier.
no service indicator is a feature of the wireless equipment that tells the wireless user that wirelessservice is not available in this particular coverage areaAlso Name Service Interface.
nomadicity Nomadicity is the tendency of a person, or group of people, to move with relativefrequency. There is a need to support today's increasingly mobile workers withnomadic computing, the use of portable computing devices and, ideally, constantaccess to the Internet and data on other computers. Standards such as theIETF's Mobile IPv6 standards and Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)can be said to support nomadic computing.
notebook PC Small portable computer - sometimes known as a "laptop computer" but oftensmaller.
open Of Systems and Software, the property of it being available to all users on a freeor at Reasonable and Non Discriminatory cost. Any system based on publiclyavailable standards for subsystem interaction that facilitates multi-vendor andmulti-technology integration. Open systems are portable, scaleable, andinteroperable.
Open Systems GatewayAlliance
OSGi is an industry group working to define and promote an open standard forconnecting the coming generation of smart consumer and small-businessappliances with commercial Internet services. The Open Services Gatewayspecification provides a common foundation for ISPs, network operators, andequipment manufacturers to deliver a wide range of e-services via gatewayservers running in the home or remote office.
open systemsinterconnection
a seven-layer hierarchical reference interface and communications modelsponsored by ISO, 1984, known as the OSI Reference Model: layer 7--applications, layer 6--presentations, 5--session, 4--transport, 3--network, 2--datalink, 1--physical. This model is incorporated at the operating system level. TheOSI model is used to develop interfaces and integrate two dissimilar systems.See ISO/IEC 7498-1:1994 Information technology -- Open SystemsInterconnection -- Basic Reference Model: The Basic Model.
operation manual In terms of Installation an Operation Manual is provided for the end user/home-based user to use as a reference for the day to day operation of the installedSmartHouse system.
outbound the direction of Information or data being sent by a device or system. (note thatfor AMR devices such as meters, inbound communication is data being sent bythe utility management system regardless of the direction at the receiving device)
outlet box A housing for an electrical receptacle, switch, or other system. In theSmartHouse this is typically linked to the ducts and pathways that carry datacables from the Distribution Box
CWA 50487:2005 - 150 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
owner The person, entity or organisation that owns equipment, systems or networks inthe SmartHouse and content delivered to or used within it. This may notnecessarily be the same person, entity or organisation for all the equipment,systems, networks or content in the SmartHouse and this renders interoperabilityand open systems desirable.
owner supported singlesmarthouse system
(describing the management of the SmartHouse system security system)
passive No electrical energy present on the SMS.
pathways Ducts or channels built into houses that are designed to carry data (and otherutility cables and pipes). Usually associated in the SmartHouse with DistributionBoxes, Outlet Boxes and Structured Cabling.
pay-per-view An interactive pay-TV service where the viewer chooses and pays for the specificprogramme they want to view, e.g. a concert, film, video or a football match
pay-per-wash An interactive payment system for washing machines where instead of the userbeing the owner of the appliance, the manufacturer loans the appliance to theuser and levies a charge for each wash load. This Business model is suspectbecause it is attractive to occasional users of the appliance whereas high levelusers benefit from outright purchase of the appliance.
personal area network A very small network, usually within the space of a few feet or the size of a room.Also known as a Pico net. A good example of a PAN is a cell phone and apersonal digital assistant with a Bluetooth adapter. The adapter links with the cellphone, allowing the PDA to access the Internet.
personal computer on TV A facility provided by certain Service providers with STBs having a broadbandconnection as well as a Terrestrial. Cable or Satellite connection that allows thehome-based user to receive and use PC applications software interfaced on theirTV. The application software is hosted by the service provider's managementsystem and can support multiple users. For occasional users of PC applications,the provision of such a service provides word processing and spreadsheetcapabilities without the necessity of owning a PC.
personal identificationnumber
A sequence of digits used to verify the identity of the holder of a token. The PINis a kind of password.
personal video recorder A PVR enables the subscriber to "time-shift" the live television viewingexperience in a way similar to the VCR, by pausing, rewinding, fast forwarding,and recording for later viewing. To do this, content must be stored. Storage canbe client-side (stored on a hard disk in the set-top box), or, server-side (stored bya video server at the head-end that has been designed for this purpose). Moresophisticated PVR offerings complement the viewing experience with an IPG andother enhancements. PVR is also a reference to the consumer electronics devicethat enables PVR service.
personalisation The provision of an individual's personal details, preferences or needs withinteroperable services and messages by service providers.
phase alternation line (PAL) is the analogue television display standard that is used in Europe andcertain other parts of the world.
photovoltaic (cell) a device that uses the photoelectric effect to generate electricity from light, thusgenerating solar power (energy). Solar cells are used to power many kinds ofequipment, including satellites, calculators, remote radiotelephones, andadvertising signs. Many cells may be linked together to form a solar panel withincreased voltage and/or current. Solar cells produce direct current (DC) whichcan be used directly, stored in a battery.
physical security The prevention of intrusion, damage or criminal activity that may harm a buildingor its occupants. Physical security systems may utilise sensors, occupancydetectors and video (CCTV) cameras to monitor the home and may communicateregularly with security service providers to ensure the security of the building.See Security
plain old telephone system (the ubiquitous current/legacy analogue telephone in many domestic premises)
- 151 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
plastic optical fibre in the world of fibre optics, the actual fibre strand can be manufactured fromglass or plastic. Plastic fibre has poor internal reflection, as opposed to glass'high efficiency in transmitting light from one end to the other. Though POF is verylow-cost, this high loss results in much higher susceptibility to jitter and makes itsuitable only for low data rate, short-haul connections. The AES Type 2 and1394b standards both specify POF as a PHY media choice.
plug and play A standard that gives computer users the ability to plug a device into a computerand have the device recognized automatically. This function is performed by theoperating system (often derided as "Plug and Pray" because early systems didnot always perform as expected. Noted this reference on Google "Jesus is theway, the truth and the life! Simple hardware that needs little help from the user. -www.christianmedia.ca/glossary/")
policies In the RG the policies of a service provider may be carried out by a "policycoordination module" (NGN@Home) or by Service Bundles (OSGi) or by othermeans. Such policies may regulate the use of content and the payment for itsuse, ensure that service level specifications for content delivery are maintained ormay prioritise particular applications or data flows through the gateway.
power line carrier that uses the existing power cabling found in homes and commercial buildings toconnect devices. Speeds range from 60 bps to over 10 Mbps. Depending on thetechnology, it is used for controls and data networking.The method is suspect due to the potential high levels of radio interference.
power over ethernet the use of Ethernet cabling (Cat 5) to carry power for attached devices.
pre-commissioning Checking that all system inputs, outputs, alarms, communicators and sequencesare wired correctly and produce the expected actions. Also checking sequences,set points, cause and effects and other software parameters are correct.
pretty amazing new stuff term used by telephone engineers to describe new digital services (as opposedto POTS - Plain Old Telephone Systems)
privacy The protection of personal related data from exposure and unauthorised access.
private automatic branchexchange
installed in customers premises and switch calls automatically. These exchangesare connected to a network and allow incoming calls to be connected to internalextensions and for extensions to make outgoing calls without the intervention of aperson (ie operator) although an operator may be employed to route certain calls.These systems also have internal facilities (divert, last number redial etc).
private branch exchange. A private telephone switching system that allows telephone extensions toconnect to each other as well as the outside world. See PABX.
pro-active Acting in anticipation of future problems, needs, or changes. In terms of theSmartHouse, systems may need to be proactive in being able to recognisepotential future problems that may arise as new systems are added to existingones. There may also be pro-active requirements in home care and medicare.
processor A generic term that does not distinguish between microprocessor,microcontroller, network processor, or digital signal processor. In all cases theprocessor receives data and acts on instructions on how to process the data. Theprocessor is the component that controls devices, computers and applicationsacting on a set of instructions specific to the application.
provisioning (rg) The act of providing services for the home-based user of the SmartHouse orenabling that provision within the Residential Gateway
proxy A software agent that acts on behalf of a user. Typical proxies accept aconnection from a user, make a decision as to whether or not the user or client IPaddress is permitted to use the proxy, perhaps does additional authentication,and then completes a connection on behalf of the user to a remote destination
public switched telephonenetwork
The worldwide set of interconnected switched voice telephone networks thatdeliver fixed telephone services to the general public and are usually accessedby telephones, key telephone systems, private branch exchange trunks, andcertain data arrangements, transmitting voice, other audio, video, and datasignals. Completion of a PSTN circuit between the call originator and the callreceiver requires network signalling in the form of either dial pulses or multi-frequency tones. The PSTN includes local loops; short-haul trunks; long-haultrunks, including international links; exchanges; and switching technology.French: RTPC.
CWA 50487:2005 - 152 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
quality of service performance specification of a communications channel or system or the rating oftelephone communications quality in which listeners judge transmissions byqualifiers, such as excellent, good, fair, poor, or unsatisfactory. A general termthat incorporates bandwidth, latency, and jitter to describe a network's ability tocustomize the treatment of specific classes of data. For example, QoS can beused to prioritize video transmissions over Web-browsing traffic. Advancednetworks can offer greater control over how data traffic is classified into classesand greater flexibility as to how the treatment of that traffic is differentiated fromother traffic
random access memory RAM is a type of computer storage whose contents can be accessed in anyorder. It is usually implied that RAM can be both written to and read from.
redundant modality refers to using more than one way to represent, display, and enter data, such as:* using both a beep and a menu bar flash to notify a user of an error* using text to label images redundantly* allowing a user to issue commands by typing or selecting something with apointer
refurbishment Improvement and modernisation of a building falling short of rebuilding orredevelopment. In terms of the SmartHouse, refurbishment provides anopportunity to install, distribution Boxes, Ducts and Pathways and Outlet boxessuch that structured cabling may be installed and the building transformed into a(potential) SmartHouse.
reliability The ability of a system or component to perform its required functions understated conditions for a specified period of time. See MTBF, MTTF, MTTR
remote control A device for controlling a machine or some function of a machine at a distance,either wired or wireless. In the SmartHouse many entertainment devices areprovided with their own remote control that operates the features of the device.Also many of the systems and applications in the SmartHouse may be monitoredand controlled remotely by service providers' management systems.
repudiation Denial by one of the entities involved in a communication of having participated inall or part of the communication. In the delivery of services to the SmartHouse itis important to have a properly validated audit trail in order to prevent thereceiving party from repudiating the fact of that delivery.
residential gateway A residential gateway is a network interface device that terminates a WAN andconnects to end-user devices directly or through a home network. In addition tofeatures common to any gateway, it may include an embedded broadbandmodem, dynamic routing capacity, security features, and direct or indirect supportfor home networking.
resilience Ability of a system to recover after a fault has occurred.
retrofit Modification of an existing structure to incorporate changes not available at timeof original construction. In terms of the SmartHouse, the vast majority of houseshave been constructed before the advent of the SmartHouse. RetrofittingSmartHouse systems is therefore a necessity if this part of the housing stock is tobe brought up to date. Because of the potential disruption that the fitting of ducts,pathways and outlet boxes may create, the amount of new cabling should beminimised and "no New Wires solutions employed.
routing The process of delivering a message across a network or networks via the mostappropriate path, usually done by a device called a router.
safety Safety is the condition of being protected against failure, breakage, error,accidents, or harm. In terms of the SmartHouse safety analysis is a necessaryprocedure to ensure that many parallel networks and applications do not interactand cause events that may place the occupants at risk.
safety extra low voltage a term generally defined by the regulatory agencies as the highest voltage thatcan be contacted by a person and not cause injury. It is often specifically definedas 30 VAC or 42.4 VDC
safety system A system that contains control elements allied to ensuring no hazard or dangerexists during normal operation of the system or when an abnormal occurrencetakes place within the system.
satellite Sophisticated electronic communications relay station orbiting 22,237 milesabove the equator, moving in a fixed orbit at the same speed and direction of theearth. TV communications from a Satellite are commonly referred to as SatelliteTV. See DVB-S.
- 153 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
security There are two types of security in the SmartHouse:
Information security as applied to the SmartHouse system.
Physical security as applied to the SmartHouse building and its occupants.
See Information security and Physical security.
sequential couleurs amemoire
SECAM also called Systeme Electronique Couleur Avec Memoire. The analoguetelevision broadcast standard used in France, the Middle East, and most ofEastern Europe.
service A product or good provided by a Service Provider to a consumer. In theSmartHouse many of these will be provider electronically or be electronicsystems that regulate the home or provide entertainment, healthcare, security orsafety in the home.
service agreement Contract(s) between a Service provider and the customer (end user, subscriber,consumer). The service agreement may be backed up by subordinate serviceagreements for the whole Service Supply Chain.
service bundle A set of services delivered through a common means therefore attractingsynergistic benefits. Sometimes referred to as a "bouquet" of services.
service bundles (OSGi) Term used by OSGi to describe the set up and control of applications:An OSGi bundle is comprised of Java classes and other resources whichtogether can provide functions to device owners and provide services andpackages to other bundles.
service level agreement SLA Formal agreement between a Service Provider and customers to provide acertain level of service. Penalty clauses might apply if the SLA is not met.
service levels Parameters of a service as delivered to an end user by a service provider. SeeSection 3.2 of the CoP
service provider Any organisation that provides any good or service to a consumer. In theSmartHouse many of the services will be delivered or provided electronically andwill utilise the networks, systems and applications of the SmartHouse.
service supply chain Those entities that are necessary to deliver the service. The Application HomeInitiative has identified 11 such entities that span the creator of the service, theservice aggregator, service provider, service operator, network operator, servicedistributor, subscriber and the end user. The European Application HomeAlliance has further subdivided the end user entity into customer and consumer.Each Entity must have an overall contractual relationship with the serviceprovider and will have back to back contracts with the adjacent entity in theservice supply chain. These contracts will each ensure that the Service levelrequirements of the service are fulfilled and that each entity obtains a benefitfrom the service supply.
session initiation protocol SIP is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard protocol for initiatingan interactive user session that involves multimedia elements such as video,voice, chat, gaming, and virtual reality. SIP works in the Application layer of theOSI communications model.
shielded Wiring protected from electromagnetic & radio frequency interference by metal-backed mylar foil & plastic or PVC.
short message service SMS is available on digital GSM networks allowing text messages of up to 160characters to be sent and received via the network operator's message centre toyour mobile phone, or from the Internet, using a so-called "SMS gateway"website. If the phone is powered off or out of range, messages are stored in thenetwork and are delivered at the next opportunity
simple object accessprotocol
SOAP is a lightweight protocol for exchange of information in a decentralized,distributed environment. It is an XML based protocol that consists of three parts:an envelope that defines a framework for describing what is in a message andhow to process it, a set of encoding rules for expressing instances of application-defined data types, and a convention for representing remote procedure callsand responses.
skype Skype™ is a programme allowing telephone conversations via the Internet. Calls to other Skype™ users are free as well as calls to regular telephone and mobile telephone numbers all over the world are at a low rate. Software is the generalterm for IT programs that make PCs and other electronic devices function.
CWA 50487:2005 - 154 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
smart In terms of the SmartHouse the implication is that the house has (electronic)systems and equipment that both individually and together render the house tobe more intelligent and effective as a place for living and receiving new servicesthan a house without the systems and equipment.
SmartHouse In this Code of Practice "SmartHouse" is used for all aspects of Intelligent, Smart,Connected and Environmentally efficient Homes and includes the necessaryequipment and the potential services to them.
SmartHouse includes the digital home, intelligent home, connected home, andnetworked home. SmartHouse includes any “smart” activity, service or application in the SmartHouse including any form of “office” or working environment in the SmartHouse (but the smart office in commercial premises isexcluded). SmartHouse covers any residential premises where people live (e.g.house or apartment) but excludes commercial and institutional premises (such ashotels or prisons and other commercial dwellings where the day to daymanagement of the accommodation is not controlled by the resident.).SmartHouse includes consideration of the interface with the consumer (customer,subscriber, end user) and the consumer’s needs
software The instructions executed by a computer or system, as opposed to the physicaldevice(s) on which they run (the "hardware"). Software can be split into two maintypes - system software and application software or application programs.System software is any software required to support the production or executionof application programs but which is not specific to any particular application.Examples of system software would include the operating system, compilers,editors and sorting programs.
solar gain heat that builds up inside a structure as a result of sunlight that enters throughtransparent or translucent surfaces, such as windows, and is converted to heatafter striking other surfaces inside the building.
solar heating Solar heating is a style of building construction which uses the energy ofsunshine to heat a structure. Active solar heating uses pumps which move air ora liquid from the solar collector sometimes into the building, sometimes into astorage area. Passive solar heating relies on the design and structure of thehouse to collect and distribute heat throughout the building.
spaces The voids, pathways and ducts in the fabric of a building through which cablesmay be distributed. See Pathways, Ducts,
spam Spam is unsolicited e-mail on the Internet sent to a large number of addresses,usually for a commercial purpose. Also referred to as junk e-mail.
specifier In the design of the SmartHouse the Specifier is the person or organisation thatdraws up the requirements for the installation and for the services andapplications that will be employed.
stack Often referring to the OSI 7 Layer stack. It may be a similar stack of protocolsthat work at various levels of the OSI stack in a particular device.
stakeholder An individual or group with an interest in the success of an organization indelivering intended results and maintaining the viability of the organization'sproducts and services. Stakeholders influence programs, products, and services.The SmartHouse has many Stakeholder in many different areas and withdifferent objectives.
structured cabling A structured cabling system (SCS) is a set of cabling and connectivity productsthat integrates the voice, data, video, and various management systems of abuilding (such as safety alarms, security access, energy systems, etc.). An SCStypically consists of a set of individual cables (CAT5 or better) that each run froma distribution point to outlet boxes or to dedicated equipment. All cabling iscarefully labelled at each end and every outlet point will have a cable run to it. Atthe distribution point there is likely to be equipment for switching or routing datasignals to connected equipment and a "patch panel" that allows those cables thatare connected to equipment to be patched to the switch or router. The structureis such that cables run to every outlet point but only those that are used arepatched. The others are in place and ready for deployment. There may be"backbone" cables between distribution points.
- 155 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
subscriber (as customer) A Subscriber is a person that has subscribed to a service and therefore isresponsible for paying for the service. The subscriber may be responsible formaintaining the service providers equipment in a good condition at the customerpremises. The subscriber is a customer of the service provider (often thecustomer) for a particular SmartHouse. See Consumer, Customer, End User
subscriber (systemsecurity)
The Subscriber (1) is the subject named or identified in a certificate, (2) holds aprivate key that corresponds to the public key listed in the certificate, and (3)does not issue certificates to another party. This includes, but is not limited to, anindividual or network device. The Subscriber's name appears as the subject in acertificate in accordance with Certificate Policy asserted in the certificate.
supplier A Supplier is that person or organisation that supplies services, systems orequipment in the SmartHouse. The supplier will contract with the systemdesigner and the installer to provide specific goods and equipment to be installedin the SmartHouse.
sustainable building Buildings that are designed and constructed to the highest environmentalstandards, (especially in order to minimise the use of energy, water and scarceminerals/timber), that are economic to run over their whole lifetime and aresufficiently flexible to meet the needs of future generations.
switch A device that improves network performance by segmenting the network andreducing competition for bandwidth. When a switch port receives data packets, itforwards those packets only to the appropriate port for the intended recipient.This further reduces competition for bandwidth between the clients, servers orworkgroups connected to each switch port.
symmetric digitalsubscriber line
—This technology provides the same bandwidth in both directions, upstream anddownstream. See DSL
system integrity Ensuring that the system has not been modified and is working as intended.
system manual A System Manual is that document that describes in accurate detail the operationand construction of the system. In the case of the SmartHouse the installer willprepare a system manual that is made available to the maintainer of the system.Similarly equipment manufacturers will produce system manuals of theirequipment that can be used by the system designer of the SmartHouse
system security Information security on the SmartHouse system
tablet-PC A Tablet PC is a computer shaped in the form of a notebook except with thecapabilities of being written on through the use of digitizing tablet technology or atouch screen. A user can use a stylus and operate the computer without havingto have a keyboard or mouse.
TAHI Open Architecture. Shortly after its creation the TAHI Technical Working Group identified the needfor a high level and over arching framework that would allow many differentsystems, networks, protocols and sub architectures to interoperate. An OpenArchitecture has been defined with a philosophy that requires that any entity canbe represented and its interactions with other entities modelled.
telecare The use of telecommunication and other communication techniques to providecare in the home for the disabled and elderly. See Wellbeing, Home Care.
telemaintenance The use of Telecommunication and other communication techniques to monitor,diagnose and modify parameters of remote equipment such as to maintain theequipment or to ensure manual intervention is effective and timely.
telematics The integrated use of telecommunications and informatics, also known as ICT(Information and Communications Technology). More specifically it is the scienceof sending, receiving and storing information via telecommunication devices.
telemetry The data and flow of data from remote devices to a management system ("Theuse of telecommunication devices to automatically record measurements from adistance")
television without frontiers The "Television without Frontiers" directive (89/552/EEC), adopted on 3 October1989 by the Council and amended on 30 June 1997 by the European Parliamentand the Council Directive 97/36/EC, establishes the legal frame of reference forthe free movement of television broadcasting services in the Union in order topromote the development of a European market in broadcasting and relatedactivities, such as television advertising and the production of audiovisualprogrammes. (Currently under review).
CWA 50487:2005 - 156 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
testing Checking the installed cables (and sometimes the installed connectors) to ensurethat they have not been damaged by the installation process by means ofspecialist test equipment.
The Application HomeInitiative
(TAHI) is an organisation dedicated to accelerating the adoption of applicationsand services by home-based users.
third generation mobiletelephone
In mobile telephony, third-generation protocols support much higher data rates,measured in Mbps, intended for applications other than voice. 3G supportsbandwidth-hungry applications such as full-motion video, video-conferencing andfull Internet access. www.3gpp.org
tied-in A customer is said to be "tied-in" to a service when the contract associated withthe service or product covers a long period of time, the equipment is expensiveand there are strong economic disincentives to switch to other services.
transcoding The process of converting a media file or object from one format to another.Transcoding is often used to convert video formats (ie, Beta to VHS, VHS toQuickTime, QuickTime to MPEG). But it is also used to fit HTML files andgraphics files to the unique constraints of mobile devices and other Web-enabledproducts.
transmission controlprotocol
TCP is one of the main protocols in TCP/IP networks. Whereas the IP protocoldeals only with packets, TCP enables two hosts to establish a connection andexchange streams of data. TCP guarantees delivery of data and also guaranteesthat packets will be delivered in the same order in which they were sent.
transmission controlprotocol/internet protocol
the suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet.TCP/IP uses several protocols, the two main ones being TCP and IPP. TCP/IP isused by the Internet, making it the de facto standard for transmitting data overnetworks.
transversal Crossing over many domains
transversal security A subset of Information security dealing with data that crosses over manydomains in the delivery of services through the home gateway.
triple play In A/V and entertainment a device with the ability to deliver, voice, data and videovia the internet and using other local media and storage.
trojan Trojans are programs (often malicious) that install themselves or runsurreptitiously on a victim's machine. They do not install or run automatically, butmay entice users into installing or executing by masquerading as anotherprogram altogether (such as a game or a patch) or they may be packaged withhacked legitimate programs that install the trojan when the host program isexecuted. Such a program may perform some unexpected or unauthorizedactions such as displaying messages, erasing files or formatting a disk. It mayalso be used to gain access to your computer for example by opening a"backdoor" into your computer's operating system for a hacker.
trust In The SmartHouse and its services and applications, Trust is an essentialrequirement of interaction between services and people in the SmartHouse(represented by applications. Trust is established through Certified and encryptedmessages that prove to the receiving person or application that thecommunication (service or application) is to be trusted.
twisted pair. Two insulated copper wires twisted around each other to reduce induction (thusinterference) from one wire to the other. The twists, or lays, are varied in length toreduce the potential for signal interference between pairs. Several sets of twistedpair wires may be enclosed in a single cable. In cables greater than 25 pairs, thetwisted pairs are grouped and bound together.
universal interface An User Interface device that can function as a controller for A/V devices, as aMobile Phone, PDA or Micro computer. With the convergence of systems (GSM,3G, WiFi, Bluetooth and Infra Red, such devices are beginning to becomepossible.
universal plug and play UPnP offers network connectivity of PCs, intelligent appliances, and wirelessdevices. UPnP leverages TCP/IP and the Web to enable control and datatransfer among networked devices in the home and around the home.
universal serial bus a plug-and-play interface between a computer and add-on devices (such askeyboards, phones and PDAs). With USB, a new device can be added to acomputer without having to add an adapter card or even having to turn thecomputer off. A faster variant, USB 2.0, provides transfer speeds up to 480 Mbps
- 157 - CWA 50487:2005
Term or expression Definition or explanation
unshielded Wiring not protected from electromagnetic & radio frequency interference bymetal-backed mylar foil & plastic or PVC.
unshielded twisted pair The cable used for most telephone wire, and is also used for some computer-to-computer communications (CAT5). It contains pairs of unshielded wires twistedtogether, and is a cheap and fairly noise-free way to transmit signals. In shieldedtwisted pair cables, each pair has a metal sheath around it for protection againstinterference. Unshielded twisted pair lacks the sheath, but has the advantage ofbeing more flexible and thinner. (See TP and STP)
update A new release of an existing software product. A software update usually addsrelatively minor new features to a product or addresses issues found after theprogram was released. Updates can be indicated by small changes in thesoftware version numbers, such as the change from version 4.0 to version 4.0b
upgrade An upgrade is a major product enhancement that often requires purchase of thenew software. Upgrades are often designated by a change in the major productversion number
usability Usability addresses the relationship between tools and their users. In order for atool to be effective, it must allow intended users to accomplish their tasks in thebest way possible. Usability depends on a number of factors including:- how well the functionality fits user needs,- how well the flow through the application fits user tasks,- and how well the response of the application fits user expectations
user datagram protocol A communications protocol for the Internet network layer, transport layer, andsession layer, which makes it possible to send a datagram message from onecomputer to an application running in another computer. Like TCP (TransmissionControl Protocol), UDP is used with IP (the Internet Protocol). Unlike TCP, UDPis connectionless and does not guarantee reliable communication; the applicationitself must process any errors and check for reliable delivery.
user interface (UI) is the interface by which a user of interactive devices such as a computer isable to interact with the device. It describes the way that the user uses inputdevices such as keyboards and mice, and the way the information is portrayedon screen or on the output device.
utility services Those services such as gas, electricity, water, heat and other fluids provided tothe home are commonly referred to as Utility Services. Telecommunications,Internet and Broadband have similar commodity aspects and may well beregarded as utility services in future.
vertical helical scan (also Video Home System). Method of recording audio and video electricalsignals onto magnetic tape. Widely used but becoming obsolete consumervideocassette record/playback tape format using 1/2" wide magnetic tape.
video Pertaining to picture information in a television system or monitor system
video on demand An umbrella term for a wide set of technologies and companies whose commongoal is to enable individuals to select videos from a central server for viewing ona television or computer screen. VOD can be used for entertainment (orderingmovies transmitted digitally), education (viewing training videos), andvideoconferencing (enhancing presentations with video clips). VOD content is notlive but rather pre-encoded content available at any time from a server.
video on request Video on Request is similar to Video on Demand except that the requested videois downloaded and stored by the displaying system. This means that the ServiceLevel Specifications for video on demand are not required.
virus In computer security technology, a virus is a self-replicating program that spreadsby inserting copies of itself into other executable code or documents.
VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol. A technology for transmitting ordinary telephonecalls over the Internet using packet linked routes. Also called IP telephony
virtual private network (VPN) is a private network constructed across a public network such as theInternet. A VPN can be made secure, even though it is using existing Internetconnections to carry data communication. Security measures involve encryptingdata before sending it across the Internet and decrypting the data at the otherend. An additional level of security can be added by encrypting the originatingand receiving network address.
CWA 50487:2005 - 158 -
Term or expression Definition or explanation
WAN Wide Area Network. Network that lies outside the home or building and includesthe Internet. Information is carried across Wide Area Networks between ServiceProviders and the user's premises. See also MAN, LAN, HAN and PAN
WAP Wireless Application Protocol, standard for accessing the internet with wirelessdevices, e.g. mobile phones. WAP defines structure and semantics of theWireless Markup Language (WML).
web The World Wide Web also known as the Internet
webpad Hand Held touch screen operated micro computer.
wellbeing A measure of how fit a person is when used in telecare programmes. AWellbeing program may measure the every day activities of a person and derivea Wellbeing index form the ways in which those activities are performed. Byusing such programmes slow degradations in activity or performance that wouldpass unnoticed by human observation are measured and can be used to alertcarers of particular terns towards ill health or disability.
white goods Generally referring to domestic equipment such as refrigerators, cookers,washing machines and central heating boilers. See also Brown Goods
WIFI Wireless Fidelity", set of product compatibility standards for wireless local areanetworks (generally 802.11x series)
WiMax Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access Forum. Interoperability brandbehind the IEEE 802.16 Metropolitan Area Network standards. IEEE 802.16 isworking group number 16 of IEEE 802, specialising in point-to-multipointbroadband wireless access.
Windows Media Centre Windows Media Center provides Windows experience in any room in your home,whether you’re looking for a family computer or to enhance your home theatre. It enables integrated home entertainment experiences including photos, music, TV,and more. It can connect with devices around the home and on the go that canextend a person’s entertainment.
worm A computer worm is a self-contained program (or set of programs) that is able tospread functional copies of itself or its segments to other computer systems. Thepropagation usually takes place via network connections or email attachments.
- 159 - CWA 50487:2005
Annex B
Standards referenced
B.1 The EN 50090 Series
CWA 50487:2005 - 160 -
Figures B.1 to B.3. –The Status of TC 205 standardisation (05/11/2005)
The SmartHouse Project belongs to TC 205 Home and Business Systems (WG16) The range ofHome Systems Standards and their progress is shown above.
- 161 - CWA 50487:2005
B.2 Referenced standards
The Tables below list the many standards that apply to the SmartHouse. Many are referenced in thetext and many more are listed as being required for particular sections.
They are arranged by Category and then the Organisation/Number of the Standard. Categories, statewhich Section has referenced each standard and where not referenced, the standards are of interestor background interest to the system designer and all stakeholders in the SmartHouse.
Note: Applicable Directives may not be listed. Also, the list of standards is as complete as far as ispossible. The editors of this document acknowledge that in the rapidly changing environment oftechnology advance, new standards will be published and existing standards may be superseded. It isthe responsibility of the user of this code of practice to ensure that the standards they refer to are themost relevant and the latest available.
CWA 50487:2005 - 162 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
CEN/TC 247prEN 14908-3
Open Data Communication in BuildingAutomation, Controls and BuildingManagement - Control Network Protocol - Part3: Power Line Channel Specification
CEN/TC 247prEN 14908-4
Open Data Communication in BuildingAutomation, Controls and BuildingManagement - Control Network Protocol - Part4: IP Communication
CEN/TC 293 WG8 Remote control systems Bibl
EN 50412-2-1:200X
Power line communication apparatus andsystems used in low-voltage installations in thefrequency range 1,6 MHz to 30 MHz -- Part 2-1: Residential, commercial and industrialenvironment - Immunity requirements
EN 50065series Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz
Bibl
EN 60966 RF & coax cables assy
IEC 60364-x, Ed.1 Electrical installations of buildings–Part x <->Europäisch meist: HD 364-y oder HD 384-y <-> Deutschland meist: VDE 0100-z
EN 55022 Information Technology Equipment –Radiodisturbance characteristics–Limits andmethods of measurement
IEC EN 60950-1 Information Technology Equipment –Safety–Part 1: General Requirements (IEC 60950-1:2001, modified)
IEC EN 60950-1:2001
Information Technology Equipment –Safety–Part 1: General Requirements
ISO/IEC 15045-1 Information technology–Home ElectronicSystem (HES) gateway–Part 1: AResidential gateway model for HESThe Residential Gateway (RG) is a device ofthe Home Electronic System (HES) thatconnects home network domains to networkdomains outside the house. It supportscommunications among devices within thepremises and systems, service providers,operators and users outside the premises.
Cabling EN 50098-1 Customer premises cabling for InformationTechnology -- Part 1: ISDN basic access
Bibl
Cabling EN 50098-2 Customer premises cabling for InformationTechnology -- Part 2: 2048 kbit/s ISDN primaryaccess and leased line network interface
Bibl
Cabling EN 50173-1 Information technology - Generic cablingsystems -- Part 1: General requirements andoffice areas
RS
Cabling EN 50173-2 Information technology - Generic cablingsystems - Part 2: Office premises
Bibl
Cabling EN 50173-3[TC215(DE)15]
Information technology - Generic cablingsystems - Part 3: Industrial premises
Bibl
Cabling EN 50173-4 Information technology - Generic cablingsystems - Part 4: Residential premises
RS
Cabling EN 50173-5 Information technology - Generic cablingsystems - Part 5: Data centers
Bibl
Cabling EN 50174-1 Information technology - Cabling installation --Part 1: Specification and quality assurance
Bibl
- 163 - CWA 50487:2005
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Cabling EN 50174-2 Information technology - Cabling installation --Part 2: Installation planning and practicesinside buildings
Bibl
Cabling EN 50174-3 Information technology - Cabling installation --Part 3: Installation planning and practicesoutside buildings
Bibl
Cabling EN 50310 Application of equipotential bonding andearthing in buildings with informationtechnology equipment
Bibl
Cabling EN 50346 Information technology - Cabling installation -Testing of installed cabling
Bibl
Cabling ISO/IEC 15018 Information technology–Generic cabling forhomes
RS
Cabling prEN 50XXX[BT(FR/NOT)177]
UTE C 90-481 : Operator buildingsinstallations (Installations des bâtiments desopérateurs)
Bibl
Comfort,Convenienceand Design forAll
CEN/CENELECGuide 6
Guidelines for standards development toaddress the needs of older persons andpersons with disabilities
Comfort,Convenienceand Design forAll
COST 219 Design Guidelines on Smart Homes (www.stakes.fi/cost219/smarthousing.htm)
Comfort,Convenienceand Design forAll
ETSI EG 2002116 v 1.2.1
Human factors Guide for ICT products andservices
Design for all
Comfort,Convenienceand Design forAll
ISO 16071 Ergonomics of human-system interaction–Guidance on accessibility for human-computerinterfaces
.
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 175-1 Digital Enhanced CordlessTelecommunications (DECT); CommonInterface (CI); Part 1: Overview
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 175-2Ver. 1.4.2
Digital Enhanced CordlessTelecommunications (DECT);Common Interface (CI);Part 2: Physical Layer (PHL)
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 175-3Ver. 1.4.2
Digital Enhanced CordlessTelecommunications (DECT);Common Interface (CI);Part 3: Medium Access Control (MAC) Layer
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 175-4 Digital Enhanced CordlessTelecommunications (DECT);Common Interface (CI);Part 4: Data Link Control (DLC) Layer
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 175-5 Digital Enhanced CordlessTelecommunications (DECT);Common Interface (CI);Part 5: Network (NWK) Layer
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 421V1.1.2 (1997-08)
DVB-S: Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);DVB framing structure, channel coding andmodulation for 11/12 GHz satellite services
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 429,V1.2.1 (1998-04)
DVB-C: Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);DVB framing structure, channel coding andmodulation for cable systems
CommunicationsTechnology
EN 300 744V1.5.1 (2004-11)
DVB-T: Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);Framing structure, channel coding andmodulation for digital terrestrial television
CWA 50487:2005 - 164 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-1
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 1: General aspects
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-2-1
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 2: Support of legacy terminalsby Broadband IP networks and equipment;Sub-Part 1: Analogue PSTN TE inter-workingand compatibility studies
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-2-2
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 2: Support of legacy terminalsby Broadband IP networks and equipment;Sub-Part 2: ISDN TE inter-working andcompatibility studies
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-3
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 3: Current and developing homenetworking technologies
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-4 Ver. 0.0.1
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 4: Current and developing homeaccess technologies
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-5 Ver. 0.0.4
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 5: Home networking andApplications
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-6 Ver. 1.1.1
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 6: Security and Privacy issues
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TR 102 160-7 Ver. 0.1.1
Access and Terminals (AT); Home AreaNetworks and the support of Next GenerationServices; Part 7: QoS mechanisms andelements between devices in the home andaccess networks (end to end) Home networks:Part 7 QoS
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TS 102 813Ver. 1.1.1
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB); IEEE 1394Home Network Segment
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TS 102 814Ver. 1.1.1
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB); EthernetHome Network Segment
CommunicationsTechnology
ETSI TS 102 814Ver. 1.2.1
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB); EthernetHome Network Segment
Connectivity IEC 62318 Multimedia systems and equipment –Multimedia home server systems–Homeserver conceptual model
Connectivity IEC TR 61998 Model and framework for standardization inmultimedia equipment and systems
Connectivity IEC TR 62291 Multimedia data storage–Application programinterface for UDF based file systems
HomeAppliances
CLC/prEN 50351 Basic standard for the calculation andmeasurement methods relating to the influenceof electric power supply and traction systemson telecommunication systems
HomeAppliances
EN 55024 Information technology equipment - Immunitycharacteristics - Limits and methods ofmeasurement
HomeAppliances
CLC/TS50217:200x
Guide for in situ measurements - In situmeasurement of disturbance emission
- 165 - CWA 50487:2005
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
HomeAppliances
EN 61000-3-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-2:Limits - Limits for harmonic current emissions(equipment input current up to and including16 A per phase)
HomeAppliances
EN 61000-3-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-3:Limits - Limitation of voltage changes, voltagefluctuations and flicker in public low-voltagesupply systems, for equipment with ratedcurrent <= 16 A per phase and not subject toconditional connection
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-1 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 1: General requirements, frequency bandsand electromagnetic Disturbances + A1:1993
RS
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-2-1 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 2-1: Immunity requirements for mainscommunications equipment and systemsoperating in the range of frequencies 95 kHz to148,5 kHz and intended for use
RS
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-2-2 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 2-2: Immunity requirements for mainscommunications equipment and systemsoperating in the range of frequencies 95 kHz to148,5 kHz and intended for use
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-2-3 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 2-3: Immunity requirements for mainscommunications equipment and systemsoperating in the range of frequencies 3 kHz to95 kHz and intended for use by el
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-4-1 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 4-1: Low voltage decoupling filters -Generic specification
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-4-2 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 4-2: Low voltage decoupling filters -Safety requirements
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-4-3 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 4-3: Low voltage decoupling filter -Incoming filter
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-4-4 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 4-4: Low voltage decoupling filter -Impedance filter
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-4-5 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 4-5: Low voltage decoupling filter -Segmentation filter
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-4-6 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 4-6: Low voltage decoupling filters -Phase coupler
Bibl
CWA 50487:2005 - 166 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50065-7 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 7: Equipment impedance
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
prEN 50065-4-7 Signalling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 4-7: Portable low voltage decouplingfilters - Safety requirements
Bibl
HomeAppliances /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EHS 1.3A Signalling on low-voltage electrical installations……
Bibl
HomeAutomation
CENELEC KNXEIBnet/IP
Interface reference to CEN/TC 247
HomeAutomation
CENELEC TR10 Media interface Class 1, TP
HomeAutomation
EN 50090-1 Standard structure
HomeAutomation
EN 50090-5-1(PLC)
RS
HomeAutomation
EN 50090-5-3 Coax cable Bibl
HomeAutomation
EN 50090-6-1 Universal interface Bibl
HomeAutomation
EN 50090-6-2 Process interface Bibl
HomeAutomation
EN 50090-8-1 Conformity Bibl
HomeAutomation
EN 50090-9-1 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 9-1: Installation requirements–Generic cabling for HBES Class 1 Twisted Pair
EN 50090-2-3 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 2-3: System overview - Generalfunctional safety requirements for productsintended to be integrated in HBES
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50090-3-1 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 3-1: Aspects of application -Introduction to the application structure
Bibl
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50090-3-2 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 3-2: Aspects of application -User process for HBES Class 1
Bibl
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50090-4-1 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 4-1: Media independent layers -Application layer for HBES Class 1
RS
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50090-4-2 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 4-2: Media independent layers -Transport layer, network layer and generalparts of data link layer for HBES Class 1
RS
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50090-5-1 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 5-1: Media and mediadependent layers - Power line for HBES Class1
RS
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50090-5-2 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 5-2: Media and mediadependent layers - Network based on HBESClass 1, Twisted Pair
RS
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 50090-7-1 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 7-1: System management -Management procedures
Bibl
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
prEN 50090-3-3 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 3-3: Aspects of application -Interworking for HBES Class 1
Bibl
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
prEN 50090-5-5 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 5-5: Media and mediadependent layers–Radio Frequency (RF)Communication for HBES Class 1
RS
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
prTS 50090-5-4 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 5-5: Media and mediadependent layers–InfraRed (IR)Communication for HBES Class 1
RS
CWA 50487:2005 - 168 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
HomeAutomation /Input fromConsumerEquipment
prTS 50090-6-4 Home and Building Electronic Systems(HBES) -- Part 6-4: Interfaces - Residentialgateway model for a home and buildingelectronic system
Bibl
HomeAutomation /Input fromGateways
ISO/IEC 15045-1 Information technology–Home electronicsystem (HES) gateway–Part 1: A residentialgateway model for HES
Bibl
InformationTechnology
ISO/IEC 17799 Information technology - Securitytechniques - Code of practice forinformation security management
Bibl
InformationTechnology
ISO/IEC 8802-1 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 1: Overview ofLocal Area Network Standards (available inEnglish only)
Bibl
InformationTechnology
ISO/IEC 8802-11 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 11: Wireless LANMedium Access Control (MAC) and PhysicalLayer (PHY) specifications (available inEnglish only)
RS
InformationTechnology
ISO/IEC 8802-2 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 2: Logical linkcontrol (available in English only)
Bibl
InformationTechnology
ISO/IEC 8802-3 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 3: Carrier sensemultiple access with collision detection(CSMA/CD) access method and physical layerspecifications (available in English only)
RS
InformationTechnology
ISO/IEC 8802-5 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 5: Token ringaccess method and physical layerspecifications (available in English only)
Bibl
InformationTechnology
ISO/IEC 8802-6 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 6: DistributedQueue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method andphysical layer specifications (available inEnglish only)
Bibl
InformationTechnology
EN 50083-1 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Safetyrequirements.
Superseded byEN 60728-11
Bibl
InformationTechnology
EN 50083-2 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Electromagnetic compatibility for equipment
InformationTechnology
EN 50083-3 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Activewideband equipment for coaxial cablenetworks.
Will besuperseded in thefuture byEN 60728-3
- 169 - CWA 50487:2005
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
InformationTechnology
EN 50083-4 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Passivewideband equipment for coaxial cablenetworks
Will besuperseded in thefuture by EN60728-4
InformationTechnology
EN 50083-7 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Systemperformance.
Will besuperseded in thefuture by EN60728-1
RS
InformationTechnology
EN 50083-8 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Electromagnetic compatibility for networks
InformationTechnology
EN 50083-10 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Systemperformance for return paths.
Will besuperseded in thefuture by EN60728-10
InformationTechnology
EN 50117-1 Coaxial cables (used in cabled distributionnetworks)–Part 1: Generic specification
InformationTechnology
EN 50117-2-1 Coaxial cables (used in cabled distributionnetworks)–Part 2-1: Sectional specificationfor cables used in cabled distribution networks–Indoor drop cables for systems operating at5 MHz–1000 MHz
InformationTechnology
EN 50117-2-4 Coaxial cables (used in cabled distributionnetworks)–Part 2-4: Sectional specificationfor cables used in cabled distribution networks–Indoor drop cables for systems operating at5 MHz - 3000 MHz
InformationTechnology
EN 50117-5 Coaxial cables (used in cabled distributionnetworks)–Part 5: Sectional specification forindoor drop cables for use in networksoperating at frequencies between 5 MHz and2150 MHz
InformationTechnology
EN 60728-11 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–Safetyrequirements
InformationTechnology
prEN 60728-1 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–New editionof “System performance”
Draft not yetpublished
InformationTechnology
prEN 60728-4 Cable networks for television signals, soundsignals and interactive services–New editionof “Passive wideband equipment for coaxial cable networks”.
Draft not yetpublished
Input fromConsumerEquipment
CENELECR210-008:2002
Signaling on low-voltage electrical installationsin the frequency range 3 kHz to 148,5 kHz:Part 2-3: Immunity requirements for mainscommunications equipment and systemsoperating in the range of frequencies 3 kHz to95 kHz and intended for use by electricitysuppliers and Recommendations on necessaryconcepts to model behavioral semantics
Input fromConsumerEquipment
DLNA Digital Living Network Alliance DesignGuidelines Version: v1.0
EN 300421 Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);Framingstructure, channel coding and modulation for11/12 GHz satellite services
RS
EN 300429 Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);Framingstructure, channel coding and modulation forcable systems
RS
CWA 50487:2005 - 170 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 300 444Ver. 1.4.2
Digital Enhanced CordlessTelecommunications (DECT); - GenericAccess Profile (GAP)
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 300 468V1.5.1 (2003-05)
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);Specification for Service Information (SI) InDVB systems (SI), EuropeanTelecommunications Standard Institute
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 300 472V1.3.1 (2003-05)
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);Specification for conveying ITU-R System BTeletext in DVB bitstreams (DVB Teletext),European Telecommunications StandardInstitute
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 300 743V1.2.1 (2002-10)
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB); Subtitlingsystems (DVB Subtitles), EuropeanTelecommunications Standard Institute
EN 300744 Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);Framingstructure, channel coding and modulation fordigital terrestrial television
RS
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 300 940Ver. 5.16.1
Digital cellular telecommunications system(Phase 2+) (GSM); - Mobile radio interface; -Layer 3 specification (GSM 04.08 version5.16.1 Release 1996)
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 301 192V1.3.1 (2003-05)
DVB Specification for Data broadcasting (DVBdata broadcasting), EuropeanTelecommunications Standard Institute
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 301 650Ver. 1.2.1
Digital Enhanced CordlessTelecommunications (DECT); - DECTMultimedia Access Profile (DMAP); -Application Specific Access Profile (ASAP)
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 301 775V1.2.1 (2003-05)
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB);Specification for the carriage of VerticalBlanking Information (VBI) data in DVBbitstreams (DVB VBI data), EuropeanTelecommunications Standard Institute
Input fromConsumerEquipment
EN 383 001Ver. 1.1.1
Telecommunications and Internet convergedServices and Protocols for AdvancedNetworking - Interworking for SIP/SIP-T (BICC,ISUP) [ITU-T Recommendation Q.1912.5,modified]
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ETSI ES 201 812V1.1.1 (2003-12)
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB); MultimediaHome Platform (MHP) specification 1.0.3(DVB-MHP), European TelecommunicationsStandard Institute.
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ETSI TR 101 154V1.4.1 (2000-07)
Digital Video Broadcasting(DVB*);Implementation Guidelines for the useof MPEG-2 Systems, Video and Audio insatellite, cable and terrestrial broadcastingapplications (DVB Implementation Guidelines),European Telecommunications StandardInstitute.
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 8802.3 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 3: Carrier sensemultiple access with collision detection(CSMA/CD) access method and physical layerspecification
RS
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 8802.11 Information technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 11: Wireless LANMedium Access Control (MAC)
RS
- 171 - CWA 50487:2005
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC8802.15.4
Information Technology–Telecommunicationsand information exchange between systems–Local and metropolitan area networks–Specific requirements–Part 15.4: WirelessLAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
RS
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 1122 Requirements for Internet Hosts–Communications Layers
T. Berners-Lee,MIT/LCS, R.Fielding, U.C.Irvine, L. Masinter,XeroxCorporation,August 1998
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 2616 Hypertext Transfer Protocol–HTTP/1.1 R. Fielding, UCIrvine, J. Gettys,Compaq/W3C, J.Mogul, Compaq,H. Frystyk,W3C/MIT, L.Masinter, Xerox,P. Leach,Microsoft, T.Berners-Lee, June1999
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 2822 Internet Message Format P. Resnick,QUALCOMMIncorporated, April2001
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 3003 The audio/mpeg Media Type M. Nilsson,November 2000
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 3551 RTP Profile for Audio and Video Conferenceswith Minimal Control
H. Schulzrinneand S. Casner,July 2003
Bibl
CWA 50487:2005 - 172 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 3555 MIME Type Registration of RTP PayloadFormats
S. Casner, PacketDesign, P.Hoschka, July2003
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol J. Postel, August28, 1980
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 791 Internet Protocol J. Postel,September 1981
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 792 Internet Control Message Protocol J. Postel,September 1981
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol J. Postel,September 1981
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC 826 An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol–or–Converting Network Protocol Addresses to48.bit Ethernet Addresses for Transmission onEthernet Hardware
David C.Plummer,November 1982.
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
IETF RFC Auto IP Dynamic Configuration of Ipv4 Link-Localaddresses
Stuart Cheshire,November 24,2000, expires May24, 2001
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO 8601:2000 Data elements and interchange formats –Information interchange–Representation ofdates and times, International StandardsOrganization, December 21, 2000. DeviceArchitecture Version 1.0
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 10918-1:1994
Information technology–Digital compressionand coding of continuous tone still images:Requirements and guidelines, InternationalStandards Organization
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 11172-3:1993
Information technology–Coding of movingpictures and associated audio for digitalstorage media at up to about 1.5 Mbit/s –Part3: Audio (MPEG- 1Audio), InternationalStandards Organization
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 13818-1:2000
Information technology–Generic coding ofmoving pictures and associated audioinformation: Systems, International StandardsOrganization
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 13818-11:2004
Information technology–Generic coding ofmoving pictures and associated audioinformation–Part 11:IPMP on MPEG-2Systems:, International StandardsOrganization
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 13818-2:2000
Information technology–Generic coding ofmoving pictures and associated audioinformation: Video, International StandardsOrganization
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 13818-3:1998
Information technology–Generic coding ofmoving pictures and associated audioinformation: Audio, International StandardsOrganization
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 14496-1:2001
Information technology–Coding of Audio-Visual Objects–Part 1: Systems, InternationalStandards Organization
Bibl
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 14496-10(ITU-T Rec H.264)
Information technology–Coding of audio-visual objects–Part 10: Visual (MPEG4)
Bibl
- 173 - CWA 50487:2005
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 14496-12:2003
Information technology–Coding of Audio-Visual Objects–Part 12:ISO base media fileformat, International Standards Organization
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 14496-14:2003
Information technology–Coding of Audio-Visual Objects–Part 14:MP4 file format,International Standards Organization
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 14496-2 Information technology–Coding of audio-visual objects–Part 2: Visual
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 14496-3 Information technology–Coding of Audio-Visual Objects–Part 3: Audio, InternationalStandards Organization
Input fromConsumerEquipment
ISO/IEC 15045-1 Information technology–Home electronicsystem (HES) gateway–Part 1: A residentialgateway model for HES
Information Technology Protocol to FacilitateOperation of Information and ElectronicProducts through Remote and AlternativeInterfaces and Intelligent Agents: UniversalRemote ConsoleRemote Console (URC).
This standard is part of a setof standards to facilitateoperation of information andelectronic products throughremote and alternativeinterfaces and intelligentagents. The purpose of thisstandard is to provide aframework of componentsthat combine to enableremote User Interfaces andremot control of network-accessible electronic devicesand services through aUniversal
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI EG 201 472V1.1.1 (2000-02)
Usability evaluation for the design oftelecommunication systems, services andterminals
Scope and Field ofApplication: Following workin European ProjectUSINACTS, TC HF work andothers: To review the currentstandards on human centreddesign approach (ISO13407) and propose them asa recommendation for thedesign oftelecommunicationssystems, terminals andservices. Referencedocuments:ETR 095, ISO13407
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI EG 202 048V1.1.1 (2002-08)
Guidelines on the multimodality of icons,symbols and pictograms
Scope and Field ofApplication: To study theneeds and requirements forthe use of icons, symbolsand pictograms inmultimodal interfaces, withspecial emphasis on therequirements of people withdisabilities and the elderly
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI EG 202 116V1.2.1 (2002-09)
Design for All Scope and Field ofApplication: Major revision ofETR 116, Human Factorsguidelines for ISDN terminalequipment design to includeprovision for elderly anddisabled users.
- 175 - CWA 50487:2005
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI EG 202 132V1.1.1 (2004-06)
MMI in Mobile telecoms Scope and Field ofApplication : The aim of thiswork is to widen and simplifyend user access to mobileinformation andcommunication devices andservices
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI EG 202 191V1.1.1 (2003-08)
Multimodal interaction, communication andnavigation guidelines , Multimodal transactions
Scope and Field ofApplication: This activity willidentify key issues, solutionsand actions for multimodalinteraction, communicationand navigation at the userinterface with ICT systemsand terminals.
Input from UserInterfaces
EN 301 462 Symbols to identify telecommunicationsfacilities for deaf and hard of hearing people
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI ES 202 076V1.1.2 (2002-11)
Generic spoken command vocabulary for ICT
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI ES 202 130V1.1.1 (2003-10)
European characters for 12-key telephonepads
Scope and Field ofApplication: This activity willidentify a common as well asa language specificassignment and accesssolution for Europeancharacters from the 12-keytelephone pads
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI ES 202 432 Access symbols for use with video content andICT devices
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI TR 101 767V1.1.1 (2000-01)
Symbols to identify telecommunicationsfacilities for deaf and hard of hearing people;Development and evaluation
Scope and Field ofApplication: This documentreports the backgroundresearch, symbolsdevelopment and evaluationundertaken to create aEuropean Standard onsymbols to identifytelecommunication facilitiesfor deaf and hard of hearingpeople.
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI TR 102 068V1.1.3 (2002-11)
Requirements for assistive devices for ICT Scope and Field ofApplication: A technicalreport giving guidance on theneeds of older and disabledpeople for assistivetechnology devices and therequirements for theinterconnection of suchdevices to ICT systems.
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI TR 102 125V1.1.1 (2002-10)
Potential harmonized UI elements for mobileterminals and services; Report on mobileaccess to ICT for all
Scope and Field ofApplication: The TechnicalReport will identify common,basic tasks and goals ofusers of mobiletelecommunication terminaldevices and services.
Input from UserInterfaces
ETSI TR 102 133V1.1.1 (2003-04)
Access to ICT by young people: issues andguidelines
ICT for children
Input from UserInterfaces
ICTSB ProjectTeam
Design for All
Input from UserInterfaces
OECD Recommendation of the Council concerningguidelines governing the protection of privacyand transborder flows of personal data
CWA 50487:2005 - 176 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Input from UserInterfaces
PD IEC TR61997:2001
Guidelines for the user interface in multimediaequipment for general purpose use
Input from UserInterfaces
SALT Extends existing webmarkup languages to enablescripting of multimodal andtelephony access to the web
Input from UserInterfaces
VoiceXML This is a standard forscripting spoken dialoguesystems. It is designed to bespeech recogniserindependent.http://www.voicexml.org/
Input from UserInterfaces
WAI Accessibility User Agent Guidelines - BrowserUser Interface
This document is a list ofbrowser features thatbrowser developers shouldfollow in order to make theirbrowser technology moreaccessible to persons withdisabilities. Following the listof guidelines is a checklistthat browser developers canuse to identify and prioritizeaccessibility features. Thisdocument is part of a seriesof accessibility documentspublished by the WebAccessibility Initiative(http://www.w3.org/WAI/).
Input from UserInterfaces
X+V Multi-Modal Specification Combination of VoiceXMLand XHTML for linkingVoiceXML spoken dialogueswith web pages.http://www.voicexml.org/specs/multimodal/x+v/12/index.html
InternationalStandards
ISO 16484
InternationalStandards
ISO/IEC 11801 Information technology–Generic cabling forcustomer premises
Bibl
NationalStandards
France: NationalStandards:NF C 15-100
General rules for electrical installation(mandatory)
NationalStandards
France: NationalStandards:UTE C 15-900
NationalStandards
France: NationalStandards:UTE C 90-483
Guide lines for residential cabling forcommunication networks
NationalStandards
Germany:NationalStandards:DIN: 18015-2
Electrical installation in residential buildings
NationalStandards
Germany:NationalStandards: EIB
Installer manual
NationalStandards
Germany:NationalStandards:NB 30: PLT
(to be verified)
- 177 - CWA 50487:2005
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
NationalStandards
Germany:NationalStandards:RAL RG 678
Electrical installation in residential buildings
NationalStandards
Germany:NationalStandards:VDE 0100 series
Basic installation rules
NationalStandards
Portugal: NationalStandards: ITED
Infra-estructuras de Telecomunicaçoes emedificios
NationalStandards
Spain: NationalStandards:RD 401/2003
Reglamento regulador de las InfraestructurasdeTelecomunicaciones
This is a law requiring theinstallation of aTelecommunications cablinginfrastructure within multi-dwelling homes.
NationalStandards
Spain: NationalStandards:REBT : 2002 ITC-BT-051
National installation rules (mandatory)
NationalStandards
Spain: NationalStandards:UNE 20 460
Electrical installation
NationalStandards
UK NationalStandardsBS 7671
Part P of the Building Regulations “England & Wales”Part N of the Scottish Regulation ListLandlord & Tenant Regulations
Passwords IETF RFC 1760 The S/KEY One-Time Password System(SKEY)
Passwords IETF RFC 2289 A One-Time Password System (OTP)
Passwords US NCC CSC-STD-002-85
Password Management Guidelines
Passwords US NIST FIPSPub 112
Standard on Password Usage
Quality andPerformance
IEC 60581 (allparts)
High fidelity audio equipment and systems;minimum performance requirements
Quality andPerformance
IEC 61925 Multimedia systems and equipment –Multimedia home server systems–Vocabularyof home server.
Quality andPerformance
IEC 62328 Multimedia home server systems–Interchangeable volume/file structureadaptation for broadcasting receivers
Quality andPerformance
IEC TR 62251 Multimedia systems and equipment –Qualityassessment–Audio-video communicationsystems
.
Safety IEC 60065 Audio, Video and Similar Electronics–SafetyRequirements
Safety EN 61508 Functional safety
Safety IEC Guide 110 Home Control Systems–Safety
Safety IEC Guide 112 Guide to Safety on Multimedia Equipment
Safety IEC Guide 50 Child Safety
Safety for HomeAppliances
EN 60335-1 Safety of household and similar electricalappliances - Part 1: General requirements
RS
Safety for HomeAppliances
EN 60335-2-2 Safety of household and similar electricalappliances - Part 2-2: Particular requirementsfor vacuum cleaners and water suctioncleaning appliances
CWA 50487:2005 - 178 -
Category Organisation/Number
Title Description /Comments
List
Safety for HomeAppliances
EN 60335-2-2 Household and similar electrical appliances–Safety - Part 2-2: Particular requirements forvacuum cleaners and water-suction cleaningappliances
Security andPrivacy
IEC 62045 Multimedia Security–Guideline for privacyprotection of equipment and systems in useand disused
User Interfaces 16201 Technical aids for disabled persons
User Interfaces IEC 60417 Graphical symbols for use on equipment
User Interfaces IEC 60574-2 Specification for audiovisual, video andtelevision equipment and systems–Definitionsand Terms
User Interfaces IEC 60574-3 Specification for audiovisual, video andtelevision equipment and systems –Connectors for the interconnection ofequipment in audiovisual systems
User Interfaces IEC 60574-8 Specification for audiovisual, video andtelevision equipment and systems –Symbolsand identification
User Interfaces IEC Guide 74 Graphical symbols –Technical guidelines forthe consideration of consumers’ needs
User Interfaces IEC TR 61997 Guidelines for the user interface in multimediaequipment for general purpose use
- 179 - CWA 50487:2005
Annex C
Additional material from sections
C.1 Additional material from Network Operators Section
C.1.1 QoS Service Model for the SmartHouse
C.1.1.1 Rationale
The network operator and service provider service model for this part of the SmartHouse CoP is basedon the one defined by the 3rd Generation Project Partnership (3GPP) for 3G mobile communicationsservices (defined in the 3GPP specifications TS23.107 and TS23.207, for Release 5 and later).
The reason for choosing this model is that it is a ready-made standardised solution. It is alsoconvenient that it has wide acceptance in the mobile operator community, whose terminals are verylikely to be used frequently as to support interaction with the SmartHouse. Some minor architecturalchanges have been introduced to adapt it to SmartHouse requirements.
C.1.2 SmartHouse QoS Service Architecture
The architecture is shown in Figure C.1.1. It comprises a set of network components, which arecollections of functions, organised horizontally, plus a set of service layers, organised vertically. Thekey features of this model are:
- It is end-to-end, allowing a set of services to be defined between TEs, with parameters visibleto the user that can be negotiated with the service provider independent of technology thatimplements the network, or the gateways or TEs;
- It allows the relationships between users, service providers and network operators to beclearly defined with respect to identifiable reference points so that each can select theparameters it offers to either or both of the others and control how they are used (requirementU2);
- The basic format shown in Figure C.1.1 can be adapted to many different configurations.Some examples are given in the text for information.
The architecture provides a framework for satisfying the requirements listed in section 3.2.3.3 aboveconcerning service attributes. Some attributes are product specific and may determine the specificconsumer products that operators permit to be attached to their networks as part of this CoP.
Figure C.1.1 –End-to-end QoS Model
CWA 50487:2005 - 180 -
Within this architecture it is possible to define the scope of this CoP with respect to the relationship ofthe service provider and operator (who may be the same organisation) with the user (subscriber) as inFigure C.1 2
Figure C.1.2 –End-to-end QoS Model
Within this architecture it is possible to define the scope of this CoP with respect to the relationship ofthe service provider and operator (who may be the same organisation) with the user (subscriber) as inFigure C.1.3.
Figure C.1.3 –Typical Residential Broadband IP Configuration
- 181 - CWA 50487:2005
C.1.3 Application Traffic Class Attributes (End-to-End Transport Layer)
The way QoS is requested by a user application, how it is mapped to a bearer, and maintained for theduration of a session, is an implementation and operational issue. The mappings may change at anytime according to changes in network conditions, (how this is done is up to the operator).
C.1.3.1 Service Attributes
Table C.1.1 shows the four basic SMARTHOME application traffic classes, which have the serviceattributes listed in Table C.1.2.
Conversational class Streaming class Interactive class Background
conversational RT streaming RT Interactive best effort Background best effort
Preserve time relation(variation) betweeninformation entities ofthe stream.
Request responsepattern.
Destination is notexpecting the datawithin a certain time.
Conversational pattern(stringent and low delay)
Preserve payloadcontent
Preserve payloadcontent
Example of theapplication
Voice Streaming video Web browsing Background download ofemails
Traffic class
Fundamentalcharacteristics
Preserve time relation(variation) betweeninformation entities ofthe stream
C.1.3.2 Transport Service Attributes
These are requirements placed by the respective service classes upon the underlying bearers. Whereoptions are indicated, the implementation may choose one or other, and may be able to adapt its ownconfiguration to varying radio environment conditions to maintain service. Otherwise, the valuesrepresent the threshold at which the bearer will have to indicate to its client that it can no longer fulfilits obligations for the service instance that is adversely affected.
There is very little difference between the value ranges for the Access Bearer and the NO+B bearer.The Access Bearer is responsible for maintaining the service quality and it is assumed that the NO+Bbearer introduces no additional errors and only minimal transfer delay.
Table C.1.2 - Service Attributes for SmartHouse Traffic Classes at WAN Bearer andAccess Bearer Levels
Traffic class Conversational Streaming Interactive Background
Maximum bitrate (Kbps) X X X X
Delivery order X X X X
Maximum SDU size X X X X
SDU format information X X
SDU error ratio X X X X
Residual bit error ratio X X X X
Delivery of erroneous SDUs X X X X
Transfer delay (ms) X X
Guaranteed bit rate X X
Traffic handling priority X
Allocation/Retention priority X X X X
Source statistics descriptor X X
CWA 50487:2005 - 182 -
C.1.3.3 Services Delivered in Packet Mode
The operator may, in principle, use any of the SmartHouse Application Traffic classes to deliver apacket data service. Some classes will not be cost effective in general. However, some providersdifferentiate the QoS offered to customers by pricing their services according to bit-rate or delay. Thisgives some scope for selecting from more than one class and offering a range of SLAs. However, inprinciple, bounds on delay and throughput are offered only for the conversational and streaming trafficclasses. Using these for other traffic classes would be potentially expensive, wasteful andinappropriate.
Packet services can, in principle, be offered over a range of bearers of different transfer characteristicsas shown in Table C.1.3.
Maximum bit rate supported by the selected channeltype and resource used. May be any value up to this foran individual user.Service data unit integrity, data sequence integrity
Point to point, point to multipoint
On demand, reserved or permanent - mobile originated ormobile terminatedOut of band, in band
Bi-directional, unidirectional
Dedicated, shared, multi-userChannel Assignment
Communication Configuration
Establishment of Communication
Negotiation
Symmetry
Information Transfer Capability
Information Transfer Mode
Information Transfer Rate
Information Structure
Attribute
This set of capabilities can be used in some combinations to provide a limited support for IP QoS,depending on operational decisions, e.g. reserving resources and limiting the number of users sharinga channel (possibly to one only). Note that there is no implication that this is the only QoS mechanism:others, e.g. call-admission and per-hop resource allocation using other approaches are equallyacceptable.
There is no capability to control delay or throughput, although a specific channel type, bearer serviceconfiguration and slot allocation could be selected to minimise variability. This could be treated as acommitted access rate, with policing at the edges of the operator’s domain to enforce compliance.
The packet mode QoS parameters include:
- Precedence - high, normal, low, which is interpreted relatively between users. This allows adegree of service differentiation between packets but not between users (or user contexts). Itis similar in some ways to the ToS field in the IP header;
- Reliability –representing the worst-case requirements, i.e. probabilities no greater than thevalues shown for the respective parameters of an individual application, see Table C.1.4.SDUs may be discarded after a certain time if undeliverable. Most typical non delay-sensitiveapplications would require no more than ”Low” reliability and all are, or should be, designed to recover from errors. The cost (e.g. in additional delay) of recovering from loss, duplication andmis-sequencing may exceed the benefits, although some applications may benefit, e.g. thosebased on UDP with timescales longer than the typical delay of the end-to-end path. Note that acorrupt SDU will be discarded once it enters most packet networking domains (e.g. 802.3 orIP), so this attribute is largely irrelevant for packet-mode communications;
The values obtainable may vary with communications medium and the ones given in the tableare typical of those obtainable end-to-end between wireless mobile terminals with variousdegrees of protection. Thus the contribution of switch and router elements to loss is included;
- 183 - CWA 50487:2005
- Delay–measured from the point at which a TE attaches to the network service and the egressfrom the provider/operator network, including all points of temporary buffering and schedulingwithin the network.
Actual delay will always be variable. The application class will determine how much delay isappropriate or acceptable. Table 6 indicates the parameters that could be selected for thedelay classes.
Table C.1.4 - Reliability Parameters
10-6Error sensitive, limited error correctioncapability, good error tolerance capability.
Low 10-2 10-5 10-5 10-2Not error sensitive, error correction capabilityand/or very good error tolerance capability.
Medium 10-4 10-5 10-5
Example of application characteristics.
High 10-9 10-9 10-9 10-9 Error sensitive, no error correction capability,limited error tolerance capability.
Duplicate SDUprobability
Out of SequenceSDU probability
Corrupt SDUdiscard probability
Reliabilityclass
Lost SDUprobability
The scope of applicability of these parameters is limited to the path that is under the control of thenetwork operator. Round-trip time and session set-up/teardown time are important parameters that areunder the control of the service provider that operates the application. Sometimes this may fall withinthe SLA and involve the operator;
Characterisation
Mean transfer delay Sets the expectation of delay in units appropriate to the selectedcommunications technology, which can be up to seconds for long paths.
Maximum transfer delay The highest acceptable interval.
95 percentile delay A relaxation of the bound on maximum delay to allow some variation overa long period.
Jitter (delay variation) The tolerable variation in delay per packet, byte or bit.
Table C.1.5 - Delay Classes
Throughput – the user can negotiate maximum bit-rate and mean bit-rate up to the maximuminformation transfer rate supported by the channel. For packet services it is common to specifythroughput in bytes per second or packets per second, and specify a maximum rate in terms of a byteburst size.
C.1.4 Service Attribute Selection –Examples
The examples are based on the following application:
An application provider offers combined normal voice and limited videotelephony service forpersonal use, and for remote security of elderly relatives living independently. The applicationincludes alerts delivered to the service provider and to the family when the elderly people leave thehouse, return to it, and move around it. This may include urgent events which can be delivered tothe emergency services. The private residences are equipped with several cameras and audiosystems, that can be controlled remotely.
This breaks down into the following service components:
- S1. Voice with a typical range of supplementary services for normal use;
- S2. Point-to-multipoint videotelephony between the two private residences and the serviceprovider;
- S3. Camera and audio control;
- S4. Event notification;
CWA 50487:2005 - 184 -
To refine these into QoS attributes, select first the application class and initial service parameters:
Table C.1.6 - Service Specifications
Application Class Service parametersService attributes:Maximum bit-rate = 8Kbps (16Kbps for VoIP); in sequence delivery; max. SDU size =2Kbyte (VoIP); SDU format=H.323 (VoIP), G.711 (PSTN); SDU error ratio=4%; residualBER=8%; errored SDUs n/a; transfer delay <= 100ms; guaranteed bitrate = 8Kbps (16KBps for VoIP).
Packet mode transfer characteristics:Information transfer capability: H.323; UDP (connection established using TCP); CBR;asynchronous; transfer rate >= 16Kbps; point-to-point; on-demand; negotiation in-band or out-of-band – n/a; bi-directional; dedicated or shared use.Reliability: medium to high;Delay classes: mean transfer delay <= 100ms; maxiumum transfer delay = 100ms; 95percentile <= 120ms; jitter = 10ms.
Service attributes:Maximum bit-rate = 384Kbps (>=384Kbps for VoIP); in sequence delivery; max. SDUsize = 20Kbyte (VoIP); SDU format=H.323 in UDP (VoIP), G.711 (PSTN); SDU errorratio=4%; residual BER=8%; errored SDUs n/a; transfer delay <= 100ms; guaranteedbitrate = 384Kbps (>=384 KBps for VoIP).
Packet mode transfer characteristics:Information transfer capability: H.323; UDP (connection established using TCP); VBR;asynchronous; transfer rate >= 384Kbps; point-to-multipoint; on-demand; negotiationin-band or out-of-band – n/a; bi-directional; dedicated or shared use.
Reliability: medium to high;Delay classes: mean transfer delay <= 100ms; maxiumum transfer delay = 100ms; 95percentile <= 120ms; jitter = 10ms.,
Service attributes:Maximum bit-rate = best effort, burst size = unlimited in forward and return direction.;delivery sequence= n/a; max. SDU size = MTU for link; SDU format=IPv4; SDU errorratio=n/a; residual BER=n/a; errored SDUs = no; transfer delay = best effort;guaranteed bitrate = best effort.
Packet mode transfer characteristics:Information transfer capability: IPv4; UDP and TCP; VBR (Best effort); asynchronous;transfer rate = best effort; point-to-point; on-demand; negotiation in-band or out-of-band – n/a; bi-directional; dedicated or shared use.
Reliability: low to high;Delay classes: mean transfer delay = best effort; maxiumum transfer delay = besteffort; 95 percentile = n/a; jitter = n/a.
S3,S4
Background
S1 Conversational RT
S2 Conversational RT
C.1.5 What communications technologies are available?
The communications technologies available to system designers will depend on local operators andthe choices they have made of installed technologies and services. The capabilities of these serviceswill depend on the equipment that operators have chosen and the configuration parameters they use.The location of the premises relative to the operator’s terminations may affect the obtainable performance. System designers must choose gateway interfaces with capabilities that match locallyavailable services. Typical examples are given in Table C.1.7 below.
- 185 - CWA 50487:2005
Table C.1.7 Overview of Communications Technologies
Technology Capabilities Availability overview
Satellite Up to 2 Mbps, symmetrical. Often lower bit-rate andassymetrical, with POTS return link. Characterised byhigh-latency.
Globally available, and may be the onlyoption for bit-rates higher than POTS.
DSL An evolution of ISDN transmission technology. Manyvariants up to 50 Mbps. Rate is distance dependent.ADSL (currently the most common consumer variant)offers up to 8 MBps downstream and 640 Kbps upstream.
In early to mature stages of roll-out.
FWA (also termedMesh).
There are many FWA products, mostly proprietary. TheIEEE is standardising support for 802-style networking as802.16, also known as WiMAX.
Many local wireless ISP services in theUSA, but apparently not widely availableelsewhere.
POTS Up to 56 Kbps, symmetrical. Widely available.
Other CSPSTN andleased lines
Well-established, capabilities correspond to ISDN (2B+D,P), E1, DS1, DS3, etc., etc.
Widely available but regarded as a family oftechnologies with limited future.
Established FWA technology based on adaptation ofDOCSIS specifications. LMDS operates at short range(7km), 1.5Gbps downstream, 200 Mbps upstream.MMDS operates over 100 km at 10 Mbps.
Many local wireless ISP services in theUSA, but apparently not widely availableelsewhere. Expected to be obsoleted byWiMAX FWA.
Biological (e.g.pigeons, killer bees,snails)
Low bit-rate, high loss and latency. No shortage of carriers.
Point-to-point wireless As with FWA, many products in many parts of thespectrum.
Often installed privately under suitablelicenses.
Wide Area Cellular(3G and 4G)
Technology supports 2 Mbps (3GPP Rel.5) and up to 18Mbps (HSPDA). Terminals may be in motion at up to 300kph. Target for 4G is 100 Mbps.
3G is in early stages of roll-out in general,mainly targeted at professional mobile datain Europe. Operators are keen to establisha market based on fixed 3G access pointsin the home and office, as part of acorporate package.
Cable Originally installed as a distribution medium for TV, someresource has been borrowed for data using DOCSISspecifications. Normally a shared medium so uplink trafficis subject to contention. Data rates are approximately 4Mbps downlink, and around 256 Kbps uplink, subject tocontention with other traffic.
Widely available.
PLC The low-voltage distribution network can be used for bit-rates between 0.5 Mbps and 20 Mbps at up to 400m.
Not widely available and deprecated inmany countries due to interference.
Fibre (FTTH, FTTC) Promises Tbps to the home. Widespread in Japan, some areas cabled inthe USA. Still to come in Europe, and maybe most suitable for multiple-occupancypremises.
The selected technology, together with the pathway, or channel, that it uses, will be the deliverymedium in the local loop, which is the final part of the path between the operator and the customer. Itmay be the whole path in some cases, e.g. for traditional broadcast TV where the operator is also theprovider of the content, or just one hop of many, e.g. a general purpose ICT service used for Internetaccess. In all cases, the QoS model outlined in this annex is defined with respect to end-to-enddelivery across all hops in the path, and upper limits on network performance and hence QoS will bedetermined by the combined capabilities of these hops.
NOTE For historical reasons, the local loop is often referred to as the "last mile", although it may be much more or much lessthan this distance
CWA 50487:2005 - 186 -
C.2 Discussion on the requirements for a SmartHouse Open Architecture
C.2.1 Overview
Section 3.1 has discussed the current status of architectures and frameworks for the SmartHouse.There are a number of projects and many views on the requirements for a SmartHouse OpenArchitecture. This discussion draws on work in TAHI, TEAHA and contributions from Dr. Ing. Waltervon Pattay and Paolo Mongiovi (in blue). It also draws work done on applications to The UKGovernment and the EU Commission for funding to support work in this area.
This annex is intended as a discussion of some of the issues for future work on an Open Architecture,on what can be done and what has to be accommodated.
C.2.1.1 Sub architectures
Section 3.1 has detailed a number of Architectures that particular organisations or initiatives areworking on. If the scope of the SmartHouse (from footnote 1) “SmartHouse includes the digital home,intelligent home, connected home, networked home. SmartHouse includes any “smart” activity, service or application in the SmartHouse including any form of “office” or working environment in the SmartHouse. SmartHouse includes consideration of the interface with the consumer (customer,subscriber, end user) and the consumer’s needs.” Few of these initiatives cover the whole spectrum of stakeholders and in particular service providers and the services they deliver into the SmartHouse.Both TAHI and TEAHA have done significant work in the area of defining an Open Architecture for theSmartHouse and this the source of some of the input below.
If we are to define an “overall” Open Architecture for the SmartHouse, one of the things that any such architecture acknowledge is that it is unlikely to displace existing initiatives, architectures andprotocols. For instance initiatives such as OSGi, DLNA and come to that Konnex are not going todisappear. This means any architecture will need to find ways in which these initiatives and thoseorganisations supporting them will want to use a SmartHouse open architecture.
Since all the sub architectures that have been defined have a perspective based on the marketrequirements of the members of the initiative, they are all to a greater or lesser extent focussed on“their” market and therefore subtly different. Again, they all seek to provide frameworks for interaction and therefore interoperability within “their” architecture’s space and for the needs of their marketsector. Often the ways in which they do this are similar. However, at present it is only now that someof these architecture/protocol initiatives are beginning to appreciate the need for wider interaction andinteroperability.
This is driven from the realisation that by utilising cross architecture entities, objects or applicationsnew services can be created. The document cites a number of examples of this that can already beachieved using systems available today. However, there are potentially many more ways in whichparticular components of systems can be harnessed to provide new services and especially to provideinformation to end-users through traditional devices (such as the analogue TV).
It is contended that there are many synergies to be gained from being able to harness the various sub-architectures and create new services.
C.2.1.2 Entities
In this discussion and for the purposes of an overall open architecture, an entity may be anything withattributes that can be described and classified that is within the scope of the SmartHouse. An entitymay be a Service, an application, a service provider, a network, equipment and systems in the home,user interfaces and the consumer/end-user. The delivery of a service requires all these (and more) tobe understood and in order that the QoS of the service can be achieved, the entities in the servicesupply chain must comply with the QoS requirements of the service for that service to be delivered tothe consumer in an acceptable manner. If the service provider is to sell a service to a consumercustomer, then before the service can be sold, all these requirements must be checked. The same istrue for services and applications within the home; an equipment supplier must know the systems in
- 187 - CWA 50487:2005
the SmartHouse can accommodate the advanced features of the equipment or that its advancedfeatures can be utilised.
C.2.1.3 Taxonomies, classification of entities
Part of the definition of an overall Open Architecture for the SmartHouse is in the classification anddescription of the wide range of entities involved. This Code of Practice has already described anumber of “Cluster” classifications that may or may not overlap. Work in TAHI provided a top level diagram of how this might be achieved in general terms.
Figure C.2.1 –Classification of entities
In Figure C.2.1 the Class Identifier might correspond to the use of Cluster in this document. It shouldnot be suggested that this classification scheme is a complete solution, especially since there is anecessity to utilise the schemes of particular initiatives. However, a top level scheme that enabledanyone creating services, applications and network based products would benefit from having a toplevel classification scheme that enabled a visibility of the entities within a particular system.
C.2.1.4 Service Supply Chain
TAHI because of its service provider biased remit has looked at the Service Supply Chain (SSC). It isbelieved that not only does QoS need to be maintained in the delivery of a service, but also everycommercial entity in a service supply chain must benefit from the supply of the service (in some way).Otherwise the supply chain is not sustainable. Therefore the SSC has to encompass issues such aspayment, DRM, integrity of the service and all the information and privacy issues. TAHI sees the SSCin terms of these entities.
CWA 50487:2005 - 188 -
In these terms it should be noted the descriptions of each of the entities is very broad and for anyservice or application not all may be invoked. For instance a Content Creator can be a transducer thatinforms a home system when a window is open and the content created would be a series ofmessages “open, open, now shut, shut …” etc.. Alternatively the Content Creator may be Hollywood and have a very keen interest all the way down the SSC to the end user in terms of the managementof its rights, the security of the content and payment for it. It is noted that a number of sections haveadded to the Subscriber (who pays and contracts) and the end user (who enjoys the use).
C.2.1.5 Describing the end equipment in terms the service provider understands
One of the requirements of any organisation or person creating a new service or providing a newservice or application for a customer, is to be able to know what is available in the SmartHouse andthe SSC to ensure the service or application will function reliably.
Means therefore need to be found to “look into” a customer’s system (with their permission) to evaluate, model and test remotely the service or application to be provided or created.
If by building a classification system and a means to interrogate and monitor entities in the“SmartHouse” and where necessary adjust parameters of specific objects within that system can be achieved, then “looking into” a customers system becomes possible it benefits all thestakeholders.(There are issues of privacy that are very serious and must be overcome.)
In order to do this there is a need for interoperability, the ability for existing systems architectures toallow “declaration” of the attributes of objects embedded within “their” systems and to enable control from systems architectures that are remote from their’s.
Making the (bold) assumption that this can be achieved, new services and applications can be createdacross multiple systems, networks and proprietary initiatives.
C.2.1.6 Creating new (synergistic) services and applications
Assuming that every object or entity in a SmartHouse is visible, controllable and can be managed froma remote system the picture may be as shown below in Figure C.2.2 then existing services orapplications can be installed and maintained and new ones created.
Figure C.2.2 –Abstraction of information from entities
NOTE TAHI defines the abstracted information as a Remote Service Object (RSO)
- 189 - CWA 50487:2005
In Figure C.2.2 an application in the SmartHouse consist of a number of interacting objects. Thedescription and attributes of the objects may be abstracted and modelled in the abstract environment(very possibly on a management system) where the application can be tested(virtually) in a widerange of ways and any events that could possibly occur may be discovered. Indeed, if a number ofsuch applications are abstracted then they can be modelled to identify any adverse interactions andshould a new application be envisaged it can be modelled and tested virtually before it is introducedinto the real environment.
In theory any application and service could be managed remotely, however, the processingrequirements inherent in a large population of SmartHouses and multiple applications and servicesrenders this impractical. Therefore, once a new service or application has been established, it shouldbe proxied back for control at the Residential Gateway, as shown in Figure C.2.3
Figure C.2.3 –Application Proxy and Event Management
While any application may be proxied to the RG, there will be events that require intervention.Because the application and other applications running in the SmartHouse may be modelled remotely,then any “event” can be modelled, diagnosed and resolved remotely and the resolution proxiedbackto the RG. As systems in the SmartHouse become more complex, this will become a very necessaryrequirement of an overall Open Architecture for the SmartHouse.
C.2.2 General
The Requirements Specification for a SmartHouse Open Architecture has to accommodate the needsof a wide range of stakeholders. Both within the SmartHouse and for those entities and serviceproviders that supply services, applications and equipment to it the architecture must provideinterfaces, “Application” interfaces, System interfaces or Equipment interfaces so that everywhere inthe domain of the SmartHouse and in the domains of stakeholders servicing the SmartHouse thereare means of communication, interoperability and interaction.
These means of communication must cover the needs of all the entities in the Service Supply Chain(SSC) (See section 2.3). They must ensure throughout the SSC that Service Level specifications forparticular services are maintained in end to end for the service supply. (See Section 3.2). They mustallow new services to be constructed from the systems, networks and devices already in place andensure that there is future resistance in the architecture specification.
The systems architecture for SmartHouse needs to embrace all entities and subsystems that areinvolved when a SmartHouse is "switched on" and that may be involved during the many years of itslifetime. Figure C.2.4 shows the scope of such systems architecture. It spans from a specificSmartHouse, to services that are provided to it from the outside, to another SmartHouse that may be
CWA 50487:2005 - 190 -
controlled from the first one or make control the first one via a vehicle that may be closely linked to theSmartHouse as long as it is in its garage and loosely coupled when travelling to a device that is usedto control the SmartHouse from remote locations The SmartHouse itself requires an internal systemsarchitecture that specifies the protocols and interfaces between its subsystems and very often alsobetween individual devices.
Since many industries contribute to a SmartHouse, each of them with their traditions, selling channelsand specifications for protocols and interfaces an all embracing systems architecture that is acceptedby all industries and applicable to any SmartHouse is not readily available..
Figure C.2.4 –Scope of SmartHouse and some stakeholders
The SmartHouse itself requires an internal systems architecture that specifies the protocols andinterfaces between its subsystems and very often also between individual devices.
Since many industries contribute to a SmartHouse, each of them with their traditions, selling channelsand specifications for protocols and interfaces an all embracing systems architecture that is acceptedby all industries and applicable to any SmartHouse is not readily available.
Especially the overall Architecture must be able to coexist with every other architecture that is alreadyactive in the SmartHouse Sector (including DLNA, OSGi, Konnex, LON, etc.. ), it must understand andcommunicate with legacy systems such as metering and security systems, it must be designed so thatit can accommodate change. This architecture must be able to “look into” and provide monitoring and understanding of any entity (device, network, protocol, system) and thereby deliver control andcommand of entity as appropriate.
The future will see a rich and varied set of consumer based services that deliver many benefits intothe home and because we only have the knowledge of some of these services, any framework orarchitecture must be transparent, interoperable and future proof.
The Architecture should be able to inform any service about the user interface parameters of anyequipment together with any special needs of the consumer such that the service provider’s systems can deliver the information to enable the consumer to use the service what ever that consumersconstraints (accessibility requirements) might be.
Above all the architecture should enable systems that deliver user interfaces and user control systemsthat have the highest level of simplicity in use and are entirely intuitive to the end user.
- 191 - CWA 50487:2005
The architecture must also contain the tools to manage complexity in the systems in the home and inthe service supply chain to it. In the near future, it is very likely that multiple interoperating systemsand architectures will be coexisting and interacting in the home. It is likely that in many instances the“mix” will be very complex and there will be multiple interdependencies. The Architecture must contain methods whereby this complexity can be remotely modelled. Unless modelling is available to simulatethe introduction of a new service in a home environment before it is installed and the potentialinteractions tested, unexpected error events will routinely occur.
Some of this implies highly complex and intelligent management systems that can monitor andmanage systems in the home. These systems except where extreme error events occur must beentirely autonomous and must also deliver the management and control in a anonymous andanonymised manner such that the rights of the citizen and privacy are maintained.
Designing and constructing the architecture will not be trivial. The Architecture must accommodatesecure systems, DRM, QoS, media delivered at high bandwidth with particular service levelspecifications, data delivered with particular integrity requirements and mission critical/life dependentinformation. It must interface and understand any of the protocols and existing proprietary standards(e.g. UPnP or DLNA or OSGi), it must contain taxonomies, lexicons and ontologies that describe anyservice, system or equipment and their known interactions.
Lastly the architecture must be holistic, it must encompass the whole picture of any service to anyhome to any person.
It is possible that such an Architecture may be a framework that links into compliant entities, systemsand architectures utilising a common interface at this level. Such a framework might look like FigureC.2.5
Figure C.2.5 –An Open Architecture Framework
NOTE A compliant component may be another sub architecture (OSGi, DNLA, UPnP etc..), the service supply chain or anycomponent in the SmartHouse.
CWA 50487:2005 - 192 -
C.2.3 The Objectives for an Architecture for the SmartHouse
C.2.3.1 Unlimited life expectancy
The lifespan of most houses is normally far greater than the lifespan of the systems within it. Thereforeit is likely that any SmartHouse system, application, service or device is likely to require change orreplacement at various intervals during the life of the SmartHouse. Any device, system or applicationis likely to be changed in isolation from the remaining devices and new components may well need tobe sourced from different suppliers. Therefore any system architecture must accommodatetechnological change and adapt to new technology and systems and must therefore be designed suchthat it can accommodate changes and technological developments that may be wholly unforeseenwhen the Architecture is established –the ability to accommodate future change must be designedinto the Architecture..
C.2.3.2 Adaptability
A SmartHouse needs to adapt itself to its users. The householder’s requirements of the home will change with the years, when children come, grow up and go, when work moves to the home orhobbies change, when the owners grow older and need support services of a nature not envisaged inthe design process of the house. Premises that are let have to cope with changing inhabitants.
C.2.3.3 Open Solutions
There is a high demand for freedom of choice for services and products for the following reasons: thescope of SmartHouse exceeds the capabilities of any single. In addition, the expertise of the differentsuppliers focusses on different applications. Services offered for SmartHouse are in their infancytherefore there will significantly change in features, performance and price over the next years.Therefore the user wants freedom of choice to obtain the offerings of different suppliers. He may alsowant to change from one service supplier to another without degrading the overall performance of theSmartHouse and avoid any problems that could be associated with installation of new hardware.
C.2.3.4 Portability
Portability is required for products and people. When a home owner moves from one home to anothera number of subsystems like TV-set, HiFi-system, PC and white goods will be moved too. Thereforethese products need interfaces that allow their integration into the systems of different houses.
A person temporarily resident in another house needs to operate at least the basic functions of thathouse. Therefore user interfaces of such functions and the house must be intuitive and standardised.
C.2.4 How to meet the objectives
In order to meet the above-mentioned objectives the systems architecture needs to break down the allembracing system of SmartHouse into subsystems at fully specified interfaces and protocols that allowreplacement and upgrading of individual subsystems without disturbing the system as a whole.
Such interfaces and protocols need to be fully standardised and must not be subject to unreasonablelicensing. The standards need to be complete to the point where interoperability of products fromdifferent sources is guaranteed. It is important to ensure that “lock in” to any particular supplier’s solution is avoided and this can be achieved by the standardisation of interfaces and protocols.. Theseinterfaces and protocols need to be implemented by a sufficient number of suppliers so that thereplacing one supplier with another does not create any problems.
The architecture chosen for a specific SmartHouse solution needs to support all applications andmedia that are used when the SmartHouse goes into operation at it has to support any additionalapplication and medium that may be used in future as soon as they are needed.
- 193 - CWA 50487:2005
Unbundling is a requirement for many areas: the system installed and configured by installer A needsto be maintainable and upgradable by installer B. A gateway that originally was installed to support theservices of supplier A needs to be able to support the services of supplier A or it need to bereplaceable easily and without disturbing any other parts of the system. The files for films, photos,music and user data for the PC need to be exchangeable from the product of one supplier to that ofanother one from one generation to the next.
C.2.5 Comments on these objectives
It is easier for new installations and offerings to meet directly the objectives outlined above, whilemany systems already developed and shipped may need adaptation or bridging.
The market need for interoperability between entities originating in different industries has created anumber of methods to establish interoperability between products that do not interoperate with eachother directly or may use different media. Some of them are listed below.
What may be possible is to design methods (perhaps drawing on TAHI ideas) that enable the existingsystems to work together towards interoperability through standard interfaces and description methodswith a high level Open Architecture. Ie. To accommodate existing architectures and protocols andwork with them.
The greatest benefit from such an approach is that it would satisfy all the objectives above and utiliseall the sunk costs of the existing players. It would also resolve the question of system managementacross a very large population. When it is considered that the SmartHouse of the future may containanything between 100 and 5000 individual “intelligent” entities all working together, each potentially providing hundreds of data instances each day and that Europe has more than 250 Million homes, thesize and complexity of management systems required to look after each SmartHouse enabled home issomething far beyond anything hitherto envisaged. A major requirement of any architecture is to findways of building the information structures in such a way that this complexity can be accommodatedand is future proof.
C.2.6 Further Research
It is recommended that further efforts be made to rationalise the various system architectures beingproposed, particularly within European projects and by European standardisation bodies, so as topromote the free movement of transportable domestic services (goods) between various forms andclusters of the SmartHouse. More than this there should be a concerted research effort to deliversolutions to the potential problems of non coexistent systems in the SmartHouse before the problembecomes too large. At present, the domestic sector has a number of discrete services, A/V, ICT andothers, available to it. The SmartHouse, as it becomes widely available will need systems to coexistand interoperate. Unless the problem is tackled in the near future, the inability of systems to worktogether will delay significantly the uptake of the SmartHouse and the market dependent on it..
The Requirements Specification for an Open Architecture for the SmartHouse needs defining first.CENELEC has put forward a project to the EU Commission to do this work. The subsequent work ofdefining the interfaces, liaising with the various consortia and organisations in the market place,building taxonomies of entities and finally working out how to manage the complexity are tasks forEuropean Research projects (perhaps under the Seventh Framework Programme).
CWA 50487:2005 - 194 -
C.3 Additional Material from Home Networks Section
Table C.3.1–Cabling Connection Points
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2 Power sockets for"simple" device
Control power supplyto attached device
Remote power control,dimming of lamps
X X X X CCCB Household appliances, lamps
Venetian blindfan, outdoor light
4 Possible connectionpoint for lighting
Control power supplyto attached device
Lighting control X X X CCCB
5 Possible control pointfor home appliances
See status of, giveorder to appliance
Appliance control X CCCB Switch position near door
6 Possible control pointfor lighting
Switch, dim lighting Lighting control X CCCB Switch position near door
7 Possible control pointfor climate
Climate control X X CCCB Position to measure / controltemperature
8 Radiator Control water supply Heating control, zone heating X X CCCB9 Window Control window
/venetian blindopen/closed/
Burglar alarm, climate control X X X X CCCB Close water supply for radiator,when window is open, closewindow, when rain starts
10 Window Monitor glass forbreakage
X CCCB
11 Door Open/closed Burglar alarm, climate control X X X X X X CCCB
12 Door Glass integer/broken Burglar alarm X X CCCB
14 Mains distributor Control mains Optimise power tariff, switchhome from inhabited toempty, trigger alarm in caseof power failure with severeconsequences.
X X X X X CCCB
15 Gate Open/closed Burglar alarmentrance control
X X X X X CCCB
16 Locations to inputalarm personally
Attack button Burglar alarm X X CCCB
18 Outlet for fire detector OK/smoke/hightemperature
Fire alarm X CCCB
19 Pool Spa control X X X X CCCB
20 Pool Communication & joy X X X X X
21 Outside location withrepresentativetemperature
Measure outsidetemperature
X X X CCCB
22 Outside location notartificially lit
Measure intensity ofoutside light
X X X CCCB
23 Outside location withrepresentativehumidity
Measure intensity ofoutside humidity
Watering control X X CCCB
27 Communication area Telephone Communications X X X X X X X X ICT
28 Equipment rooms Printer outlet; serveroutlets; centralisedset up box;PBX
X X X X X X X X ICT
29 Telephone entrance X X X X X X X ICT
30 Additional entrances,e. g., cellular antenna
X X ICT
31 Digital loudspeakeroutlet
X X X X X X ICT
32 Satellite antennaentrances
X X X BCT
33 Antenna entrance X X X BCT
35 Power sockets for HEdevice
Convey information to/ from device
Appliance and HE controland ICT
X X X X X X BCT TV
36 Entertainment area TV Video entertainment X X X X X BCT
37 CCTV entrance X X X X BCT
38 Video recorder outlet X X X X BCT
39 Video outlets X X X BCT
40 Locations overseeingentrance
Detect movement Burglar alarm, lightningcontrol,
X X X CCCB
41 Locations overseeinga room, area
Detect movement Burglar alarm, lightingcontrol, appliance control
X X X CCCB
42 Outlet for heat /smoke detector
Detect fire Fire alarm X CCCB
Burglar alarmentrance control
PC , PBX, telephone, TV,
X X
PC outlettelephone outletprinter outlet
ICT, BCTXX34 Overlooking door, gate Camera outlet
ICTX X X X
ICT
26 Work areas Work X
X X X X
1Mains supply 2 Lighting control 3 Building control 4 Appliance control 5 Demand management via circuit breakers 6 Burglar alarm 7 Fire alarm
8 Intercom 9 Analogue telephone 10 ISDN 11 HiFi 12 Computing 13 CCTV 14 Radio and TV
25 Power sockets for ICTdevice
Convey information tofrom device
Appliance and HE controland ICT
X
CCCB
CCCB
24 Gutter Measure humidity ingutter
Control gutter heating X X
X17 Door opening area Oversee entrance andopen door
Burglar alarmoperate entrance
X X X X
X
CCCBX13 Main entrance Activate/deactivateburglar alarm; houseall out / inhabited
Table C.3.2–Communication: home automation equipment to mobile phone
Entity
OSI layer KNX-side AnalogueTelephone-side
Analogueside
Digital side ISDN side Cell phoneside
7 EN 50090-4-1 EN 50090-4-1 EN 50090-4-1 transparent transparent transparent transparent transparent EN 50090-4-1
6 Not used Not used Not used POT POT ISDN ISDN GSM GSM
5 Not used Not used Not used POT POT ISDN ISDN GSM GSM
4 EN 50090-4-2 EN 50090-4-2 EN 50090-4-2 POT POT ISDN ISDN GSM GSM
3 EN 50090-4-2 EN 50090-4-2 EN 50090-4-2 POT POT ISDN ISDN GSM GSM
2 EN 50090-4-2 EN 50090-4-2 EN 50090-4-2 POT POT ISDN ISDN GSM GSM
1 EN 50090-4-1 EN 50090-5-5 EN 50090-4-1 /EN 50090-5-5
POT POT ISDN ISDN GSM GSM
0 EN 50090-9-1 EN 50090-5-5 EN 50090-9-1 /EN 50090-5-5
POT POT ISDN ISDN GSM GSM
Radiator valve,Roomtemperaturecontrol
windowopeningcontact
Home display PBX Public telephone network Mobile Phone
Figure C.3.1 –Example: Remote heating control (ref Table C.3.2)
CWA 50487:2005 - 196 -
C.4 Additional material from Home Equipment section
In the following, the Usage Cases missing in the main body of the Home Equipment Section areincluded. That provides a complete tool-set for the Service Integrator to propose a completeSmartHouse to his customers.
C.4.1 Communications [external]
C.4.1.1 SmartHouse Usage Cases [external] Communication services
In today’s digital communication,we can no longer distinct voice, images and data. In all these casesdigital data are being exchange between the (external) information supply process on the sendingside, i.e. the information source, and the information processing on the receiving side, i.e. theinformation sink.
Still there may be communication requirements, which differ from on Communication service toanother, such as a required QoS level and which must be reflected in the to be selected SmartHousecommunication terminal device.
[External] Communication service providers' business models foresee in principle to expand theircommunication services to provide [One-stop] Media bundles by adding content such as
- Information/News via well organized Internet Portals
- storage repositories for customers digital photos and images
- (paid) Music downloads
- Pay-per-view [streaming] TV
- (paid) video-on-demand
and even open their Portals to third parties whilst continuing to handle, where necessary, appropriateµPayment clearing systems.
- 197 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.1.2 [external] communication service and [external] Communication channels
[external] communicationservicesVoice (& image) direct local access
distributed access:- wired via PABX,- wireless via DECT- via gateway to door and surveillance cameras
- via gateway to Home Automation and Alarm systemsmobile Cellphone (also Satellitephone) direct local access
Cablecom (originally TVdistribution only):
via cable modem
broadband cable direct and/or distributed (=routed) local accessQoS requirement;
access via IP routers e.g. for iPhonesTelco: direct local access
- analogue modem distributed access via router, with appropriate firewall functions:
- ADSL broadband - wired via Ethernet- wireless via WiFi- via gateway to door and surveillance cameras
- via gateway to Home Automation and Alarm systemsCablecom (originally TVdistribution only):
via cable modem
broadband cable direct and/or distributed (=routed) local access
3G cellphone WAP, I-mode and alikedirect local accessdistributed access via router, with appropriate firewall functions:- wired via Ethernet- wireless via WiFi- via gateway to door and surveillance cameras
- via gateway to Home Automation and Alarm systemsSatellite DSL via satellite dishand Set-top box;
direct local access
backchannel via POTS orcellular network
distributed access via router, with appropriate firewall functions:
- wired via Ethernet
- wireless via WiFidirect local accessto TV orto extended Set-top box (=> Media Server) for media routing- wired via Ethernet- wireless via WiFi
to different media sinksCablecom TV distribution direct local accessto Set-top box to TV or
to extended Set-top box (=> Media Server) for media routing- wired via Ethernet- wireless via WiFi
to different media sinks
TCP/IP channels streaming Audio / Video
Audio / Television (=> DVB,DAB)
Terrestrial or Satellite dishreception to Set-top box;
Satellite DSL via satellite dishand Set-top box;backchannel via POTS orcellular network
Audio / Television (=> DVB,DAB)
Terrestrial or Satellite dishreception to Set-top box;
Cablecom TV distribution
to Set-top boxTCP/IP channels for StreamingAudio / Video
image storage and processing
Internet
communication specifics: usertelephone No / IP address;extensions: redial, multicall,automatic answering
POTS, [analogue and/or] digitalswitched networks
SmartHouse Rooms and associated areasone story appartment / multistory house (selectas appropriate) central functions
For Specific Design complete this externalCommunication Services usage matrix bymarking linked rooms, areas and centralfunctions, as appropriateinclude in each marking the type of in-housecommunication channel to be used: direct D,telephone T, broadband coax C, broadbandEthernet E, wireless WExcel sheet permits to calculate Design,installation and commissioning totals
C.4.2 Home Automation Usage cases
Home Automation is achieved by proper deployment of HBES technology. HBES, i.e. in full “Home and Building Electronic Systems”, as standardized by CENELEC TC205 defines the set ofrequirements for controlling and automating SmartHouse processes according to users needs. Such aradically decentralized and distributed approach makes use of these so-called BUS networks.
Such BUS Networks do not only provide a powerful standardized intercommunication at runtimebetween the devices’ [process or “Functional Block”] objects but also an enhanced set of services and mechanisms for network management, i.e. network configuration and commissioning.
CWA 50487:2005 - 200 -
As visible from the different HE-HBES Usage Cases this free Bus communication among all thenetworked devices helps to generate synergies by exploiting the available tight interaction betweenthe distributed application functions, i.e. the expected Usage application. Moreover more applicationsbecome possible by just adding only one or few devices or often by merely updating a device’s application software. Powerful interworking models with their standardized data-point types and these“Functional Block” objects, support the System Design.
C.4.2.1 SmartHouse HA Usage Case: [electrical] Load management
C.4.2.1.1 Load Management Usage Case: Application(s) and functions
Tariff status signalling tariff information, at more sophisticated metersLoad sensing pulse frequency increases with load
Load Controller priority processing algorithm combining load and tariff information withpreset priorities
load shedding channels being switched on and off according load andpriority schedules
Manual override manual priority change manual load change, only after manual release ofanother load
User Information Display displays overload alarm, energy consumption, currenttariff
Utility metering device
C.4.2.1.2 Load Management Communication matrix
C.4.2.1.3 Load Management Usage Case Objects
basi
clo
ad
light
ing
load
frid
ge
deep
-fre
ezer
oven
&ho
bs
stor
age
wat
erhe
ater
accu
mul
atio
nhe
ater
was
hing
mac
hine
dish
was
her
ironi
ngm
achi
ne
smoo
thin
giro
n
fan
heat
ing
devi
ce
hair
drye
r(s)
coffe
em
aker
No 2: tariff structure with 2 or more energytariffs; if exceeded, penalty is excessive priceNo 3: subscribed power flatrate; excessive pricein case of too high or too low power consumption
Identification of applicable Load scenario
For the specific design, complete this LoadManagement matrix by marking type, enteringamount of loads and by fixing their loadpriority; Excel sheet permits to immediatelycalculate Load total; Load controller is to beprogrammed accordingly
No 1: maximum available / subscribed power isfixed; if exceeded, penalty is cut of power(blackout)
identification of 'participating' electricalfixed (socket) connected mobile appliances
- 201 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.2.2 SmartHouse HA Usage Case: Lighting control
C.4.2.2.1 Lighting control Usage Case: Application(s) and functions
Applicationsmanual (Push button)switching
On - Off command one to n switches at different places
and/or Start - Stop Dimmingcommand
push button for up and down dimming; serves normallyalso for On - Off
(IR, RF) remote control Light scene(s) control push button activates the controller(s) pre-programmedlight scenes;possible interaction with shutter(s)
Motion detection [temporary] On command normally directly combined with timing function
timer delayed switch-Off timing function normally incorporated in Light channelactuator
User Information Display LED [or more sophisticated display] to signal "Light-On"status at specific place(s)
Presence simulation automatic Light On - Off,Dim Value
automatic On – Off / Dim Value according Presence Simulator memory
brightness control light level sensing sensing (selected) illumination level
boolean functions controlling interactionbetween different inputsignals
interaction between automatic and manual (override)signals; can be incorporated in actuators;particularly important for aCentral – Off / Presence simulation
interworks with dimming actuator;,and possibly interaction with shutter(s)
light channel(s) being switched on and off and/ordimmed up or down by actuator;
timer delayed switch-OffUser Information DisplayPresence simulation On – Off / Dim
according PresenceSimulator memory
brightness control light level sensingillumination level control;possible interaction withshutter(s)
boolean functions controlling interactionbetween different inputsignalsand Central-Off /Presence simulation
SmartHouse Rooms and associated areasone story appartment / multistory house (select as appropriate)
For the specific design, complete thisLighting Control matrix by marking roomsand areas as appropriate plus amount ofapplications & functions (==> devices)
dist
ribut
ion
pane
ls
porc
h/e
ntra
nce
stai
rcas
e
The Excel sheet permits to immediatelycalculate required equipment totals andrelated design, installation andcommissioning time
livin
g
kitc
hen
bath
room
child
ren
1
corr
idor
nigh
tcor
ridor
child
ren
2
stor
age
slee
ping
cella
r1
cella
r2
tera
sse
/bal
cony
attic
gard
en
- 203 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.2.3 SmartHouse HA Usage Case: Shutter control
C.4.2.3.1 Shutter control Usage Case: Application(s) and functions
Applicationsmanual (Push button)switching
Up - Down command local shutters / awning possible interaction with lightscenes / garage door
shutter channel(s) actuator for Up / Down move or Up /Down Step
indoor temperature passive heating in Winter /sun protection in Summer
interaction heating/cooling control
brightness control sun protection interaction with light brightnessUser Information Display LED [or more sophisticated display] to signal position
of Shutter / Garage-doorschedulerpresence simulationboolean functions controlling interaction
between different inputsignals
interaction with Central - Off / presence simulation
Functions
Up - Down command group of shutters opening in morning, closing in evening
C.4.2.3.2 Shutter control Communication matrix
CWA 50487:2005 - 204 -
C.4.2.3.3 Shutter control Usage Case Objects
foreseen applications and functionsmanual (Push button)switching
Up - Down / StepcommandGarage door Open -Close
(IR, RF) remote controlgroup of shutters Up -Down
Wind speed
wind speed abovethreshhold signal movesblinds / shutters / awningin safe position
Shutter channel(s)
blind / shutter / awningload Up / Downmotion
indoor temperature
opens for passiveheating in Winter /closes for sun protectionin summer
SmartHouse Rooms and associated areasone story appartment / multistory house
(select as appropriate)
dist
ribut
ion
pane
ls
livin
g
kitc
hen
slee
ping
bath
room
child
ren
1
For the specific design, complete this Blinds /Shutter / Awning / Garage Door Controlmatrix by marking rooms and areas asappropriate plus amount of applications &functions (==> devices)The Excel sheet permits to immediately
calculate required equipment totals andrelated design, installation andcommissioning time ch
ildre
n2
tera
sse
/bal
cony
gara
ge
- 205 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.2.4 SmartHouse HE sage Case: Heating (& Cooling) control
C.4.2.4.1 Heating (& Cooling) control Usage Case: Application(s) and functions
ApplicationsIndoor temperature sensing indoor room temperature normally integrated in the different room temperature
controllerdew point sensing indoor room dew point normally integrated in the different room temperature
controllerzone (e.g. floor / ceilings) normally integrated in the different zone temperature
controllerWindow / door openmonitoring
signals opened windowsand/or doors
normally interacts with different room temperaturecontroller; information can be "re-used" in alarmsystems
central or individual indoorroom temperature control
PI-room temperatureregulation
either pulse width or linear output; temperature set-point(s) preset at commissioning
individual indoor zonetemperature control
PI-zone temperatureregulation
either pulse width or linear output; temperature set-point(s) preset at commissioning / floating outdoortemperature optimized
Hot (& cold) water heating(cooling) channel(s)
radiator / zone valve controlload
either pulse width controlled all-or-nothing valves orlinear valves
room / zone heating (&cooling) scheduler
heating (& cooling)scheduling
week day and calendar dependent / central-off(absence) override
temperature sensing outdoor temperature often integrated in boiler controllerBoiler (Burner) control flow water temperature
sensingnormally integrated in boiler / chiller controller
heat (& cold) demandcontrol
evaluates room / zone control heat / cold demandsignals
Chiller control heat (& cold) circuitcirculation pump control
normally dependent on heat (& cold) demand control
Domestic hot water supplycontrol
Domestic hot water supplytemperature & circulationpump control
normally integrated in boiler control; temperature set-point(s) preset at commissioning
Solar lector temperaturesensing
Solar collector temperature normally integrated into Solar domestic hot watercontroller
Solar domestic hot watercontrol
Solar collector liquid circuitcirculation pump control
temperature limiter set-point preset at commissioning
User Information Display LED [or more sophisticated display] to signal fan speed/ temperature
required for arranging proper interaction between thedifferent heating / cooling functions; interaction withCentral - Off
Functions
central set-point manager part of more sophisticated Home systems => HomeAutomation Server
CWA 50487:2005 - 206 -
C.4.2.4.2 Heating (& Cooling) control Communication matrix
- 207 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.2.4.3 Heating (& Cooling) control Usage Case Objects
foreseen applications and functionstemperature sensing indoor room temperaturedew point sensing indoor room dew point
zone (e.g. floor / ceilings)Window / door openmonitoring
signals opened windowsand/or doors
central or individual indoorroom temperature control
PI-room temperatureregulation
individual indoor zonetemperature control
PI-zone temperatureregulation
Hot (& cold) water heating(cooling) channel(s)
radiator / zone valve controlload
room / zone heating (&cooling) scheduler
heating (& cooling)scheduling
temperature sensing outdoor temperature
Boiler (Burner) controlflow water temperaturesensingheat (& cold) demandcontrol
Chiller controlheat (& cold) circuitcirculation pump control
Domestic hot water supplycontrol
Domestic hot water supplytemperature & circulationpump control
Solar collector temperaturesensing Solar collector temperatureSolar domestic hot watercontrol
Solar collector liquid circuitcirculation pump control
User Information Displayset-point user intervention central set-point manager
Boolean functions
controlling interactionbetween different inputsignals
SmartHouse Rooms and associated areas
one story appartment / multistory house (select as appropriate)
For the specific design, complete this Heating(& Cooling) Control matrix by marking roomsand areas as appropriate plus amount ofapplications & functions (==> devices)
nigh
tcor
ridor
livin
g
kitc
hen
stor
age
slee
ping
bath
room
child
ren
2
cella
r
attic
The Excel sheet permits to immediatelycalculate required equipment totals and relateddesign, installation and commissioning time di
strib
utio
npa
nels
stai
rcas
e
corr
idor
gara
ge
child
ren
1
CWA 50487:2005 - 208 -
C.4.2.5 SmartHouse HA Usage Case: Ventilation control
C.4.2.5.1 Ventilation Aircon control Usage Case: Application(s) and functions
Applicationsmanual (Push button)switching
3 speed command ventilation: off, speed 1, 2 or 3
(IR, RF) remote control air heating /coolingcommand
temperature set-point preset at commissioning
ventilation channel 3 speed ventilation channel ventilation 3 fan speeds activated by combination of 2channels
in-air temperature control PI-temperature regulation pulse width relative value up / downair heating (cooling)channel(s)
heating control loador heating/cooling controlload
heat exchanger power dimmer reversiblespeed controlled heat pump
scheduler automatic, scheduledventilation
can be week day or calendar dependent
Indoor Air quality detection automatic ventilation Indoor Air quality level set-point preset at commissioning
User Information Display LED [or more sophisticated display] to signal fan speed/ temperature
boolean functions controlling interactionbetween different inputsignals
interaction with Central - Off
Functions
C.4.2.5.2 Ventilation control Communication matrix
- 209 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.2.5.3 Ventilation Aircon control Usage Case Objects
foreseen applications and functionsmanual (Push button)switching
3 speed command
(IR, RF) remote control air heating / coolingcommand
ventilation channel(s) 3 speed ventilationchannel
in air temperaturecontrol
PI-temperatureregulation
scheduler automatic, scheduledventilation
Indoor Air quality detectionautomatic ventilationUser Information Display LED / displayboolean functions controlling interaction
between different inputsignals and Central-Off
SmartHouse Rooms andassociated areas
one story appartment /multistory house (select as
appropriate)
dist
ribut
ion
pane
ls
livin
g
kitc
hen
bath
room
slee
ping
bath
roomNote: Forced ventilation with heat recovery is
very important for good building energyperformance ch
ildre
n1
child
ren
2
gara
ge
For the specific design, complete thisVentilation Control matrix by marking rooms andareas as appropriate plus amount of applications& functions (==> devices),normally there is only one Unit per dwelling within- and out-ducts to and from each roomThe Excel sheet permits to immediately calculaterequired equipment totals and related design,installation and commissioning time
CWA 50487:2005 - 210 -
C.4.2.6 SmartHouse HE Usage Case: Central Functions & Gateway function(s)
C.4.2.6.1 Central Functions & Gateway function(s) Usage Case: Application(s) andfunctions
IR, RF bridges / small localgateways
remote controls typical low cost remote controlling of Home Automationfunctions (see the different applications)already available from heating application- completes a separate [insurance validated] Alarm System
normally part of [a separate] door communication system;however (possible) integration into Home Automation[server] and AV networks permits enhanved services;activated- from inside button,- outdoor button pad- via (mobile / DECT) telecontrol phone gateway- AV and related server network permits specific imagerecording for Burglar Alarm validation (see Security SystemCluster !)
clock / scheduler master clock and scheduler [possibly] sychronised from external RF VLW transmitter orInternet Atomic clock; schedules programmed atcommissioning; either autonomous device orincorporated into Home Automation Server
slave clock and scheduler in extended systems; synchronized by master clock;schedules programmed at commissioning or via HomeAutomation Server
Boolean filtering control filtering functions to enable interaction of different applications viacontrol filtering by Boolean units (e.g.as part of a HomeAutomation Server);programmed Central-Offis particularly important for handicapped: to be activatedby their distress signal !
technical alarms abnormal event logs ordevice status information
remote controlling viaphone networks
remote interaction withdevices connected to theHE network
Meter reading meter event (e.g. pulse) topermit energy and waterconsumption logs
remote controlling via IPnetworks, including WiFi &Bluetooth
remote controls and/orremote information retrieval
corr
idor
nigh
tcor
ridor
livin
g
stai
rcas
e
bath
room
gard
en
dist
ribut
ion
pane
ls
porc
h/e
ntra
nce
kitc
hen
For the specific design, complete this CentralControl and Link-to-Gateway matrix bymarking linked rooms and areas asappropriate plus amount of applications &functions (==> impact on devices)The Excel sheet permits to immediatelycalculate required equipment totals andrelated design, installation andcommissioning time
appl
icat
ions
best
serv
edby
addi
nga
Ho
me
Au
tom
atio
nS
erve
r
SmartHouse Rooms and associated areasone story appartment / multistory house (select as appropriate)
C.4.2.7.1 SmartHouse CE (Consumer Electronics) Usage Case
This CE cluster relates to the SmartHouse in-house deployment of different Consumer electronicequipment, electronic appliances and their [possible] linking to in-house Multimedia networks. Thiscluster is closely associated to the SmartHouse [external] Communication cluster.
Apart from supporting exploitation of different [external] Audio / Video / Image / Information Mediaservices, the main CE requirements are
- typical CE low-cost systems from CE markets, easy to install, even in Media networks, andeasy to use
- i.e.no lenghty boot, no complex configuration, no typical system crashes and blue screens
- clear usage guidance supportive User guidance such as EPG (electronic ProgrammingGuide), MHP (interactive multi-media Home platform)
- easy search of stored sound, video, image, play lists, collections and upcoming programs
- interoperability according to agreed Audio / Video and DRM standards (MP3, MPEG2,MPEG4, DViX5, DRMx), both live and streaming media
- upcoming HDTV standard proof
- 213 - CWA 50487:2005
- timeshift Personal Video Recording (PVR); tag-mark Audio recording, Flash memory imagerecording, compatible storage on DVD
- to support easy Wireless PnP networking of all CE equipment
- to support modern flat video display and video beamers, multi-channel audio equipment
- easy access to Information, Media and gaming software on PC and Internet.
C.4.2.7.2 SmartHouse CE (Consumer Electronics) Usage Case Applications andFunctions
CE applicationsinhouse Voice (& image)communication
distributed access:- wired via PABX,- wired / wireless / via in-house IP channel andI-Phone
- wireless via DECT- via gateway to door and surveillance cameras[direct access via smart Cellphone]
Audio / Television (=> DVB,DAB)
Terrestrial or Satellite dishreception to Set-top box;
for direct access by stand-alone TV, Audio, gaming, displaydevices
private Media channels: usage control byown playback and/or recordingdevices - adaptable remote control- Audio / Midi / MP3 / video(VHS) - PDA- digital CD/DVD - display-DECT (could be even adapted cellphone)own digital still and videocams
DSL broadband direct local access- by PC, smart PDA, display phone
& Firewall - [high processing power] dedicated gaming platform& Router & IP channel - to surveillance cameras- wired via Ethernet - household appliance(s)- wireless via WiFi - via gateway to / from Home Automation and Alarm systemsand/or distribution via easy toconnect and
for pay-per-view, video-on-demand, streaming Audio / Video,Audio / movie download
easy to use Media server and- in-house, wired and/or - decoding for listening and display,- wireless Media network - encoding for recording on PVR, CD/DVD, Flash
- image storage- game storage and gaming support
distributed access by- TV, mobile listening & viewing
to / from other information appliances.
functions
Cable TV distribution via Set-top box incl (=> HDTV) Home Theater
sound, images and videos
Internet; information sourceand/or sink
CWA 50487:2005 - 214 -
C.4.2.7.3 SmartHouse CE (Consumer Electronics) Usage Case CommunicationMatrix
- 215 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.2.7.4 SmartHouse CE (Consumer Electronics) Usage Case Objects
Hom
eM
edia
Ser
ver
Sur
veill
ance
Cam
eras
door
com
mun
icat
ion
Hom
eA
utom
atio
n
dist
ribut
ion
pane
ls
porc
h/e
ntra
nce
stai
rcas
e
corr
idor
nigh
tcor
ridor
livin
g
kitc
hen
stor
age
slee
ping
bath
room
child
ren
1
child
ren
2
cella
r
CE applications functionsinhouse Voice (& image)communication
[analogue and/or] digitalcommunicationdirect, or DECT, PABX, I-Phone
Audio / Television (=> DVB,DAB)
Terrestrial or Satellite dishreception to Set-top box;Cable TV distribution via Set-top boxprivate Media channels:
own playback and/or recordingdevices- Audio / Midi / MP3 / video(VHS)- digital CD/DVD
own digital still and videocams
DSL broadband
& Firewall
& Router & IP channel
- wired via Ethernet
- wireless via WiFi
for direct access by stand-alone TV, Audio, gaming,display devicesand/or distribution via easy toconnect andeasy to use Media server and
- in-house, wired and/or
- wireless Media network
for central
- decoding for listening anddisplay,- encoding for recording onPVR, CD/DVD, Flash- image storage
- game storage and gamingsupport
sound, images and videos
central functions
Internet; information sourceand/or sink
For Specific Design complete this CE(Consumer Electronics and informationappliance) usage matrix by marking linkedrooms, areas and central functions, asappropriateinclude in each marking the type of in-housecommunication channel to be used: direct D,telephone T, broadband coax C, broadbandEthernet E, wireless W; also indicate the CEdevice type (sub-classification is optional): phonePh, audio Au1, Au2, Video TV1, TV2, GamingG1, G2, display Dp1, Processing device Pc1,recording device R1, R2
SmartHouse Rooms and associated areasone story appartment / multistory house(select as appropriate)
CWA 50487:2005 - 216 -
C.4.2.8 SmartHouse Security Systems Usage Case
Whilst the extend of selected Applications and Functions below depend on each individual case onecan perceive the substantial overlap with Applications and Functions of typical Home Automationusage cases. Hence a skilled System Designer, when preparing his offer, will surely look into possiblesynergies.
C.4.2.8.1 SmartHouse Usage Case Security Systems: Applications and Functions
ApplicationsMonitoring of all elements integrated into SecuritySystem:- Gates, doors, and windows- Movement detectors- Surveillance cameras- Gas and water sensors- smoke- Baby- Disabled- Car parked outsideLocal signalling and direct interaction,- e.g. gas and water leakage closes valve(s),- opens vents,- starting / stopping ventilation systemMaster Switch, when leaving, for possible remotesignalling and/or interventionAnd /or schedulerStatus information, directly from surveillance sensor topre-defined remote place,- on alarm event- when polledpossible interactionCCTV images of corresponding zones are- recorded and/or- forwarded to predefined destinations, e.g.- security management- user’s mobile phone- Internet accessibility
FunctionsSecurity system Local interaction
Remote Surveillance andinteraction
Signalling via network andHome Server / gateway
CCTV image capturing On intrusion detectionactivation of alarmvalidation
- 217 - CWA 50487:2005
C.4.2.8.2 SmartHouse Usage Case Security Systems: Communication Matrix
CWA 50487:2005 - 218 -
C.4.2.8.3 SmartHouse-Security System Usage Case Objects
foreseen applications and functions
Gates, doors, and windows
Movement detectors
Surveillance cameras
Gas and water sensors
smoke
Baby
Disabled
Car parked outside
Status / Alarm Signalling (light,sound, display, images)Direct interaction:
closing valves
opening vents
starting / stopping ventilation
(alarm) lighting
Master switch
Scheduler
Threshold manager
Alarm server / gateway
concept
Signalling
Status polling
Remote interaction,
Via
mobile cellphone
POTS
INternet
Image sampling, CCTV
Image recording
e.g. for alarm validation
one story appartment / multistory house (select / expand as appropriate)SmartHouse Rooms and areas associated to the Security System
dist
ribut
ion
pane
ls
porc
h/
entr
ance
stai
rcas
e
corr
idor
nigh
tco
rrid
or
livin
g
kitc
hen
stor
age
slee
ping
bath
room
child
ren
1
child
ren
2
cella
r
tera
sse
/ba
lcon
y
attic
gard
en
Ext
erna
lcar
Security system including
Direct local interaction
activation
Access point function
Remote services (signalling,controlling)
Camera surveillance
For the specific design, complete this SecuritySystem matrix by marking linked rooms and areasas appropriate plus amount of applications &functions (==> impact on devices)The Excel sheet permits to immediately calculaterequired equipment totals and related design,installation and commissioning time
C.4.2.9 Telematics
Though the range of Telematics services has expanded, safety and security remain the primaryreason why current users and consumers subscribe to Telematics’ services.
Typical Telematics applications are being found in the automotive and transportation market segment.Available applications combine several services into a single end-device. The hardware modulesgenerally comprise a global positioning system (GPS) receiver and a mobile telephone, integrated intoa single unit, to offer not only traffic and tourist information, navigation support with Real-time trafficmonitoring and rerouting, localization and vehicle tracing in case of theft, but in particular, in view ofthe tremendous increase of electronics in cars, emergency and vehicle breakdown assistance. Air bagdeployment calls which are automatically routed to the Emergency lines are becoming part.
There are activities to develop a set of common specifications for a multimedia interface to vehicleelectronic systems in order to service a wide variety of computer based electronic devices in thevehicles. In the light of the ever increasing traffic congestion, there are already system studies todevelop ways on helping to adapt driving habits and even to exert an intelligent speed control. In viewof the equipment quantities at stake this will surely have an impact also on the SmartHouseapplications.
- 219 - CWA 50487:2005
Directly SmartHouse related are Telematics developments to extend to monitoring of people’s health, correct medication and the status of handicapped and elderly.
It is surely possible to extend some of the above Usage cases to Telematics’. Interesting synergies become visible, when applying
- Home Automation, e.g. in case of distress cutting of appliances and putting resources into safestate,
- and/or Security systems, e.g. to unlock doors for help
- CE systems to convey important information.
However in view of the involvement of major stake holders in developing Telematics and relatedservices doing so would probably be besides the mark and is therefore left out.
At any rate its is suggested that a System Designer interested in Telematics should consider in thefirst place the above Communication Usage cases and expand from there as appropriate. Thedifferent examples above will guide him
- to establish his own Application and Function Matrices,
- to prepare and fill in the related Communication Matrix and
- devise the Object Matrix, to support his offer calculation.
CWA 50487:2005 - 220 -
C.5 Additional material from Installation Section –Example Forms
NOTE These forms are presented as examples of the types of form required for the installation process. There are differentregulations in different European countries to which such forms must comply and hence forms will be nationally specific.
C.5.1 INSPECTION, TEST AND COMMISSIONING CERTIFICATES
SMS installation method is such that the manufacturer's reliability figures andclient's reliability requirements are not jeopardised
Cable supports and cable integrity of the installation are adequate
Power supply correct voltage and frequency
Number, type, location and hardware configuration of devices is correct
Power supply and interconnecting cables are adequate for the application
All cabling within the installation has passed the required insulation resistancetest (where required)
The installation wiring does not have any short circuits and continuity is assured
The installation wiring and terminations are both adequately identified
All control loops have been tuned in accordance with the Client's specificationand for the intended operation of the SMS
Risk Analysis for the installation
Schedule of Safety Related Items
All control loop settings have been recorded
The central control unit accepts commands and gives reports correctly
The real time clock is set correctly
The SMS responds to incoming and outgoing communications
The annunciation of alarms is correct
All interface units have been commissioned
Power cut-off and not restored test successful
Power cut-off and instant restart test successful
All necessary documents associated with inspection, testing and commissioningof the SMS have been adequately completed ready for handover to the client
HANDOVER DECLARATION AND REPORT SERIAL NO: .........................................................
COMMENTS:
SIGNATURE INSPECTOR/CLIENT DATE
This test schedule must be accompanied by the Handover Declaration and Report for theinstallation
CWA 50487:2005 - 222 -
C.5.1.3 Cable Test Schedule, Inspection and Test Certificate (example)
SMS Cable Installation
Document No: Sheet …… of …….. SMS No:
INSULATION CONTINUITY
CABLE C/E C/C COREΩ
SCREENΩ
THE CABLE HAS BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
STANDARD NO:……………………………………….
MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS
SEE ATTACH TEST SHEET (S)NOS:………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
HANDOVER DECLARATION AND REPORT SERIAL NO: ..........………….
COMMENTS:
SIGNATURE INSPECTOR/CLIENT DATE
TESTED BY:
- 223 - CWA 50487:2005
C.5.1.4 SMS Loop Test Acceptance Certificate (example)
Document No: ........................Sheet of ………. SMS No:
SATISFACTORYLOOP REF. LOOPADDRESS
INPUT VALUE OUTPUTVALUE
YES NO
HANDOVER DECLARATION AND REPORT SERIAL NO:
COMMENTS:
SIGNATURE INSPECTOR/CLIENT DATE
TESTED BY:
CWA 50487:2005 - 224 -
C.5.1.5 Declaration of Final Commission and Report Certificate (example)
Document No: ........................Sheet of ………. SMS No:
NAME OF CLIENT…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
ADDRESS OF CLIENT……………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
DETAILS OF WORK
YES NO
INITIAL HANDOVER
PERIODIC INSPECTION AND TEST
I, being the person with overall responsibility for commissioning/re-commissioning the above-listedSMS, declare that all inspections and tests have been completed to my satisfaction and that the SMShas been commissioned and is working to the client/system designer specification, Ref........................ and my satisfaction.
The system is in safe working order and should be next inspected and/or tested as detailed on theService Schedule No. ..................
Signature ....................................................……Full Name (CAPS) .............................................
Position ...............................................................
Date ....................................................................
For and on behalf of .................................................................................... ....................
“Consumer Requirements of Smart Homes” –Nicola King et. al. report by Intertek-RPT for the UKGovernment Dept. of Trade & Industry (DTI). 2004 available from Intertek-RPT, Davy Avenue,Knowlhill, Milton Keynes, UK.
Consumers’ Association “Safety in SmartHouses” report. available from Intertek-RPT, Davy Avenue,Knowlhill, Milton Keynes, UK.
“What did this year’s visitors to the Ideal Home Show think about thee-home”. Envisage Ltd 2002 Sponsored by DTI & TAHI.
“Digital Futures” David Gann et al. Pub. Chartered Institute of Housing.
Pragnell, M, Spence, L., and Moore, R., 2000 The Market Potential for Smart Homes JosephRowntree Foundation. http://www.jrf.org.uk/knowledge/findings/housing/n40.asp
“Smart Homes” Joseph Rowntree Foundation http://www.jrf.org.uk/housingandcare/smarthomes/default.asp
“Inside the Smart Home” Richard Harper. pub.Springer
ANEC Consumer Requirements in ICT Standardisation. www.anec.org/attachments/it008-03rev1.pdf
“Trends in Smart Home Systems” prepared by Building Research Establishment (UK) for the UK Governments DTI. 2003 www.nextwave.org.uk/downloads/bre_home_conn.pdf
Curry R G, Trejo Tinoco M, and Wardle D, 2003 Telecare: Using Information and CommunicationTechnology to Support Independent Living by Older, Disabled and Vulnerable People.
Aldrich, F K 2003 “Smart Homes: Past, Present and Future”, in Harper R ed Inside the Smart Home. London Springer Verlag. p 34.
Brownsell S, and Bradley D, 2003 Assistive technology and telecare. Bristol. The Policy Press.
CEN & ETSI Response: Response to the COM(2001)298 final, 5 June 2001. Issue 1, 13 October2003.
COM(2001)298 final, 6 June 2001: Communication to the Council, the European Parliament, theEuropean Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Network andInformation Security: Proposal for A European Policy Approach.
CWA 50487:2005 - 226 -
Directive 2001/29/EC of The Parliament and of the European Council: On the harmonisation of certainaspects of copyright and related rights in the information societyy, 22 May 2001.
Mandate M/355: Programming mandate addressed to the european standardisation organisations forthe elaboration of european standards to identify and reduce crime risk in products and services, 4August 2004.
D.4 Input form User Interfaces.
PD IEC TR 61997:2001 IEC TR 61997:2001: Guidelines for the user interface in multimediaequipment for general purpose use
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Recommendation of the Councilconcerning guidelines governing the protection of privacy and transborder flows of personal data
WAI Accessibility User Agent Guidelines - Browser User Interface: This document is a list of browserfeatures that browser developers should follow in order to make their browser technology moreaccessible to persons with disabilities. Following the list of guidelines is a checklist that browserdevelopers can use to identify and prioritize accessibility features. This document is part of a series ofaccessibility documents published by the Web Accessibility Initiative (http://www.w3.org/WAI/).
Project 1678 –ANSI/INCITS 389 Draft - Information Technology Protocol to Facilitate Operation ofInformation and Electronic Products through Remote and Alternative Interfaces and Intelligent Agents:Universal Remote Console - This standard is part of a set of standards to facilitate operation ofinformation and electronic products through remote and alternative interfaces and intelligent agents.The purpose of this standard is to provide a framework of components that combine to enable remoteUser Interfaces and remote control of network-accessible electronic devices and services through aUniversal Remote Console (URC).
ETSI EN 301 462 V1.1.1 (2000-03): Symbols to identify telecommunications facilities for the deaf andhard of hearing people
ETSI EG 201 472 V1.1.1 (2000-02): Usability evaluation for the design of telecommunication systems,services and terminals - Scope and Field of Application: Following work in European ProjectUSINACTS, TC HF work and others: To review the current standards on human centred designapproach (ISO 13407) and propose them as a recommendation for the design of telecommunicationssystems, terminals and services. To review the state of the art in usability assessment techniques,summarizing all the new methods appeared since the publication of ETR 095, and update all theinformation in ETR 095. To provide directly usable material for the evaluation of a range oftelecommunications services: for instance, questions which could be used in questionnaires, andwhich have been tested to be useful in different trials. Reference documents:ETR 095, ISO 13407
ETSI EG 202 048 V1.1.1 (2002-08): Guidelines on the multimodality of icons, symbols and pictograms- Scope and Field of Application: To study the needs and requirements for the use of icons, symbolsand pictograms in multimodal interfaces, with special emphasis on the requirements of people withdisabilities and the elderly
ETSI ES 202 076 V1.1.2 (2002-11): Generic spoken command vocabulary for ICT
ETSI EG 202 116 V1.2.1 (2002-09): Design for All - Scope and Field of Application: Major revision ofETR 116, Human Factors guidelines for ISDN terminal equipment design to include provision forelderly and disabled users.
ETSI ES 202 130 V1.1.1 (2003-10): European characters for 12-key telephone pads - Scope and Fieldof Application: This activity will identify a common as well as a language specific assignment andaccess solution for European characters from the 12-key telephone pads
- 227 - CWA 50487:2005
ETSI EG 202 132 V1.1.1 (2004-06): MMI in Mobile telecoms - Scope and Field of Application : Theaim of this work is to widen and simplify end user access to mobile information and communicationdevices and services.
ETSI EG 202 191 V1.1.1 (2003-08): Multimodal interaction, communication and navigation guidelines ,Multimodal transactions - Scope and Field of Application: This activity will identify key issues, solutionsand actions for multimodal interaction, communication and navigation at the user interface with ICTsystems and terminals.
ETSI TR 101 767 V1.1.1 (2000-01): Symbols to identify telecommunications facilities for deaf and hardof hearing people; Development and evaluation - Scope and Field of Application: This documentreports the background research, symbols development and evaluation undertaken to create aEuropean Standard on symbols to identify telecommunication facilities for deaf and hard of hearingpeople.
ETSI TR 102 068 V1.1.3 (2002-11); Requirements for assistive devices for ICT - Scope and Field ofApplication: A technical report giving guidance on the needs of older and disabled people for assistivetechnology devices and the requirements for the interconnection of such devices to ICT systems.
ETSI TR 102 125 V1.1.1 (2002-10): Potential harmonized UI elements for mobile terminals andservices; Report on mobile access to ICT for all. - Scope and Field of Application: The TechnicalReport will identify common, basic tasks and goals of users of mobile telecommunication terminaldevices and services.
ETSI TR 102 133 V1.1.1 (2003-04): Access to ICT by young people: issues and guidelines; ICT forchildren
ICTSB Project Team–Design for All
VoiceXML. http://www.voicexml.org/ This is a standard for scripting spoken dialogue systems. It isdesigned to be speech recogniser independent.
SALT. http://www.saltforum.org/ Extends existing web markup languages to enable scripting ofmultimodal and telephony access to the web.
X+V. http://www.voicexml.org/specs/multimodal/x+v/12/index.html. Multi-Modal Specification.Combination of VoiceXML and XHTML for linking VoiceXML spoken dialogues with web pages.
D.5 Input from Installation Process
D.5.1 French documents
Norme NF C-15-100
Guide UTE C 90-483
Guide UTE C 15-900: Cohabitation courants forts courants faibles
FFIE : Manuel des Réseaux de Communication Résidentiels (published Oct. 2005)
ADDI : Prédisposer les Espaces de vie
D.5.2 German documents
Project Engineering for EIB Installations Basic Principles. 4th revised edition. Publisher and copyright:European Installation Bus Association sc (EIBA)Brussels
EIB-Anwenderhandbuch - Publisher and copyright: HUSS-MEDIEN GmbH,Verlag Technik , Berlin2001 ISBN 3-341-01288-5
GNI- Handbuch der Raumautomation - Publisher and copyright: VDE –Verlag, Berlin ,1999, ISBN3-8007-2349-2
EIB für die Gebäudesystemtechnik in Wohn - und Zweckbau - Publisher and copyright: Hüthig GmbHHeidelberg, 2000 ,ISBN 3-7785-2643-X
D.5.3 Spanish documents
IND- 2002 0128 E-- EN--20020412 Technical Standard on the Common TelecommunicationsInfrastructure for Access to Broadband Telecommunications Services
IND- 2002 0130 E-- EN-20020412 Minimum technical specifications for building in respect oftelecommunications
D.6 General documents
“L’ABC della Domotica” Paolo Mongiovì, Gustavo Quaranta, 2004 pub. Il Sole 24 Ore, Italy
- 229 - CWA 50487:2005
Annex E
E.1 Attendees of SmartHouse Open Forum/Workshops approving document
Hager Electro S.A.S. Mr Dominique BeckDomergie - France Mr Yves BoudouConTeSt consultancy for CENELEC/COPRAS Mr Bart BrusseBEMCA Mr John CowburnEDF Mr. Michel GoldbergInsta Elektro GmbH Dipl. Ing. Eberhard HüttenschmidtDKE Dr. Elmar KallasSistema Casa S.A.S. Mr. Paolo MongioviEuropean Disability Forum Ms Maria NymanAlbrecht Jung GmbH&Co KG Mr Thomas Schulze-ArdeyKonnex Association Mr Hanns-Karl TronnierCEN/ISSS Mr Luc Van den BergheLONMARK International Mr. Jurgen HertelAENOR Mrs Beatriz NovelEchelon Ltd Mr. Geoff ListerTelemetry Associates Limited Mr. Stephen Pattenden
ESRI - Loughborough University Mr. Martin MaguireIndesit Company Mr. Paolo FalcioniFFIE Mr Luc BarangerEDF Mr Bruno ZieglerAdvantica Limited Mr. Terry WilliamsDigital Mentors Ltd Mr. John CahilErgonomics Consultant Ms. Magdalen Galleyi&i Limited Mr. Peter ColebrookDomotica Platform Nederland Mr. Boudijn UythofAdvantica Limited Mr. Ganesh SaubaBSI Consumer Policy Mr. Peter McGaheyMotorola / OSGi Mr. John BarrIndependentConsultant Mr. Per KaijserInterteck/ANEC Mr. Roy BrookerIndependentConsultant Mr. Milan Erbes
Total Votes for Approval 31Total Votes against Approval 0
Attendees of 3rd Forum who having reviewed the Code of Practice have sent theirapproval by email
Attendees at the Fourth Forum - 02/11/2005
CWA 50487:2005 - 230 -
E.2 Contributors and Attendees at Forums and Meetings
Carlos Acuña Fontela Telefonica I+D (R&D)Marco Ahler Fraunhofer SocietyAïcha Altiti ACOMEAlain Anfosso CSTBCapucine Autret SOMFYSalvador Baille Schneider Electric España, S.A.Luc Baranger FFIE/AIEGilles Barberi IntelJohn Barr MotorolaMax Bassler MOLEX INCBernd Bayer S. Siedle & Söhne, Telefon- und
Telegrafenwerke OHGDominique Beck CLC/TC 205Tayeb Ben Meriem France TelecomDanilo Bernasconi CEI (BTCINO)George Bilchev BTDavid Binet FTR&DCéline Borsier France Telecom R&DYves Boudou DomergieGötz Brasche European Microsoft Innovation CenterMichael Breidthardt IBM Deutschland GmbHRoy Brooker ANEC / IntertekBart Brusse ConTeSt CENELEC/COPRASRafael Burriel Lluna CeDIntJohn Cahill DigitalMentorsPhilippe Calvet France Telecom / ICTSB SHSSGJoel Cannau ULBPhilippe Carpentier Domergie - FranceAndré Clodong Energy Systems and Planning SAPeter Colebrook BSI i&i LimitedCarlos Colson Telenet Operations / CLC/TC 209Antonio Conte DG ENTRHarry CRIJNS Konnex AssociationMarc Cumps AGORIAArmelle Damblin CETICEPierre-Yves Danet France Telecom R&DFilomena d'Arcangelo CECAPI / ANIEDanny De Cock KULGerard de Groot NEN/Hager Electro b.v.Wim De Kesel NIKO N.V.Joost Demarest KONNEXThierry Devars DG INFSOYves Dherbecourt EDF R&DRenaud Di Francesco SONYStefaan Dirix Abitana NVDimitris Economou InAccess NetworksMilan Erbes ETSIPaolo Falcioni CECED/WRAP/TEAHA/Indesit CoJosef Faller Homefibre Digital Network gmbhValetin Fernandez AENOR DelegateEdward Fitzgerald European Technology ServicesEberhard Gauger CLC/TC 209 / Independent Consultant,
